MACDERMID INC
8-K, 1998-12-18
MISCELLANEOUS CHEMICAL PRODUCTS
Previous: LUTHERAN BROTHERHOOD FAMILY OF FUNDS, 497, 1998-12-18
Next: MAINE PUBLIC SERVICE CO, 8-K, 1998-12-18












































                    UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          Washington, D. C. 20549 - 1004

                                    FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
                                    OF 1934

DATE OF REPORT (Date of earliest event reported)   December 2, 1998
                                                   ----------------

                        COMMISSION FILE NUMBER  0-2413
                                                ------

                          MacDermid, Incorporated
                          -----------------------

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Connecticut                             06-0435750
          -----------                             ----------
(State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)              Identification No.)

245 Freight Street, Waterbury, Connecticut            06702
- -----------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)           (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code  (203) 575-5700
                                                    --------------

                               None                         .
               ---------------------------------
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed
since last report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                                                    Yes   X     No         
                                                        -------    ------.
















ITEM 2.     ACQUISITION OF ASSETS:

On December 2, 1998, the Registrant, MacDermid, Incorporated, ("MacDermid") 
closed its cash tender offer thereby acquiring approximately 95% of the 
outstanding share capital of W. Canning plc. ("Canning").  MacDermid will 
acquire all remaining shares of Canning through a statutory compulsory 
procedure which is expected to be completed shortly.

The cash purchase price of $142.8 million was obtained, on behalf of 
MacDermid's wholly owned subsidiary, MacDermid (UK) Limited which will hold 
the investment, through borrowings from NationsBank N.A., a subsidiary of 
BankAmerica Corporation, as administrative agent and a lender under a 
combined revolving loan, term loan agreement and Pound Sterling facility.

The acquisition, using the purchase method of accounting, will result in an 
approximate 45% increase in MacDermid's total assets.  A similar increase on 
annual revenues will result in a balancing of MacDermid's industrial products 
and electronics revenues on a worldwide basis.

Canning, based in Birmingham, England, is an international specialty chemical 
organization, similar to MacDermid, operating various facilities for 
manufacturing and research.  Canning has operations predominately in Europe 
and North America and, to a lesser extent, in Asia.  Canning operates in four 
principle product groupings; Surface Finishing with emphasis in plating 
technologies, Synthetic Lubricants and Fluids for the offshore oil industry, 
Sealants and Adhesives used by component manufacturers and Additives for 
fuel, water and waste treatment industries.  Previously, it was announced 
that Canning had commenced a strategic review of its businesses which 
MacDermid will continue with particular focus on the potential viability of 
the Fuel Additives business.  Other than the foregoing analysis and 
consolidation of duplicate facilities, or operations, MacDermid intends to 
continue the acquired business in its present capacity to take full advantage 
of well trained personnel and proven technologies.

ITEM 7.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS:

7 (a)   Financial Statements of Business Acquired, W. Canning plc.
         It is impracticable to file the financial statements required with 
         the initial filing of this report on Form 8-K.  Such financial 
         statements will be filed by amendment to this Report as soon as
         practicable and within 60 days after the required filing date for 
         this Report.

7 (b)    Pro Forma Financial Information.
          It is impracticable to file the pro forma financial information 
          required with the initial filing of this report on Form 8-K.  Such 
          pro forma financial information will be filed by amendment to this
          Report as soon as practicable and within 60 days after the required 
          filing date for this Report.









7 (c)    Exhibits.

         2   Cash Offer Document dated as of October 28, 1998, by Lazard 
             Brothers & Co., Limited on behalf of MacDermid (UK) Limited to  
             the shareholders of W. Canning plc.

         4   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 1998, as amended and 
             restated as of December 15, 1998, among MacDermid, Incorporated, 
             the financial institutions party hereto and NationsBank, N.A. as 
             administrative agent, letter of credit issuing bank and swing 
             line lender.

      99.1   Press Release of MacDermid dated October 26, 1998.

      99.2   Press Release of MacDermid dated December 2, 1998.


OUTLOOK:  ISSUES and RISKS


This report and other Corporation reports and statements describe many of the 
positive factors affecting the Corporation's future business prospects.  
Investors should also be aware of factors which could have a negative impact 
on those prospects.  These include political, economic or other conditions 
such as currency exchange rates, inflation rates, recessionary or expansive 
trends, taxes and regulations and laws affecting the business; competitive 
products, advertising, promotional and pricing activity; the degree of 
acceptance of new product introductions in the marketplace; and the 
difficulty of forecasting sales at certain times in certain markets.


































                                    SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the 
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                     MacDermid, Incorporated
                                        (Registrant)


Date:  December 17, 1998             / s / John L. Cordani
                                     ---------------------
                                        John L. Cordani
                                      Corporate Secretary
     


Date:  December 17, 1998            / s / Gregory M. Bolingbroke
                                    ----------------------------
                                         Gregory M. Bolingbroke
                                          Corporate Controller





































THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. 
If you are in any doubt about the Offer or the action you should take 
you are recommended to seek your own personal financial advice 
immediately from your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, 
accountant or other independent professional adviser duly authorised 
under the Financial Services Act 1986.

IF YOU HAVE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED all your Canning Shares 
please send this document and the accompanying Form of Acceptance 
and reply-paid envelope at once to the purchaser or transferee 
or to the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom the sale 
or transfer was effected, for transmission to the purchaser or 
transferee. However, such documents should not be forwarded or 
transmitted in or into the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan.

The Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or into, or
by use of the mails, or by any means or instrumentality or 
interstate or foreign commerce of, or any facilities of a national 
securities exchange of, the United States, Canada, Australia or 
Japan and the Offer is not capable of acceptance by any such 
use, means, instrumentality or facility.

This document should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying Form of Acceptance.

                             Recommended Cash Offer
                                        by
                        Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited
                                  on behalf of
                             MacDermid (UK) Limited
                          a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                            MacDermid, Incorporated
            to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of
                              W. Canning plc
                           not already owned by MacDermid


A letter from the Chairman of Canning containing the recommendation 
of the Board of Directors of Canning is set out on pages 4 to 6.

Acceptances should be despatched as soon as possible and, in any event,
so as to be received by IRG no later than 3.00 p.m. on 
18th November, 1998. The procedure for acceptance of the Offer 
is set out on pages 11 to 14 and in the accompanying Form of Acceptance.

Lazard Brothers, which is regulated in the United Kingdom by The 
Securities and Futures Authority Limited, is acting exclusively for 
MacDermid UK and MacDermid and for no one else in connection with 
Offer and will not be responsible to anyone other than MacDermid UK 
and MacDermid for providing the protections afforded to customers 
of Lazard Brothers, nor for giving advice in relation to the Offer.









SG Hambros Corporate Finance Advisory, a division of Societe 
Generale, is acting for Canning in connection with the Offer and no 
one else and will not be responsible to anyone other than Canning 
for providing the protections afforded to customers of SG Hambros nor 
for providing advice in relation to the Offer. Societe Generale is 
regulated for the conduct of investment business in the United Kingdom 
by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited.






                               CONTENTS

                                                              Page 

Summary of the Recommended Cash Offer                           3 

Letter from the Chairman of Canning                             4 

Letter from Lazard Brothers                                     7 

APPENDICES  

I:   Conditions to and Further Terms of the Offer              16 

         Part 1: Conditions of the Offer                       16 

         Part 2: Further terms of the Offer                    21 

         Part 3: Form of Acceptance                            29 

II:  Financial Information on MacDermid                        33 

III: Financial Information on Canning                          51 

IV:  Additional Information                                    69 

V:   Definitions                                               76 




















                     Summary of the Recommended Cash Offer



                           300p in cash per Canning Share

                         valuing the share capital of Canning at
            approximately Pounds 88.9 million on a fully diluted basis



The Offer represents(1)


a premium:


to the closing middle price of 154.5p per Canning Share
on 16th October, 1998(2) of                                           94.2% 

to the closing middle price of 268.5p per Canning Share
on 23rd October, 1998(3) of                                           11.7%



a multiple of:


Canning's earnings per share of 20.9p for the financial year
ended 31st December, 1997 of                                          14.4x






Notes:

(1) The bases of these calculations are set out on pages 7 and 8.
(2) The last dealing day prior to the announcement by Canning 
  that it had received a preliminary approach exploring the 
  possibility of making a recommended offer for its entire share capital.
(3) The last dealing day prior to the announcement of the Offer.










W. Canning plc
133 Great Hampton Street
Birmingham B18 6AS

Telephone:  0121 606 8100 Website: http://www.canning.com
Facsimile: 0121 236 3320 Email: [email protected]


David H. Probert C.B.E.         Chairman
Peter J.S. Johansen             Group Finance Director
David D. O'Neill                Executive Director
Sir Peter Gadsden G.B.E., A.C.  Non-Executive Deputy Chairman
Michael A. Fearfield            Non-Executive Director 


28th October, 1998


To Canning Shareholders and, for information purposes only, to option holders 
in the Canning Share Option Schemes.


Dear Shareholder,

Recommended Cash Offer for Canning by MacDermid UK

Introduction

On 26th October, 1998, it was announced that your Board and the 
Board of MacDermid (UK) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of 
MacDermid, Incorporated, had agreed the terms of a recommended 
cash offer, to be made by Lazard Brothers on behalf of MacDermid UK, 
to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of Canning not already 
owned by MacDermid.

I am writing to you to explain the background to the Offer and the 
reasons why your Board, which has been so advised by SG Hambros, 
considers the terms of the Offer to be fair and reasonable and, 
accordingly, unanimously recommends that you accept the Offer.

The Offer and its terms and conditions and certain other background 
information are set out in the letter from Lazard Brothers on 
pages 7 to 15 and in Appendix I to this document.

Terms of the Offer

The Offer by MacDermid UK is being made on the following basis:

                for each Canning Share 300p in cash

The Offer values Canning at approximately Pound 88.9 million on a fully 
diluted basis. In addition, Canning Shareholders will be entitled 
to receive the interim dividend in respect of the six months ended 
30th June, 1998 of 3.85p (net) per share, resolved to be paid on 
1st December, 1998 to Canning Shareholders on the Register on 
23rd October, 1998.


Background to and reasons for recommending the Offer

The speciality chemicals industry has undergone a number of changes in 
recent years, resulting in increasing international consolidation. 
Canning has, to a limited extent, taken part in this process with 
acquisitions in the USA and joint ventures in the People's Republic 
of China and Japan. The low stock market rating attributed to the 
UK chemicals sector in general and, in particular, to companies 
with a small stock market capitalisation, limits Canning's 
ability to make substantial acquisitions.

Canning has had a business relationship with MacDermid for some 
20 years and the two companies have a mutual respect for 
each other's technology and management.

The acquisition of Canning will enhance MacDermid's position as a 
leading international speciality chemicals manufacturer, operating in 
a number of segments of the market, and therefore providing greater 
opportunities for growth. In particular, it will establish one 
of the world's leading producers of surface finishing chemicals. It 
is the opinion of your Board that such opportunities for growth would 
not otherwise have been available to Canning as an independent company. 
Our employees should benefit from the greater opportunities afforded 
by the larger combined group.

In considering the Offer from MacDermid UK, your Board has 
carefully reviewed Canning's prospects as an independent 
company against the immediate benefits to Canning's shareholders 
of the return on their investment represented by the Offer. 
Although current trading conditions are challenging, your Board believes 
that the medium term prospects for Canning are good. However, 
institutional investors are finding it increasingly unattractive to 
be investors in companies with a small stock market capitalisation. 
At 300p per share, the Offer represents an exit price earnings multiple 
of 14.4 times based on the published earnings for the year ended 
31st December, 1997 of 20.9p per share. This represents both a price 
earnings multiple and a price which your Board believes will be 
difficult to achieve under present stock market conditions and in 
the foreseeable future. In addition, the Offer represents a premium of 
approximately 94.2 per cent. to the closing price of a Canning 
Share of 154.5p on 16th October, 1998, the last business day prior 
to the announcement of an approach. Your Board, therefore, believes 
that the Offer provides Canning Shareholders with an immediate 
opportunity to achieve fair value for their investment at an 
attractive premium to the recent share price.

Management and employees

The Board of MacDermid UK has given assurances to the Board of 
Canning that the existing employment rights, including pension rights, 
of all management and employees of Canning will be fully safeguarded.

Canning Share Option Schemes

MacDermid UK has confirmed that it will make appropriate proposals to 
optionholders under the Canning Share Option Schemes in due course 
once the Offer becomes or is declared unconditional in all respects.


Action to be taken

The procedure for acceptance of the Offer is set out on pages 11 to 14 
of this document and in the accompanying Form of Acceptance. If you 
intend to accept the Offer, you should complete and return your 
Form of Acceptance in accordance with the instructions printed 
thereon, together, if your Canning Shares are in certificated 
form, with your share certificate and/or other document(s) of 
title to IRG at either of the addresses given on page 11 so 
as to be received as soon as possible but, in any event, no 
later than 3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998.



Recommendation

The Board of Canning, which has been so advised by SG Hambros, 
considers the terms of the Offer to be fair and reasonable. In providing 
advice to the Board of Canning, SG Hambros has taken account of the 
commercial assessment of the Board of Canning. Accordingly, the Board of 
Canning unanimously recommends that you accept the Offer, as the 
Directors of Canning have undertaken to do in respect of their own 
beneficial holdings amounting in aggregate to approximately 0.06 
million Canning Shares representing approximately 0.2 per cent. of 
the existing issued share capital of Canning.


                                    Yours sincerely,



                                    / s / David H. Probert 
                                    ----------------------------
                                  

                                     David H. Probert, C.B.E.
                                              Chairman
























LOGO



To Canning Shareholders and, for information only, to option holders 
in the Canning Share Option Schemes

                                             28th October, 1998

Dear Sir or Madam,

Recommended Cash Offer for Canning on behalf of MacDermid (UK) Limited

1.    Introduction

On 26th October, 1998 the Boards of MacDermid (UK) Limited, a 
wholly owned subsidiary of MacDermid, Incorporated, and 
W. Canning plc announced that agreement had been reached on the
terms of a recommended cash offer to be made by Lazard Brothers on 
behalf of MacDermid UK to acquire the whole of the issued share capital 
of Canning not already owned by MacDermid.

The Offer values the share capital of Canning at approximately Pounds 88.9 
million on a fully diluted basis.

This document contains the formal Offer by Lazard Brothers, on behalf 
of MacDermid UK, and also contains certain other information on 
MacDermid, MacDermid UK and Canning.

Your attention is drawn to the letter from the Chairman of Canning on 
pages 4 to 6 of this document which sets out the reasons why the 
Directors of Canning, who have been so advised by SG Hambros, consider 
the terms of the Offer to be fair and reasonable and unanimously 
recommend you to accept the Offer.

The Directors have undertaken to accept the Offer in respect of their 
personal shareholdings amounting in aggregate to approximately 0.06 
million Canning Shares representing approximately 0.2 per cent. of the 
existing issued share capital of Canning. These undertakings will 
cease to be binding in the event of a higher competing offer being made 
for Canning.

As a result of market purchases executed over the last 12 months 
MacDermid is beneficially interested in 800,000 Canning Shares 
representing approximately 2.7 per cent. of Canning's existing issued 
share capital.


2.   The Offer

On behalf of MacDermid UK, Lazard Brothers hereby offers to acquire, on 
the terms and subject to the conditions set out or referred to in this 
document and in the Form of Acceptance, all of the Canning Shares 
not already owned by MacDermid on the following basis:





                 for each Canning Share 300p in cash

The Offer represents a premium of approximately 94.2 per cent. to the middle 
market price (as derived from SEDOL) of a Canning Share of 154.5p at the 
close of business on 16th October, 1998, the last dealing day prior to 
the announcement by Canning that it had received a preliminary 
approach exploring the possibility of making a recommended offer for its 
entire share capital.

The Offer of 300p per Canning Share in cash represents a premium of 
approximately 11.7 per cent. to the price of 268.5p which was the 
middle market price (as derived from SEDOL) of a Canning Share at 
the close of business on 23rd October, 1998, being the last dealing
day before the announcement of the Offer.

The Offer represents a multiple of 10.2 times Canning's operating profit 
of Pounds 8.8 million for the financial year ended 31st December, 1997 
(after taking account of Canning's net borrowings at 30th June, 1998 
(unaudited interim figure)).

The Offer of 300p per Canning Share represents a price earnings 
multiple of 14.4 times the Canning earnings per share of 20.9p for 
the financial year ended 31st December, 1997.

The financial effects of acceptance of the Offer and the bases of 
these calculations are set out in paragraph 3 below.

The procedure for acceptance of the Offer is set out in paragraph 12 
below. Acceptances of the Offer should be received by IRG at the 
address(es) detailed in the Form of Acceptance by not later than 
3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998.

Your attention is drawn to the conditions and further terms of the Offer 
set out in Appendix I to this document and in the Form of Acceptance. The 
provisions relating to acceptance and settlement are set out on pages 
11 to 14 of this document and in the Form of Acceptance.

3.    Financial effects of acceptance of the Offer

3.1   Capital Value

On the bases and assumptions set out in the notes below, for 
illustrative purposes only and assuming the Offer becomes or is declared 
unconditional in all respects, the following tables show the financial 
effects of acceptance of the Offer on capital value and gross income 
for a holder of one Canning Share:














<TABLE>
                                                                  Notes
<S>                                                   <C> 
Cash consideration                                                300.0p 
Market value of one Canning Share                     <F1>        154.5p 
                                                          -------------- 
Increase                                                          145.5p 
                                                          -------------- 
Representing an increase of                                 94.2 per cent. 


3.2    Gross Income

                                                                 Notes 
Gross income from the cash consideration              <F2>       15.8p 
Gross income from one Canning Share                   <F3>       11.6p 
                                                         -------------- 
Increase                                                          4.2p 
                                                         -------------- 
Representing an increase of                              36.2 per cent. 

Notes
<FN>
<F1> The market value of one Canning Share is based on the closing middle 
market price of 154.5p per Canning Share as derived from SEDOL on 16th 
October, 1998 (the last dealing day prior to the announcement by Canning that 
it had received a preliminary approach exploring the possibility of making a 
recommended offer for its entire share capital).

<F2> Gross income on the cash consideration under the Offer has been 
calculated assuming that the cash is re-invested so as to yield 5.26 per 
cent. per annum being the FT Actuaries average gross redemption yield for 
medium coupon British Government Securities with maturities of five years, as 
published in the Financial Times on 26th October, 1998, being the latest 
practicable date before the posting of this document.

<F3> The gross income from one Canning Share is based on the aggregate of 
<F1> the final dividend of 5.4p (net) per share in respect of the year ended 
31st December, 1997, and <F2>the interim dividend of 3.85p (net) per share 
resolved to be paid on 1st December, 1998 to Canning Shareholders on the 
Register on 23rd October, 1998, together with assumed associated tax credits 
of 20/80ths on those dividends.


</TABLE>












4.   Conditions to and further terms of the Offer

The Canning Shares will be acquired fully paid and free from all liens, 
equities, charges, encumbrances and other interests and together with
 all rights now or hereafter attaching thereto, including the right to 
all dividends and other distributions (if any) hereafter declared, made 
or paid except for the interim dividend of 3.85p net, resolved to be 
paid on 1st December, 1998 to Canning Shareholders on the Register on 
23rd October, 1998.

The conditions to and further terms of the Offer are set out in 
Appendix I to this document and in the accompanying Form of Acceptance.


5.     Canning Share Option Schemes

The Offer will extend to any Canning Shares issued or unconditionally 
allotted prior to the date on which the Offer closes (or such earlier 
date as MacDermid UK may determine, not being earlier than the date on 
which the Offer becomes unconditional as to acceptances or, if later, 
the first closing date of the Offer) as a result of the exercise of 
options, or other rights granted, under the15 Canning Share Option Schemes.

Appropriate proposals15 will be made in due course to participants in, 
or option holders under, the Canning Share Option Schemes, to the extent 
that options are not exercised, if the Offer becomes or is declared 
unconditional in all respects. Such proposals shall include the payment 
in respect of each Canning Share under option of the amount (if any) by 
which the Offer price of 300p in cash exceeds the exercise price per 
Canning Share under the relevant option.


6.    Management and Employees

The existing employment rights, including pension rights, of the management 
and employees of the Canning Group will be fully safeguarded.

MacDermid has indicated its intention to offer David Probert a position
on the Board of MacDermid in the event of the Offer being 
declared unconditional in all respects. Terms and conditions in 
respect of any such appointment, however, have yet to be discussed.


7.     Reasons for the Offer

In the recent past the speciality chemicals sector has undergone a 
period of fundamental change as a result of consolidation. This has led 
to the emergence of groups which have been capable of leveraging 
their financial and competitive strengths through scale efficiencies 
in manufacturing, research and development and market reach.

The directors of MacDermid UK and Canning believe that the combination 
of the activities of the two groups represents a strategic opportunity 
to establish the enlarged group as a leader in the global speciality 
chemicals industry, particularly in surface finishing chemicals.



Following MacDermid's recent acquisition of Ytema AB, of Sweden, a 
leading surface finishing chemical supplier in the Nordic countries, 
and its investment in the leading metal finishing chemicals company 
in the Italian market, this transaction represents a further 
enhancement of MacDermid's position in the important international 
surface finishing market.

Furthermore, significant operational efficiencies are expected 
to be achieved from the combination of the two companies which 
should result in increased earnings per share for MacDermid in 
the first full year following the acquisition, commencing 1st 
April, 1999, and increasing in the years thereafter.

8.    Information on Canning

Canning is an international speciality chemicals group with world-wide 
operations. Its activities are divided into four main product groups:

Surface finishing  - products and processes for the global surface 
finishing industry with emphasis on supplying advanced electro-chemical 
plating technologies for the automotive and building/construction markets.

Synthetic lubricants and fluids - synthetic lubricants and fluids, 
principally for the off-shore oil exploration and extraction industry.

Sealants and adhesives - sealants and adhesives used by automotive and 
industrial component manufacturers.

Additives for fuel, water and waste treatment - additives, treatments 
and services for the combustion, water, and waste incineration industries.

Canning's continuing operations had a turnover of Pounds 74.0 million 
(audited) in the year ended 31st December, 1997. In this period operating 
profit from continuing operations was Pounds 8.8 million (audited) and 
earnings per share were 20.9p (audited). At 31st December, 1997 
consolidated net assets were Pounds 26.8 million (audited).

Canning's continuing operations had a turnover of Pounds 41.3 million 
(unaudited) in the six months to 30th June, 1998. In this period operating 
profitfrom continuing operations was Pounds 4.1 million (unaudited) and 
earnings per share were 9.7p (unaudited). At 30th June, 1998 consolidated net 
assets were Pounds 29.3 million (unaudited).

Canning's continuing operations, referred to above, included the results 
and assets of an Italian subsidiary, Levenit Chemical S.r.l. ("Levenit")
which was sold on 23rd October, 1998 for Pounds 5.7 million. For the year to 
31st December, 1997, Levenit generated a profit after tax of approximately 
Pounds 0.2 million (audited) and had net assets of Pounds 2.0 million 
(audited) at that date.

Further information on Canning is set out in Appendix III to this document.









9.   Information on MacDermid UK

MacDermid UK is a company recently formed for the purpose of making the 
Offer with financing provided by MacDermid. MacDermid UK is a wholly 
owned subsidiary of MacDermid.


10.   Information on MacDermid

Founded in 1922 and headquartered in Waterbury, Connecticut, 
USA, MacDermid is a leading world-wide manufacturer of speciality chemical 
processes serving the surface finishing, electronics and graphic arts 
industries with operating facilities in 19 countries and approximately 
1,200 people employed worldwide.

As disclosed in its latest quarterly report, in the three months to 
30th June, 1998 MacDermid's turnover from continuing operations 
was US$81.1 million (unaudited), with operating profit from continuing 
operations of US$14.3 million (unaudited). Earnings per share were 
US$0.32 (unaudited).

Further information on MacDermid is set out in Appendix II to this document.

11.    UK taxation

The comments below are a general guide only and are based on current UK 
tax law and practice as at the date of this document (which may change). 
They relate only to certain limited aspects of the tax position of Canning 
Shareholders who are resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for tax 
purposes, who hold Canning Shares as an investment (otherwise than under 
a personal equity plan) and who are absolute beneficial owners of their 
shares. This section is not intended to be, and should not be construed 
as, legal or tax advice to any particular Canning Shareholder.

If you are in any doubt as to your tax position you should consult an 
appropriate professional adviser without delay.


11.1  Taxation of capital gains

The receipt by a Canning Shareholder of cash under the Offer will 
constitute a disposal of Canning Shares for the purposes of UK 
taxation on capital gains ("CGT"). Such a disposal, or part disposal, 
may, depending on the Canning Shareholder's individual circumstances, give 
rise to a liability to CGT.


11.2  Other tax matters

Special tax provisions may apply to Canning Shareholders who have 
acquired or acquire their Canning Shares by exercising options under 
the Canning Share Option Schemes, including provisions imposing a charge 
to UK income tax on the exercise of options.


12.   Procedure for acceptance of the Offer




12.1   To accept the Offer

To accept the Offer, you must complete Boxes 1 and 3 and (if your 
Canning Shares are in CREST) Box 4, and if appropriate Box 5 and Box 6, and 
sign Box 2 of the Form of Acceptance in the presence of a witness who should 
also sign his/her name, in accordance with the instructions printed on it.

You should note that, if you hold Canning Shares in both certificated and 
uncertificated form, you should complete a separate Form of Acceptance
for each holding. Similarly, you should complete a separate Form of 
Acceptance for Canning Shares held in uncertificated form, but under 
different member account IDs, and for Canning Shares held in 
certificated form but under different designations.

12.2   Return of Form(s) of Acceptance

To accept the Offer, the Form of Acceptance must be completed and returned 
whether or not your Canning Shares are in CREST. The duly completed 
and signed Form of Acceptance, accompanied, if your Canning Shares are in 
certificated form, by your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of 
title, should be sent by post (for which purpose a reply-paid addressed 
envelope, for use in the UK only, is enclosed) or by hand (during normal 
business hours) to New Issues Department, IRG plc, P.O. Box No. 166, 
Bourne House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TH, or by hand 
(only during normal business hours) to IRG plc, 23 Ironmonger Lane, 
London EC2, as soon as possible but, in any event, so as to be received 
by not later than 3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998. No acknowledgement of 
receipt of documents will be given.

12.3  Share certificates not readily available or lost

If your Canning Shares are in certificated form but your share certificate
(s) and/or other document(s) of title is/are not readily available or is/are 
lost, the Form of Acceptance should nevertheless be completed, signed and 
returned as stated above so as to arrive not later than 3.00 p.m. on 
18th November, 1998 together with any share certificate(s) and/or other 
document(s) of title that you have available, accompanied by a letter 
stating that the balance will follow or that you have lost one or 
more of your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title. 
You should then arrange for the relevant share certificate(s) and/or 
other document(s) of title to be forwarded as soon as possible thereafter.

If you have lost your share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of 
title, you should also write as soon as possible to Lloyds Bank 
Registrars, The Causeway, Worthing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, requesting a 
letter of indemnity for lost share certificate(s) and/or other 
document(s) of title which, when completed in accordance with the 
instructions given, should be returned to New Issues Department, 
IRG plc, P.O. Box No. 166, Bourne House, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, 
Kent BR3 4TH, by post or by hand (during normal business hours) or by 
hand (only during normal business hours) to IRG plc, 23 Ironmonger Lane, 
London EC2.






12.4   Canning Shares in uncertificated form (that is, in CREST)

If your Canning Shares are in uncertificated form, you should insert in 
Box 4 of the Form of Acceptance the participant ID and member account 
ID under which such Canning Shares are held by you in CREST and otherwise 
complete and return the Form of Acceptance as described above. In 
addition, you should take (or procure to be taken) the action set out 
below to transfer the Canning Shares in respect of which you wish to 
accept the Offer to an escrow balance, specifying IRG (in its capacity 
as a CREST participant under the IRG participant ID referred to below) as 
the escrow agent, as soon as possible and in any event so that the transfer 
to escrow settles not later than 3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998.

If you are a CREST sponsored member, you should refer to your CREST sponsor 
before taking any action. Your CREST sponsor will be able to confirm
details of your participant ID and the member account ID under which your 
Canning Shares are held. In addition, only your CREST sponsor will be 
able to send the TTE instruction to CRESTCo in relation to your Canning 
Shares.

You should send (or, if you are a CREST sponsored member, procure that 
your CREST sponsor sends) a TTE instruction to CRESTCo which must be properly 
authenticated in accordance with CRESTCo's specifications and which must 
contain, in addition to the other information that is required for a TTE 
instruction to settle in CREST, the following details:

(a)  number of Canning Shares to be transferred to an escrow balance;

(b)  your member account ID. This must be the same member account ID 
     as the member account ID that is inserted in Box 4 of the Form of
     Acceptance;

(c)  your participant ID. This must be the same participant ID as 
     the participant ID that is inserted in Box 4 of the Form of Acceptance;

(d) participant ID of the escrow agent (IRG, in its capacity as a 
    CREST Receiving Agent). This is RA10;

(e) member account ID of the escrow agent. This is CANNING;

(f) Form of Acceptance reference number. This is the reference number 
    that appears next to Box 4 on page 3 of the Form of Acceptance.
    This Reference Number should be inserted in the first eight 
    characters of the shared note field on the TTE instruction. Such 
    insertion will enable IRG to match the transfer to escrow to your 
    Form of Acceptance. You should keep a separate record of this 
    Reference Number for future reference;

(g) intended settlement date. This should be as soon as possible and
    in any event not later than 18th November, 1998;

(h) the Corporate Action ISIN, which is GB0001714012;

(I) the Corporate Action number for the Offer. This is allocated by 
    CRESTCo and can be found by viewing the relevant Corporate Action 
    Details in CREST; and




(j) the standard TTE delivery instruction with priority of 80.

After settlement of the TTE instruction, you will not be able to 
access the Canning Shares concerned in CREST for any transaction or 
charging purposes. If the Offer becomes or is declared 
unconditional in all respects, the escrow agent will transfer the 
Canning Shares concerned to itself in accordance with sub-paragraph 
1(e) of Part 3 of Appendix I to this document.

You are recommended to refer to the CREST Manual published by CRESTCo
for further information on the CREST procedures outlined above. 
For ease of processing, you are requested, wherever possible, 
to ensure that a Form of Acceptance relates to only one transfer to 
escrow.

If no Form of Acceptance Reference Number, or an incorrect Form 
of Acceptance Reference Number, is included on the TTE instruction, 
MacDermid UK may treat any number of Canning Shares transferred to an 
escrow balance in favour of the escrow agent specified above 
from the participant ID and member account ID identified in the TTE 
instruction as relating to any Form(s) of Acceptance which relate
(s) to the same member account ID and participant ID (up to the 
amount of Canning Shares inserted or deemed to be inserted in 
the Form(s) of Acceptance concerned).

You should note that CRESTCo does not make available special 
procedures, in CREST, for any particular corporate action. 
Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in
connection with a TTE instruction and its settlement. You should 
therefore ensure that all necessary action is taken by you (or 
by your CREST sponsor) to enable a TTE instruction relating to your 
Canning Shares to settle prior to 3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998. 
In this connection, you are referred in particular to those 
sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings.


12.5 Deposits of Canning Shares into, and withdrawals of Canning 
     Shares from, CREST

Normal CREST procedures (including timings) apply in relation to any 
Canning Shares that are, or are to be, converted from uncertificated 
to certificated form, or from certificated to uncertificated form, 
during the course of the Offer (whether any such conversion arises 
as a result of a transfer of Canning Shares or otherwise). 
Canning Shareholders who are proposing so to convert any such shares 
are recommended to ensure that the conversion procedures are 
implemented in sufficient time to enable the person holding or 
acquiring the shares as a result of the conversion to take all 
necessary steps in connection with an acceptance of the Offer 
(in particular, as regards delivery of share certificate(s) or 
other documents of title or transfers to an escrow balance as 
described above) prior to 3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998.





12.6 Validity of acceptances

Without prejudice to Appendix I to this document, MacDermid UK and 
Lazard Brothers reserve the right, subject to the terms of the 
Offer and the City Code, to treat as valid in whole or part any 
acceptance of the Offer which is not entirely in order or which 
is not accompanied by the relevant transfer to escrow or (as 
applicable) the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other 
document(s) of title. The consideration payable in respect of such 
acceptances under the Offer will not be paid until after the 
relevant transfer to escrow has settled or (as applicable) the 
relevant share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title 
or indemnities reasonably satisfactory to MacDermid UK have been 
received.

12.7 Overseas Shareholders

The attention of Canning Shareholders who are citizens or residents 
of jurisdictions outside the UK is drawn to paragraph 6 of Part 2
of Appendix I to this document and to the relevant provisions of 
the Form of Acceptance. The Offer is not being made, directly or 
indirectly, in or into the United States, Canada, Australia or 
Japan and is not capable of acceptance from within the United 
States, Canada, Australia or Japan. Accordingly, any acceptors 
who are unable to give the warranties set out in paragraph 1(c)
(1) of Part 3 of Appendix I to this document will be deemed not 
to have validly accepted the Offer.

Overseas shareholders should inform themselves about and observe
any applicable legal or regulatory requirements. If you are in any 
doubt as to your position you should consult your professional 
adviser in the relevant territory without delay.

If you are in any doubt as to the procedure for acceptance, please 
contact IRG by telephone on 0181 639 2188 or at the address in 
paragraph 12.2 above. You are reminded that, if you are a CREST 
sponsored member, you should contact your CREST sponsor before 
taking any action.


12.8 Settlement

Subject to the Offer becoming or being declared unconditional 
in all respects, 31.8 and provided that the Form of Acceptance, 
share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title are in 
order, (except as provided in paragraph 6 of Part 2 of Appendix I to 
this document) settlement of the consideration to which any Canning
Shareholder is entitled under the Offer will be effected:

(a) in the case of acceptances of the Offer received, complete in all
    respects, by the date on which the Offer becomes or is 
    declared unconditional in all respects, within 14 days of such 
    date; or







(b) in the case of acceptances of the Offer received, complete in all 
   respects, after the date on which the Offer becomes or is 
   declared unconditional in all respects but while the Offer 
   remains open for acceptance, within 14 days of such receipt
  
   in the following manner:

   (1)  Canning Shares in Certificated Form

    Where an acceptance relates to Canning Shares in certificated form, 
    cheques for any cash consideration due will be despatched by first-
    class post (or by such other method as may be approved by the Panel).
    All such cash payments will be made in pounds sterling by cheque drawn 
    on a town branch of a UK clearing bank.

   (2)  Canning Shares in Uncertificated Form (that is, in CREST)

    Where an acceptance relates to Canning Shares in uncertificated form, any 
    cash consideration to which the accepting Canning Shareholder is entitled 
    will be paid by means of CREST by MacDermid UK procuring the creation of 
    an assured payment obligation in favour of the accepting Canning 
    Shareholder's payment bank in respect of the cash consideration due, in 
    accordance with the CREST assured payment arrangements.

    MacDermid UK reserves the right to settle all or any part of the 
    consideration referred to in sub-paragraphs 12.8(a) and (b) above for 
    all or any accepting Canning Shareholder(s), in the manner referred to 
    in sub-paragraph 12.8(b)(1) above, if, for any reason, it wishes to do 
    so.

If the Offer lapses, or does not become or is not declared unconditional in 
all respects, the Form of Acceptance, share certificate(s) and/or other 
document(s) of title will be returned by post (or by such other method as 
may be approved by the Panel) within 14 days of the Offer lapsing to the 
person or agent whose name and address outside the United States, Canada, 
Australia or Japan is set out in Box 6 of the Form of Acceptance or, if 
none is set out, to the first-named holder at his address outside the 
United States, Canada, Australia or Japan. IRG will, immediately after 
the lapsing of the Offer (or within such longer period as the Panel may 
permit, not exceeding 14 days of the lapsing of the Offer), give 31.10 
TFE instructions to CRESTCo to transfer all Canning Shares held in 
escrow balance and in relation to which it is the escrow agent for the 
purposes of the Offer to the original available balances of the Canning 
Shareholder concerned.

All documents and remittances sent by, to, or from Canning Shareholders 
or their appointed agents will be sent at their own risk.


13.   Further Information

Your attention is drawn to the further information in the Appendices, 
which form part of this document.






14.   Action to be taken

Acceptances of the Offer should be despatched as soon as possible, and, in 
any event, so as to be received by not later than 3.00 p.m. on 
18th November, 1998.


                                     Yours faithfully,

                                  for and on behalf of
                             Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited


                     Nigel Turner                   John Wilford
                   Managing Director                 Director










































                                   Appendix I


                     Conditions to and Further Terms of the Offer

                                      PART 1

1.   Conditions

The Offer complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the London 
Stock Exchange and the City Code, is governed by English law and 
is subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of England and to the terms 
and conditions set out below and in the Form of Acceptance.

The Offer is subject to the following conditions:
 
(A) valid acceptances being received (and not, where permitted, withdrawn) 
    by not later than 3:00 pm on the first closing date of the Offer 
   (or such later time(s) and/or date(s) as MacDermid UK may, subject to the 
   rules of the City Code, decide) in respect of not less than 90 per 
   cent. (or such lesser percentage as MacDermid UK may decide) in 
   nominal value of Canning Shares to which the Offer relates, provided 
   that this condition will not be satisfied unless MacDermid UK (and/or 
   any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries) shall have acquired, or agreed 
   to acquire, whether pursuant to the Offer or otherwise, Canning 
   Shares carrying, in aggregate, more than 50 per cent. of the voting 
   rights then normally exercisable at general meetings of Canning.

For the purposes of this condition:
  (i) Canning Shares which have been unconditionally allotted shall be 
      deemed to carry the voting rights they will carry upon being entered 
      in the register of members of Canning; and

 (ii) the expression "Canning Shares to which the Offer relates" means 
      (i) Canning Shares unconditionally allotted or issued on or before the 
      date the Offer is made and (ii) Canning Shares unconditionally allotted
      or issued after that date but before the time at which the Offer 
      ceases to be open for acceptance (or such earlier date, not being 
      earlier than the date on which the Offer becomes unconditional as  
      to acceptances or, if later, the first closing date of the Offer, 
      as MacDermid UK may, subject to the City Code, decide) but excluding 
      any Canning Shares which, on the date the Offer is made, are held or 
      (otherwise than under such a contract as is described in s.428(5) 
      Companies Act 1985) contracted to be acquired by MacDermid UK 
      and/or its associates (within the meaning of s.430E Companies 
      Act 1985);

(B) the Office of Fair Trading indicating, in terms satisfactory to 
    MacDermid UK, that it is not the intention of the Secretary of
    State for Trade and Industry in the exercise of his powers under the 
    Fair Trading Act 1973 to refer the proposed acquisition of Canning by 
    MacDermid UK or any matter arising therefrom or relating thereto to 
    the Monopolies and Mergers Commission;






(C) all filings having been made and all or any appropriate waiting periods
    under the United States Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements 
    Act 1976 and the regulations thereunder including any extensions 
    thereof having expired, lapsed or been terminated as appropriate in 
    each case in respect of the Offer and the proposed acquisition of 
    any shares in, or control of, Canning by MacDermid UK;

(D) no government or governmental or quasi-governmental authority 
    (whether supra-national, national, regional, local or otherwise)
    or statutory or regulatory or investigative body or other authority 
    (including any anti-trust or merger control authority), court, trade 
    agency, association, institution or professional or environmental
    body or (without prejudice to the generality of all the foregoing) 
    any other person or body in any jurisdiction (each a "Relevant 
    Authority") having decided to take, institute, implement or threaten any 
    action, proceedings, suit, investigation, enquiry or reference, or made, 
    proposed or enacted any statute, regulation, order or decision, or taken
    any other steps which would or is likely to:

(i) make the Offer, or its implementation, or the proposed acquisition of 
    any Canning Shares by MacDermid UK or any of its holding companies
    or any of their respective subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings or 
    any joint venture, partnership, firm or company in which any of them 
    has a substantial interest (together, the "Wider MacDermid Group") or 
    the subscription by or allotment to any member of the Wider MacDermid 
    Group of Canning Shares or any matter arising therefrom or relating 
    thereto, void, illegal or unenforceable under the laws of any  
    relevant jurisdiction or otherwise, directly or indirectly, restrain, 
    prohibit, restrict or delay the Offer, its implementation or such 
    proposed acquisition by any member of the Wider MacDermid Group or
    any matter arising therefrom or relating thereto or impose 
    additional conditions or obligations with respect thereto, or 
    otherwise challenge or interfere therewith;

(ii) result in a material delay in the ability of any member of the Wider 
    MacDermid Group, or render any member of the Wider MacDermid Group 
    unable, to acquire all or some of the Canning Shares or other 
    securities in Canning or require, prevent or delay a divestiture by 
    any member of the Wider MacDermid Group of any such shares or securities;

(iii) require, prevent or delay the divestiture by MacDermid UK or any 
    member of the Wider MacDermid Group or by Canning or any of its 
    respective subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings or any joint 
    venture, partnership, firm or company in which any of them has a 
    substantial interest (together, the "Wider Canning Group") of all or any 
    material portion of their respective businesses, assets or 
    properties or impose any material limitation on the ability of any of 
    them to conduct all or any material portion of their respective 
    businesses or own all or any material portion of their respective assets 
    or properties;










(iv) impose any material limitation on the ability of MacDermid UK or any 
    other member of the Wider MacDermid Group or of the Wider Canning Group 
    to acquire, or to hold or exercise effectively, directly or indirectly,
    any rights of ownership in respect of shares or other securities 
    (or the equivalent) in any member of the Wider Canning Group or to 
    exercise management control over Canning or any other member of the  
    Canning Group;

(v) otherwise materially and adversely affect the business or profits of 
    any member of the Wider MacDermid Group or of the Wider Canning Group;

(vi) require any member of the Wider MacDermid Group or any member of the 
    Wider Canning Group to acquire or offer to acquire any Canning Shares 
    or other securities (or the equivalent) in any member of the Wider 
    Canning Group owned by any third party;

(vii) to an extent which is material in the context of the Wider Canning 
    Group, result in any member of the Wider Canning Group ceasing to be 
    able to carry on business under the name under which it presently does 
    so; or

(viii) require any member of the Wider MacDermid Group to dispose of any 
    shares or other securities (or the equivalent) in any member of the 
    Wider Canning Group or the Wider MacDermid Group,

    and all applicable waiting and other time periods during which any 
    Relevant Authority could decide to take, institute, implement or 
    threaten any such action, proceeding, suit, investigation, 
    enquiry or reference or otherwise intervene having expired, lapsed or 
    been terminated;

(E) all necessary filings or applications in connection with the Offer or 
    its implementation having been made, all appropriate waiting periods 
    (including extensions thereof) in respect of the Offer or its 
    implementation under any applicable legislation or regulations of any 
    jurisdiction having expired, lapsed or been terminated and all 
    authorisations, orders, recognitions, grants, consents, licenses, 
    confirmations, clearances, permissions and approvals ("Authorisations") 
    deemed necessary or appropriate for or in respect of the Offer and the 
    proposed acquisition of any Canning Shares or other securities in, or 
    control of, Canning by the Wider MacDermid Group, or which are necessary 
    for any member of the Wider Canning Group to carry on its business, 
    having been obtained in terms and in a form satisfactory to MacDermid UK 
    from all appropriate Relevant Authorities or other bodies with whom any 
    member of the Wider MacDermid Group or the Wider Canning Group has 
    entered into contractual arrangements and all such Authorisations 
    remaining in full force and effect at the time at which the Offer becomes 
    otherwise unconditional and all appropriate waiting periods (including 
    extensions thereof) under any applicable legislation and regulations of 
    any jurisdiction having expired, lapsed or been terminated and there 
    being no intimation or notice of an intention to revoke or not to renew 
    any of the same having been received, in each case as may be necessary
    in connection with the Offer under the laws of regulations of any 
    jurisdiction and all necessary statutory or regulatory obligations in
    connections with the Offer and its implementation in any relevant 
    jurisdiction having been complied with;



(F) there being no provision of any arrangement, agreement, licence, 
    permit, franchise or other instrument to which any member of the Wider 
    Canning Group is a party or by or to which any such member or any of 
    their assets is or are or may be bound, entitled or subject to any 
    circumstance which, as a consequence of the making of the Offer or the 
    acquisition or proposed acquisition by any member of the Wider MacDermid 
    Group of some or all of the share capital or other securities in Canning 
    or because of a change in control or management of Canning or otherwise 
    is likely to result in, to an extent which is material in the context 
    of the Wider Canning Group taken as a whole:

     (i) any monies borrowed by or other indebtedness (actual or contingent)
         of any member of the Wider Canning Group which is not already
         repayable on demand being or becoming repayable or being capable 
         of being declared repayable immediately or prior to the stated
         maturity date or repayment date or the ability of any such member to
         borrow monies or incur any indebtedness being withdrawn or 
         inhibited;

    (ii) the creation of any mortgage, charge or other security interest 
         over the whole or any material part of the business, property or 
         assets of any member of the Wider Canning Group or any such 
         security (whenever arising or having arisen) becoming enforceable;

   (iii) any such arrangement, agreement, licence, permit, franchise or 
         other instrument, or the rights, liabilities, obligations or
         interests or business of any member of the Wider Canning Group 
         under any such arrangement, agreement, licence, permit, franchise or
         other instrument, being terminated or adversely modified or 
         adversely affected or any action being taken or any obligation 
         arising thereunder;

     (iv) otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, any assets or 
          interest of any member of the Wider Canning Group being or falling 
          to be disposed of or charged or any right arising under which 
          any such asset or interest could be required to be disposed of 
          or charged;

     (v)  the interest or business of any member of the Wider MacDermid 
          Group or the Wider Canning Group in or with any person, firm, 
          company or body (or any arrangements relating to such interest 
          or business) being terminated or adversely modified or affected;

     (vi) any member of the Wider Canning Group ceasing to be able to carry 
          on business under any name under which it presently does so; or

    (vii) the value of or the financial or trading position of any member of
          the Wider Canning Group being adversely affected;











(G) no member of the Wider Canning Group having since 31st December, 1997 
    (except as disclosed in the annual report and accounts of Canning for 
    the year then ended) and unless publicly announced by delivery
    to the Company Announcements Office of the London Stock Exchange before 
    26th October, 1998 by Canning (such information being "publicly 
    announced"); 

     (i) issued, agreed or authorised or proposed the issue of additional 
         shares of any class, or securities convertible into, or rights,
         warrants or options to subscribe for or acquire, any such 
         shares or convertible securities;

    (ii) recommended, declared, paid or made or proposed to recommend, 
         declare, pay or make any bonus, dividend or other distribution;

   (iii) merged with any body corporate or acquired or disposed of, or 
         transferred, mortgaged or charged or created any security interest
         over, any assets or any right, title or interest in any asset 
         (including shares and trade investments), or authorised, proposed 
         or announced any intention to propose any merger, demerger, 
         acquisition, disposal, transfer, mortgage, charge or security 
         interest (other than in the ordinary course of business);

   (iv)  issued, authorised or proposed the issue of any debentures or, to 
         an extent which is material in the context of the Wider Canning 
         Group, incurred or increased any indebtedness or contingent
         liability;

   (v)   purchased, redeemed or repaid or announced any proposal to purchase,
         redeem or repay any of its own shares or other securities or 
         redeemed or reduced or made any other change to any part of its 
         share capital;

   (vi)  entered into, or materially varied, or authorised, proposed or
         announced its intention to enter into or materially vary any
         contract, transaction, arrangement or commitment (whether in 
         respect of capital expenditure or otherwise) which is of a long-
         term, onerous or unusual nature or magnitude; 

   (vii) implemented, authorised, proposed or announced its intention to 
         implement or enter into any reconstruction, amalgamation, 
         commitment, scheme or other transaction or arrangement otherwise 
         than in the ordinary course of business;

  (viii) (save for agreements entered into with Sir Peter Gadsden and 
         Michael Fearfield on 9th January, 1998, David Probert on 30th 
         January, 1998 (varied on 25th September, 1998), Peter Johansen 
         on 16th February, 1998 and David O'Neill on 16th March and 
         28th September, 1998) entered into or made an offer 
         (which remains open for acceptance) to enter into or vary the 
         terms of any service agreement or any other agreement or 
         arrangement with any directors or senior executives or any 
         connected person of any such person (within the meaning of s.346 
         Companies Act 1985);






    (ix) waived or compromised any claim other than in the ordinary course of 
         business;

     (x) proposed any voluntary winding up;

    (xi) made or authorised or proposed or announced an intention to propose 
         any change in its share or loan capital;

   (xii) entered into any contract, transaction or arrangement which is or
         is likely to be restrictive in a material respect on the business 
         of any member of the Wider MacDermid Group or the Wider Canning
         Group;

  (xiii) made any material alteration to its Memorandum or Articles of
         Association or other incorporation documents; or

   (xiv) entered into or made an offer (which remains open for acceptance) to
         enter into an agreement or commitment or passed any resolution 
         or announced or made any proposal with respect to any of 
         the transactions or events referred to in this sub-paragraph (G);

(H) save as publicly announced prior to 26th October, 1998, since 31st
    December, 1997 and prior to the date when the Offer would otherwise 
    become unconditional:

    (i) there having been no adverse change material in the context of the
        Wider Canning Group, and no other circumstances having arisen which
        would or are likely to result in any adverse change material in 
        the context of the Wider Canning Group, in the business, assets,
        financial or trading position or profits of any member of the 
        Wider Canning Group;

   (ii) there not having been instituted or remaining outstanding any
        litigation, arbitration proceedings, prosecution or other legal
        proceedings material in the context of the Wider Canning Group 
        to which any member of the Wider Canning Group is a party (whether 
        as plaintiff or defendant or otherwise) and no such proceedings 
        having been announced or threatened against any such member and no
        investigation by any Relevant Authority against or in respect of any
        such member or the business carried on by any such member having been
        threatened in writing, announced, instituted, or remaining 
        outstanding by, against or in respect of any such member;

  (iii) there having been no receiver, administrative receiver or other
        encumbrance appointed over any of the assets of any member of the
        Wider Canning Group or any analogous proceedings or steps having 
        taken place under the laws of any jurisdiction and there having been
        no petition presented for the administration of any member of the
        Wider Canning Group or any analogous proceedings or steps taken place
        under the laws of any jurisdiction; and






   (iv) no contingent or other liability having arisen or having been 
        incurred which would reasonably be expected adversely to affect any 
        member of the Wider Canning Group to an extent which is material in 
        the context of the Wider Canning Group;

(I) MacDermid UK not having discovered prior to the date when the 
    Offer would otherwise become unconditional that:

   (i) any material financial or business information concerning 
       Canning or the Wider Canning Group publicly disclosed at any 
       time is misleading, contains a misrepresentation of fact or omits 
       to state a fact necessary to make the information contained 
       therin not misleading; or

   (ii) any member of the Wider Canning Group is subject to any material
        liability, contingent or otherwise, existing at 31st December,
        1997, which is not disclosed in the audited accounts of Canning for
        the financial year ended on that date; and

(J) MacDermid UK not having discovered prior to the date when the Offer would
    otherwise become unconditional that:

    (i) any member of the Wider Canning Group has not complied with all
      material applicable legislation or regulations of any jurisdiction, 
      with regard to the disposal, discharge, spillage, leak or emission of 
      any waste or hazardous substance or any substance likely to impair the
      environment or harm human health or otherwise relating to environmental
      matters, or that there has otherwise been any such disposal, discharge,
      spillage, leak or emission (whether or not the same constituted a non-
      compliance by any person with any such legislation or regulations 
      and wherever the same may have taken place) from any land or other 
      asset now or previously owned, occupied or made use of by any past or 
      present member of the Wider Canning Group which would be likely to give 
      rise to any material liability (whether actual or contingent) on the 
      part of any member of the Wider Canning Group and which is material in 
      the context of the Wider Canning Group;

   (ii) there is, or is reasonably expected to be, any liability (whether
      actual or contingent) which is material in the context of the Wider
      Canning Group to make good, repair, reinstate or clean up any property
      now or previously owned, occupied or made use of by any past or present
      member of the Wider Canning Group or in which any such member may now 
      or previously had an interest under any environmental legislation,
      regulation, notice, circular or order of any Relevant Authority or 
      third party or otherwise; or

  (iii) circumstances exist whereby a person or class of persons would 
      be likely to have any claim or claims in respect of any product 
      or process of manufacture or materials used therein now or previously
      manufactured, sold or carried out by any member of the Wider Canning
      Group which claim or claims would be likely materially and adversely 
      to affect any member of the Wider Canning Group.








MacDermid UK reserves the right to waive, in whole or in part, all or any 
of conditions (B) to (J) inclusive. If MacDermid UK is required by the 
Panel to make an offer for Canning Shares under the provisions of Rule 9 
of the City Code, MacDermid UK may make such alterations to the 
above conditions, including condition (A), as are necessary to comply with 
the provisions of that Rule.

The Offer will lapse if the proposed acquisition of Canning by MacDermid UK,
or any matter arising therefrom or relative thereto, is referred to 
the Monopolies and Mergers Commission before 3.00 p.m. on the first 
closing date of the Offer or the time and date when the Offer becomes 
or is declared unconditional as to acceptances, whichever is the later.


2.  Certain further terms of the Offer

Except with the consent of the Panel, the Offer will lapse unless 
conditions (B) to (J) inclusive of the Offer set out above are fulfilled 
or, if capable of waiver, waived or, where appropriate, have been 
determined by MacDermid UK in its opinion to be or to remain satisfied 
by midnight on whichever is the later of the date which is 21 days after 
the first closing date of the Offer and the date on which condition 
(A) is satisfied.

If the Offer lapses, the Offer will cease to be capable of further acceptance
and MacDermid UK, Lazard Brothers and Canning Shareholders shall thereupon
cease to be bound by prior acceptances. MacDermid UK shall be under 
no obligation to waive or treat as fulfilled or satisfied any of 
conditions (B) to (J) inclusive by a date earlier than the latest 
date specified above for the fulfilment or satisfaction thereof 
notwithstanding that the other conditions of the Offer may at such 
earlier date have been waived or fulfilled or satisfied and that there 
are at such earlier date no circumstances indicating that any such 
conditions may not be capable of fulfilment or satisfaction.

The Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, in or into, or by use 
of the mails, or by any means or instrumentality (including, without
limitation, facsimile transmission, telex or telephone) or interstate
or foreign commerce of, or any facilities of a national securities 
exchange of, the United States, nor is it being made in Canada, Australia 
or Japan and cannot be accepted by any such use, means, instrumentality 
or facility. Accordingly, copies of this document are not being, and must 
not be, mailed or otherwise distributed or sent in or from the United States,
Canada, Australia or Japan. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions,
MacDermid UK will retain the right to permit the Offer to be accepted, if 
in its sole discretion, it is satisfied that the transaction in question 
is exempt from or not subject to the legislation or regulation giving rise 
to the restrictions in question.

The attention of the Canning Shareholders not resident in the United Kingdom
is drawn to paragraph 6 of Part 2 of this Appendix I.
















                                     PART 2

Further terms of the Offer

The following further terms, except where the context otherwise requires,
apply to the Offer. Unless the context otherwise requires, in this Appendix I
and in the Form of Acceptance references to:

    (I) the "Offer becoming unconditional" shall include the Offer 
        being declared unconditional;

   (ii) the "Offer being unconditional" shall be construed as references to
        the Offer becoming or being declared unconditional as to acceptances
        in accordance with the acceptance condition (paragraph 1(A) of Part 1
        of this Appendix I), whether or not any other condition of the 
        Offer remains to be fulfilled;

  (iii) the "acceptance condition" shall mean the condition as to acceptances
        set out in paragraph 1(A) of Part 1 of this Appendix I; and

   (iv) the "Offer Document" shall mean this document and any other document
        containing the Offer.

The Offer extends to Canning Shares unconditionally allotted or issued
hereafter, but before the time at which the Offer ceases to be open for
acceptance (or such earlier date, not being earlier than the date on which 
the Offer becomes unconditional as to acceptances or, if later, the 
first closing date of the Offer as MacDermid UK may, subject to the City 
Code, decide), including those unconditionally allotted or issued pursuant 
to the exercise of options granted under the Canning Share Option Schemes.

1.  Acceptance Period

1.1 The Offer will initially be open for acceptance until 
    3.00 p.m. on 18th November, 1998. Although no revision is envisaged, if
    the Offer is revised it will remain open for acceptance for a period of  
    at least 14 days from the date on which written notification of the 
    revision is despatched to Canning Shareholders (or such other period as 
    may be permitted by the Panel). Except with the consent of the Panel, no 
    such written notification of revision may be made or posted after 10th
    December, 1998, or, if later, the date falling 14 days prior to the last
    date on which the Offer can become unconditional.










1.2 The Offer, whether revised or not, shall not (except with the consent of
    the Panel) be capable of becoming unconditional after midnight on 
    24th December, 1998 (or any earlier time and/or date beyond which
    MacDermid UK has stated that the Offer will not be extended, and has not,
    where permitted, withdrawn such statement) nor of being kept open for
    acceptance after that time and/or date unless it has previously
    become unconditional. However, MacDermid UK reserves the right, with the
    permission of the Panel, to extend the time for the Offer to become
    unconditional to a later time(s) and/or date(s). Except with the consent
    of the Panel, MacDermid UK may not, for the purpose of determining
    whether the acceptance condition has been satisfied, take into account
    acceptances received or purchases of Canning Shares made after 1.00 p.m.
    on 24th December, 1998 (or any other time(s) and/or date(s) beyond which
    MacDermid UK has stated that the Offer will not be extended and in 
    respect of which it has not withdrawn that statement). If the latest 
    time at which the Offer may become unconditional is extended beyond
    midnight on 24th December, 1998, acceptances received and purchases made
    in respect of which the relevant documents are received by IRG after 
    1.00 p.m. on the relevant date may (except where the City Code otherwise
    permits) be taken into account only with the agreement of the Panel.

1.3 If the Offer becomes or is declared unconditional, the Offer 
    will remain open for acceptance for not less than 14 days from the 
    date on which it would otherwise have expired. If the Offer has become
    unconditional and it is stated by or on behalf of MacDermid UK that the
    Offer will remain open until further notice, then not less than 14 days'
    notice in writing will be given prior to the closing of the Offer to 
    those Canning Shareholders who have not accepted the Offer.

1.4 If a competitive situation arises after MacDermid UK has  
    given a "no increase" and/or a "no extension" statement in 
    relation to the Offer (as determined by the Panel), MacDermid UK may (if 
    it has specifically reserved the right to do so at the time such 
    statement was made, or otherwise with the consent of the Panel) withdraw 
    such statement provided that it complies with the requirements of the 
    City Code and in particular that:

    (i) it announces such withdrawal as soon as possible (and in any event
        within four business days of the announcement of the competing offer
        or other competitive situation) and Canning Shareholders are informed
        in writing thereof (or, in the case of Canning Shareholders with
        registered addresses outside the UK or whom MacDermid UK knows to be
        nominees holding Canning Shares for such persons, by announcement in
        the UK) at the earliest practicable opportunity; and

   (ii) any Canning Shareholders who accepted the Offer after the date of any
        "no increase" and/or "no extension" statement are given a right of
        withdrawal as described in paragraph 3 below.











1.5 MacDermid UK may (if it has reserved the right to do so at the time a
    statement is made) and choose not to be bound by the terms of a 
    "no increase" and/or a "no extension" statement, if the statement
    would otherwise prevent the posting of an increased or improved 
    Offer which is recommended for acceptance by the Board of Canning or in
    any other circumstances permitted by the Panel.

1.6 For the purpose of determining at any particular time whether or
    not the acceptance condition has been satisfied, MacDermid UK shall,
    unless otherwise determined by the Panel, not be bound to take 
    into account any Canning Shares which have been unconditionally allotted
    or issued before such determination takes place, unless IRG on behalf 
    of MacDermid UK has received from Canning or its agents written notice
    containing all relevant details of such allotment or issue (including the
    price thereof) before that time. Telex or facsimile transmission will 
    not be sufficient for this purpose.

2.  Announcements

2.1 (a) By 8.30 a.m. on the business day (the "relevant day")
        following the day on which the Offer is due to expire or becomes
        or is declared unconditional or is revised or extended (as 
        the case may be) (or such later time and date as the Panel may 
        agree), MacDermid UK will make an appropriate announcement of the 
        position.  Such an announcement and notification will also state 
        (unless otherwise permitted by the Panel) the total number of Canning 
        Shares and rights over Canning Shares (as nearly as practicable):

        (a) for which acceptances of the Offer have been received (showing 
            the extent, if any, to which such acceptances have been received 
            from persons acting in concert with MacDermid UK within the 
            meaning of the City Code);

        (b) held by or on behalf of MacDermid UK or any person deemed to be
            acting in concert with it (within the meaning of the City Code)
            prior to the Offer Period; and

        (c) acquired or agreed to be acquired by or on behalf of 
            MacDermid UK or any person deemed to be acting in concert 
            with it (within the meaning of the City Code) during the Offer
            Period; 

            and will specify the percentage of Canning Shares represented by 
            each of these figures.

   (b) Any decision to extend the time and/or date by which the acceptance
       condition has to be fulfilled may be made at any time up to, and 
       will be announced not later than, 8.30 a.m. on the relevant day (or 
       such later time and/or date as the Panel may agree) and the 
       announcement will state the next expiry date (unless the 
       Offer is then unconditional, in which case a statement may 
       instead be made that the Offer will remain open until further 
       notice). In computing the number of Canning Shares represented 
       by acceptances and/or purchases, there may be included or 
       excluded for announcement purposes, subject to 
       paragraph 5.14 below, acceptances and purchases which are not 



       complete in all respects or which are subject to verification, 
       save that those which could not be counted towards 
       fulfilment of the acceptance condition under Notes 4, 5 and 
       (if applicable) 6 of Rule 10 of the City Code shall not (except
       as otherwise agreed by the Panel) be included.

2.2 In this Part 2, references to the making of an announcement or the giving
    of notice by or on behalf of MacDermid UK include the release of
    an announcement by public relations consultants or by Lazard Brothers,
    in each case on behalf of MacDermid UK, to the press, and the 
    delivery or telephone, telex or facsimile or other electronic 
    transmission of an announcement to the London Stock Exchange and the 
    delivery of any announcement to Canning Shareholders (except 
    those with registered addresses in the United States, Canada, 
    Australia or Japan).

3.    Rights of withdrawal

3.1 If MacDermid UK,having announced the Offer to be unconditional, 
    fails to comply by 3.30 p.m. on the relevant day (or such later time 
    and/or date as the Panel may agree) with any of the requirements 
    specified in paragraph 2.1 above, an accepting Canning 
    Shareholder may immediately thereafter withdraw his acceptance of 
    the Offer by written notice signed by such shareholder and received
    either by post or by hand (during normal business hours) by 
    New Issues Department, IRG plc, P.O. Box No. 166, Bourne House, 
    34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TH on behalf of MacDermid UK.
    Subject to paragraph 1.2 above, this right of withdrawal may be
    terminated not less than eight days after the relevant day by 
    MacDermid UK confirming, if such is the case, that the Offer
    is still unconditional and complying with the other requirements 
    specified in paragraph 2.1 above. If any such confirmation is given,
    the first period of 14 days referred to in paragraph 1.3 above will 
    run from the date of such confirmation and compliance.

3.2 If by 3.00 p.m. on 9th December, 1998 (or such later time and/or date 
    as the Panel may agree) the Offer has not become unconditional, a 
    person accepting the Offer may withdraw his acceptance by written
    notice received by IRG, at the address and in the manner 
    referred to in paragraph 3.1 above, on behalf of MacDermid UK,
    at any time before the earlier of:

    (a) the time when the Offer becomes unconditional; and

    (b) the final time for lodgement of acceptances of the Offer which 
        can be taken into account in accordance with paragraph 1.2 above.











3.3 If a "no extension" and/or a "no increase" statement has
    been withdrawn after a competitive situation has 
    arisen in accordance with paragraph 1.4 above, any Canning 
    Shareholder who accepts the Offer after the date of such statement 
    is made may withdraw his acceptance thereafter in the manner 
    referred to in paragraph 3.1 above for a period of eight days 
    after the date of posting of written notice of withdrawal of such 
    statement to the Canning Shareholders.

3.4 Except as provided by this paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 below, 
    acceptances and elections shall be irrevocable.

3.5 In this paragraph 3 "written notice" (including any letter of 
    appointment, direction or authority) means notice in writing 
    bearing the original signature(s) of the relevant person accepting 
    the Offer (or his/their agent or attorney duly appointed in 
    writing and evidence of whose appointment in a form reasonably 
    satisfactory to MacDermid UK and/or Lazard Brothers is produced 
    with the notice). Telex or facsimile transmissions or copies 
    will not be sufficient. No notice which is postmarked in, or 
    otherwise appears to MacDermid UK or its agents to have been sent 
    from, the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan will be treated 
    as valid.

4.   Revised Offer

4.1 Although no such revision is envisaged, if the Offer (in its original 
    or any previously revised form(s)) is revised in any way (either in 
    its terms and conditions or in the value or nature of the 
    consideration offered or otherwise) and such revised Offer 
    represents, on the date on which such revision is announced (on 
    such basis as Lazard Brothers (in consultation with SG Hambros 
    and with the Panel's consent) may consider appropriate), an 
    improvement or no diminution in the value of the consideration of 
    the Offer as so revised compared with the overall consideration 
    or terms previously offered (under the Offer or otherwise), the 
    benefit of the revised Offer shall, subject to this paragraph 4 
    and paragraph 6 below, be made available to any Canning Shareholder 
    who has accepted the Offer in its original or previously revised 
    form(s) (each a "Previous Acceptor"). The acceptance by or on behalf of
    a Previous Acceptor of the Offer in its original or any previously 
    revised form(s) shall, subject as provided in this paragraph 4 and 
    paragraph 6 below, be treated as an acceptance of the Offer as so revised 
    and shall also constitute the appointment of MacDermid UK and/or of
    Lazard Brothers and/or their respective Directors or agents as
    his agent and/or attorney with authority to accept such revised 
    Offer on behalf of such Previous Acceptor and, if such revised Offer
    includes an alternative form or forms of consideration, to make on 
    his behalf such elections for and/or accept such alternative form or 
    forms32.3 of consideration on his behalf as such agent and/or attorney 
    in his absolute discretion thinks fit and to execute on behalf of and 









    in the name of such Previous Acceptor all such further documents 
    (if any) as may be required to give effect to such election(s) 
    and/or acceptance(s). In making any such election(s) and/or 
    acceptance(s), such agent and/or attorney shall take into account 
    the nature of any previous elections and/or acceptances made by or 
    on behalf of the Previous Acceptor and such other facts or matters as 
    he may reasonably consider relevant.

4.2 The powers of attorney and authorities conferred by this paragraph 
    4 and any election for or acceptance of a revised Offer and/or any 
    election(s) pursuant thereto shall be irrevocable unless and 
    until the Previous Acceptor becomes entitled to withdraw his acceptance 
    under paragraph 3 above and duly does so.

4.3 The deemed acceptance referred to in paragraph 4.1 above shall
    not apply and the authorities referred to in such paragraph 
    shall be ineffective to the extent that a Previous Acceptor shall 
    lodge with IRG, within 14 days of the posting of the document
    pursuant to which the revised Offer referred to in paragraph 4.1 
    above is made available to Canning Shareholders (or such 
    later date as MacDermid UK may determine), a Form of Acceptance 
    (or some other form issued by or on behalf of MacDermid UK) 
    in which he validly elects to receive the consideration receivable
    by him under such revised Offer in some other manner.

4.4 The deemed acceptance referred to in paragraph 4.1 above shall
    not apply and the authorities referred to in such paragraph 
    shall not be exercised thereunder if as a result the Previous 
    Acceptor would (on such basis as Lazard Brothers (in 
    consultation with SG Hambros and with the Panel's consent)
    may consider appropriate) thereby receive less in aggregate 
    in consideration than he would have received as a result of 
    acceptance of the Offer in the form in which it was originally 
    accepted and/or elected by him or on his behalf, having regard 
    to any previous elections originally made by him, unless 
    such Previous Acceptor has previously agreed in writing to 
    receive less in aggregate consideration.

4.5 MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers reserve the right 
    (subject always to paragraphs 4.3 and 4.4 above) to treat 
    a valid acceptance of the Offer (in its original or any 
    previously revised form(s)) which is received after the 
    announcement or issue of the Offer in any revised
    form(s) as a valid acceptance of the revised Offer and/or, 
    where applicable, a valid election for or acceptance of the 
    alternative forms of consideration (if any), and such acceptances 
    shall constitute an authority and request in the terms of this 
    paragraph 4 mutatis mutandis on behalf of the relevant 
    Canning Shareholder.









5.  General 

5.1 Except with the consent of the Panel, the Offer will lapse 
    unless all its conditions have been satisfied or (if capable of 
    waiver) waived or, where appropriate, have been determined by 
    MacDermid UK to be or remain satisfied by midnight on 14th 
    January, 1999 or by midnight on the date which is 21 days 
    after the date on which the Offer becomes unconditional 
    (whichever is the later), or such later date as MacDermid UK 
    may, with the consent of the Panel, determine. In such a case
    the Offer will cease to be capable of further acceptances 
    and Canning Shareholders and MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers 
    shall cease to be bound by prior acceptances.

5.2 The expression "Offer Period" when used in this document means, 
    in relation to the Offer, the period commencing on 19th October, 1998
    and ending on whichever of the following dates shall be the latest:

    (a) 18th November, 1998;

    (b) the date on which the Offer becomes unconditional; and

    (c) the date on which the Offer lapses.

5.3 Except with the consent of the Panel, settlement of the consideration 
    to which any Canning Shareholder is entitled under the Offer 
    will be implemented in full in accordance with the terms of the Offer 
    without regard to any lien, right of set-off, counterclaim or other 
    analogous right to which MacDermid UK or Lazard Brothers may otherwise
    be, or claim to be, entitled as against such Canning 
    Shareholder. The consideration will (except with the consent of the 
    Panel) be posted within 14 days of the later of the date on which 
    the Offer becomes or is declared unconditional in all respects or 
    the date of receipt of a valid and complete acceptance. Where 
    the Canning Shares31.8 concerned are in certificated form, cash 
    consideration will be settled in pounds sterling by way of cheque 
    drawn on a branch of a UK clearing bank. Where the Canning Shares 
    concerned are in uncertificated form, cash consideration will be 
    paid by the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour 
    of the accepting Canning Shareholder's payment bank in respect 
    of the cash consideration due, in accordance with CREST assured
    payment arrangements within the time limits referred to in this 
    paragraph, or if settlement through CREST is otherwise not possible
    for any reason (at MacDermid UK's discretion) in pounds sterling
    by cheque drawn as aforesaid. No consideration will be sent to an 
    address in the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan.

5.4 The Offer is made on 28th October, 1998 and is capable of 
    acceptance thereafter. The Offer is being made by means of this 
    document and by means of an advertisement to be placed in the 
    Financial Times on 29th October, 1998. Copies of this document,
    the Form of Acceptance and any related documents are available
    from IRG at the address set out in paragraph 3.1 above from that time.








5.5 The terms, provisions, instructions and authorities contained in or 
    deemed to be incorporated in the Form of Acceptance constitute part of
    the terms of the Offer. Words and expressions defined in this Offer 
    Document have the same meanings when used in the Form of Acceptance,
    unless the context otherwise requires.

5.6 The Offer, elections made thereunder, all acceptances made thereof 
    or pursuant thereto, this document and the Form of Acceptance and 
    all contracts made pursuant thereto and action taken or made or deemed 
    to be taken or made under any of the foregoing shall be governed
    by and construed in accordance with English law.

5.7 Any reference in this document and in the Form of Acceptance 
    to 18th November, 1998 shall, except in paragraph 5.2 above and 
    where the context otherwise requires, be deemed, if the expiry 
    date of the Offer is extended, to refer to the expiry date of the 
    Offer as so extended.

5.8 Any omission to despatch this document or the Form of Acceptance 
    or any notice required to be given under the terms of the Offer to,
    or any failure to receive the same by, any person to whom the 
    Offer is, or should be, made shall not invalidate the Offer in
    any way or create any implication that the Offer has not been
    made to any such Canning Shareholder. Subject to the provisions 
    of paragraph 6 below, the Offer extends to all Canning Shareholders
    to whom this document, the Form of Acceptance and any related 
    documents may not be despatched or who may not receive any such 
    documents, and such persons may collect copies of those documents 
    from IRG.

5.9 If the Offer does not become unconditional in all respects, the 
    Form of Acceptance and any share certificate(s) and/or other 
    document(s) of title will be returned by MacDermid UK or its 
    agents by post (or by such other method as may be approved 
    by the Panel) within 14 days of the Offer lapsing, at the risk of 
    the person entitled thereto or to the person or agent whose name 
    and address, outside the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan, 
    is set out in the relevant box of the Form of Acceptance or, if
    none is set out, to the first-named holder at his registered 
    address outside the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan. 
    No such documents will be sent to an address in the United 
    States, Canada, Australia or Japan.

5.10 IRG will, immediately after the lapsing of the Offer 
    (or within such longer period as the Panel may permit, not exceeding 
    14 days of the lapsing of the Offer), give TFE instructions 
    to CRESTCo to transfer all Canning Shares held in escrow balances and in 
    relation to which it is the escrow agent for the purposes of the Offer 
    to the original available balances of the Canning Shareholder concerned.








5.11 All powers of attorney, appointment of18(c) agents and authorities 
    on the terms conferred by or referred to in this Appendix I or in the
    Form of Acceptance are given by way of security for the performance
    of the obligations of the Canning Shareholder concerned and are 
    irrevocable in accordance with Section 4 of the Powers of Attorney 
    Act 1971 except in the circumstances where the donor of such 
    power of attorney, appointment or authority is entitled to 
    withdraw his acceptance in accordance with paragraphs 3 or 4 
    above and duly does so.

5.12 No acknowledgement of receipt of any Form of Acceptance, transfer 
    by means of CREST, share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title 
    will be given.

5.13 Without prejudice to any other provision in this Part 2 of Appendix 
    I, MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers reserve the right to treat 
    acceptances of the Offer as valid if not entirely in order or not 
    accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and/or other relevant 
    document(s) of title or the relevant transfer to escrow or if received 
    by or on behalf of either of them at any place or places or in any manner 
    determined by either of them otherwise than as set out in this document 
    or in the Form of Acceptance.

5.14 Notwithstanding the right reserved by MacDermid UK and Lazard 
    Brothers to treat Forms of Acceptance as valid even though not 
    entirely in order or not accompanied by the relevant share 
    certificate(s) and/or other documents of title, or not accompanied
    by the relevant transfer to escrow and except as otherwise 
    agreed with the Panel:

    (a) an acceptance of the Offer will be counted as valid 
        for the purposes of the acceptance condition only if
        the requirements of Note 4 and, if applicable,
        Note 6 of Rule 10 of the City Code are satisfied in
        respect of it;

    (b) a purchase of Canning Shares by MacDermid UK or its 
        nominees (or, if MacDermid UK is required by 
        the Panel to make an offer for Canning Shares under the 
        provisions of Rule 9 of the City Code by a person 
        acting in concert with MacDermid UK or its nominee) 
        will be counted as valid for the purposes of the acceptance 
        condition only if the requirements of Note 5 and, if 
        applicable, Note 6 on Rule 10 of the City Code are satisfied in 
        respect of it; and

    (c) the Offer will not become or be declared  
        unconditional until IRG has issued a certificate to 
        MacDermid UK and/or Lazard Brothers which states the 
        number of Canning Shares in respect of which acceptances 
        have been received which meet the requirements of Note 4 
        on Rule 10 of the City Code and the number of Canning 
        Shares otherwise acquired (whether before or during the 
        Offer Period) which meet the requirements of Note 5 on 
        10 of the City Code as well as the requirements, in each,
        if applicable, of Note 6 to Rule 10 of the City 
        Code. Copies of such certificate will be sent to the Panel
        and SG Hambros as soon as possible after it is issued.

5.15 All communications, notices, certificates, documents of title 
     and remittances to be delivered by or sent to or from any Canning 
     Shareholders will be delivered by or sent to or from them (or 
     their designated agents) at their own risk.

5.16 MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers reserve the right to notify
     any matter (including the making of the Offer) to all or any 
     Canning Shareholder(s) with a registered address outside the 
     UK, or whom MacDermid UK or Lazard Brothers know to be a nominee,
     custodian or trustee for such persons, by announcement or paid 
     advertisement in a daily newspaper published and circulated in
     the UK. In that case such notice shall be deemed to have 
     been sufficiently given notwithstanding any failure by any such 
     Canning Shareholders to receive or see such notice. All 
     references in this document to notice in writing by or on 
     behalf of MacDermid UK (other than in paragraph 3 above) 
     be construed accordingly.

5.17 If sufficient acceptances are received and/or sufficient Canning 
     Shares are otherwise acquired, MacDermid UK intends to apply 
     the provisions of s.428 to s.430F of the Companies Act 1985
     to acquire compulsorily any outstanding Canning Shares to which 
     the Offer relates as defined in the acceptance condition and to
     apply for cancellation of Cannings' listing on the London Stock 
     Exchange.

5.18 All references in this Appendix I to any statute or statutory 
     provision shall include a statute or statutory provision which
     amends, consolidates or replaces the same (whether before or after 
     the date hereof).

5.19 If the Offer becomes unconditional in all respects, all mandates 
     and other instructions or notices recorded in the records of
     Canning immediately before the Offer becomes so unconditional 
     relating to holdings of Canning Shares will, unless and until 
     revoked, continue in force. In particular, it is the intention of 
     MacDermid that, if the Offer becomes unconditional in all respects 
     before 1st December, 1998, it will procure payment by Canning of 
     the interim dividend in respect of the six months ended 30th June, 1998 
     of 3.85p (net) per share, resolved to be paid on 1st December, 1998 to
     Canning Shareholders on the Register on 23rd October, 1998.

5.20 If MacDermid UK is required by the Panel to make an offer for 
     Canning Shares under the provisions of Rule 9 of the City Code, 
     MacDermid UK may make such alterations to the terms and conditions 
     of the Offer as are necessary to comply with the provisions of that 
     Rule.












5.21 In relation to any acceptance of the Offer in respect of 
     holdings of Canning Shares which are in CREST, MacDermid UK reserves 
     the right to make any alterations, additions or modifications to the
     terms of the Offer as may be necessary or desirable to give effect 
     to any acceptance of the Offer, whether in order to comply with the
     facilities or requirements of CREST or otherwise to confer on
     MacDermid UK or, as the case may be, the relevant Canning Shareholder 
     the benefits and entitlements provided for under the terms of the 
     Offer provided such alteration, addition or modification is 
     consistent with the requirements of the City Code or is 
     otherwise made with the consent of the Panel.

6.   Overseas shareholders

6.1 The making of the Offer in, or to citizens or nationals of, 
    jurisdictions outside the United Kingdom or who are nominees, 
    trustees or custodians or guardians for citizens, residents or 
    nationals of other countries ("overseas shareholders") may be 
    prohibited or affected by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. 
    Such overseas shareholders should inform themselves about and observe 
    any applicable legal requirements. It is the responsibility of any 
    overseas shareholders wishing to accept the Offer to satisfy 
    themselves as to the full observance of the laws of the relevant 
    jurisdiction in connection therewith, including the obtaining
    of any governmental, exchange control or other consents which 
    may be required, or the compliance with other necessary formalities
    needing to be observed and the payment of any issue, transfer or 
    other taxes due in such jurisdiction. MacDermid UK, MacDermid and 
    Lazard Brothers (and any person acting on their behalf) shall be 
    entitled to be fully indemnified and held harmless by such 
    overseas shareholders for any such issue, transfer or other taxes or 
    duties as MacDermid UK, MacDermid or Lazard Brothers (or any person 
    acting on their behalf) may be required to pay.

6.2 In particular, the Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly 
    in or into, or by use of the mails of or by any means or 
    instrumentality (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission,
    telex and telephone) of interstate or foreign commerce of, or 
    any facility of a national securities exchange of, the United States,
    Canada, Australia or Japan. The Offer cannot be accepted by 
    any such use, means, instrumentality or facility from or within 
    the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan. Copies of this 
    document and the Form of Acceptance and any related offering 
    documents are not being and must not be distributed or sent in, 
    into or from the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan including,
    without limitation, to Canning Shareholders with registered 
    addresses in the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan or to 
    nominees, custodians or trustees holding Canning Shares for such 
    persons. Persons receiving such documents (including, without 
    limitation nominees, custodians and trustees) must not distribute or 
    send them in, into or from the United States, Canada, Australia
    or Japan or use the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan
    mails or any such means, instrumentality or facility for any
    purpose directly or indirectly related to acceptance of the 
    Offer and doing so will render invalid any related purported 
    acceptance of the Offer. Persons wishing to accept the Offer 
    must not use the United States, Canadian, Australian or Japanese




    mails or any such means or instrumentality for any purpose 
    directly or indirectly related to acceptance of the Offer.

    Envelopes containing Forms of Acceptance should not be postmarked 
    in the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan or otherwise sent from 
    the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan and all acceptors must 
    provide addresses outside the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan 
    for the receipt of the consideration or Canning share certificates or 
    for the return of the Form of Acceptance, and/or other documents of 
    title.

6.3 A Canning Shareholder will, subject to paragraph 6.7 below, be deemed 
    not to have validly accepted the Offer if:

    (a) he puts "No" in Box 5 of the Form of Acceptance and 
        thereby does not give the representation and warranty set 
        out in sub-paragraph 1(c)(1) of Part 3 of this Appendix I
        to the effect that he has not received or sent copies of 
        this document, the Form of Acceptance or any related offering 
        documents in, into or from the United States, Canada, 
        Australia or Japan and has not otherwise utilised in connection 
        with the Offer, directly or or indirectly, the use of mails 
        of, or any means or instrumentality (including, without 
        limitation, facsimile transmission, telex and telephone)
        of interstate or foreign commerce of, or any facility 
        of a national securities exchange of, the United States, 
        Canada, Australia or Japan;

    (b) having completed Box 3 of the Form of Acceptance with a 
        registered address in the United States, Canada, Australia 
        or Japan he does not insert in Box 6 of the Form of Acceptance
        the name and address of a person or agent outside the 
        United States, Canada, Australia or Japan to whom he wishes 
        the consideration to which he is entitled under the Offer to be sent;

    (c) he inserts in Box 6 of the Form of Acceptance the name 
        and address of a person or agent in the United States, Canada,
        Australia or Japan to whom he wishes the consideration 
        to which he is entitled under the Offer to be sent; or
 
    (d) in any case, the Form of Acceptance received from him 
        is received in an envelope postmarked in, or which 
        otherwise appears to MacDermid UK or its agents to have
        been sent from, the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan.

    MacDermid UK reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to investigate,
    in relation to any acceptance whether the representation and 
    warranty set out in sub-paragraph 1(c)(1) of Part 3 of this 
    Appendix I could have been truthfully given by the relevant
    Canning Shareholder and, if MacDermid UK cannot satisfy itself 
    that such representation and warranty was true and correct, such
    acceptance shall not be valid.






6.4 If, in connection with the making of the Offer, notwithstanding
    the restrictions described above, any person (including without 
    limitation, nominees, custodians or trustees), whether pursuant to
    a contractual or legal obligation or otherwise, sends, forwards or
    otherwise distributes this document, the relevant Form of Acceptance
    or any related offering documents, in, into or from the United 
    States, Canada, Australia or Japan or uses the mails of, or any
    means or instrumentality (including, without limitation,
    facsimile transmission, telex and telephone) of interstate or 
    foreign commerce of, or any facility of a national securities exchange 
    of, the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan in connection 
    with such action, such person should:

    (a) inform the recipient of such fact;

    (b) explain to the recipient that such action may 
        invalidate any purported acceptance by the recipient; and
   
    (c) draw the attention of the recipient to this paragraph 6.

6.5 Unless otherwise stated, for the purposes of this document and any 
    related document, "US person" means: any natural person resident in 
    the United States; any partnership or corporation organised or 
    incorporated under the laws of the United States; any estate of
    which any executor or administrator is a US person; any trust of 
    which any trustee is a US person; any agency or branch of a foreign
    entity located in the United States; any non-discretionary account
    or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer
    or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a US person;
    any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or
    trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organised, incorporated or
    (if an individual) resident in the United States; and any partnership
    or corporation if: (a) organised or incorporated under the laws 
    of any foreign jurisdiction and (b) formed by a US person principally 
    for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the 
    Securities Act, unless it is organised or incorporated, and owned,
    by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under such Act)
    who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

6.6 Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, the following are not 
    "US persons": any discretionary account or similar account (other 
    than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-US 
    person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organised, 
    incorporated or (if an individual) resident in the United States; 
    any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as an 
    executor or administrator is a US person if (i) an executor or 
    an administrator of the estate who is not a US person has sole or 
    shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate 
    and (ii) the estate is governed by foreign law; any trust of which 
    any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a US person if a 
    trustee who is not a US person has sole or shared investment discretion
    with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust 
    (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a US person; an employee 
    benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law 
    of a country other than the United States and customary practices





    and documentation of such country; any agency or branch of a US 
    person located outside the United States if (i) the agency or branch
    operates for valid business reasons and (ii) the agency or branch is 
    engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to 
    substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the 
    jurisdiction where located; or the International Monetary Fund,
    the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the 
    Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the 
    African Development Bank, the United Nations and their agencies, 
    affiliates and pension plans, any other similar international 
    organisations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.


6.7 Notwithstanding the restrictions described above, MacDermid UK will 
    retain the right to permit the Offer to be accepted if in its sole 
    discretion, it is satisfied that the transaction in question is exempt 
    from or not subject to the legislation or regulation giving rise
    to the restriction in question.

6.8 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph 6 
    and/or any other terms of the Offer relating to overseas shareholders 
    may be waived, varied or modified as regards specific Canning 
    Shareholders or on a general basis by MacDermid UK in its absolute 
    discretion, provided such waiver, variation or modification is consistent 
    with the requirements of the City Code or is otherwise made with the 
    consent of the Panel.


6.9 References in this paragraph 6 to a Canning Shareholder include 
    references to the person or persons executing a Form of Acceptance and, 
    in the event of more than one person executing the Form of Acceptance,
    the provisions of this paragraph 6 shall apply to them jointly and 
    severally. Subject as aforesaid the provisions of this paragraph 6 
    supersede any terms of the Offer which are inconsistent herewith.
   

Overseas shareholders should inform themselves about and observe 
any applicable legal or regulatory requirements. If you are in any doubt 
about your position you should consult your professional adviser 
in the relevant territory.



















                                        PART 3

Form of Acceptance

1. Each Canning Shareholder by whom, or on whose behalf, the Form 
   of Acceptance is executed and received by IRG or by or on behalf of 
   MacDermid UK or Lazard Brothers, irrevocably undertakes, represents,
   warrants and agrees to and with MacDermid UK, MacDermid, Lazard 
   Brothers and IRG (in its capacity as escrow agent) so as to bind  
   him and his personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns that:

  (a) the execution of the Form of Acceptance whether or not any
      boxes are completed shall constitute:

      (1) subject to paragraph 6 of Part 2 of this Appendix I, an 
          acceptance of the Offer in respect of the number of Canning 
          Shares inserted or deemed to be inserted in Box 1 of the 
          Form of Acceptance;

      (2) an undertaking to execute any further documents and give
          any further assurances which may be reasonably required to 
          enable MacDermid UK to obtain the full benefit of the terms 
          of this Part 3 and/or to perfect any authorities expressed
          to be given hereunder; and

      (3) a representation and warranty that he is the beneficial 
          owner of the number of Canning Shares inserted or deemed to be
          inserted in Box 1 of the Form of Acceptance or, if he is not,
          that he has sole investment discretion with respect to such 
          Canning Shares,

      on and subject to the terms and conditions set out or referred  
      to in this document and the Form of Acceptance and that, subject
      to paragraph 3 and paragraph 4 of Part 2 of this Appendix I, 
      such acceptance and/or election shall be irrevocable;

  (b) the Canning Shares in respect of which the Offer is accepted
      or deemed to be accepted are sold fully paid and free 
      from all liens, equities, charges, encumbrances 
      and other third party interests of any nature whatsoever and 
      together with all rights now or hereafter attaching thereto 
      (including the right to all dividends and other distributions
      declared, made or paid except for the interim dividend of 
      3.85 pence net resolved to be paid on 1st December, 1998 
      to Canning Shareholders on the Register on 23rd October, 1998).

  (c) (1) unless "No" is put in Box 5 of the Form of Acceptance, 
          such shareholder has not received or sent copies or originals
          of this document, the Form of Acceptance or any related 
          offering documents (directly or indirectly) in, into or from
          the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan or any other 
          jurisdiction where such actions may constitute a breach of any 
          legal or regulatory requirements of such jurisdiction, and has 
          not otherwise utilised in connection with the Offer, directly or 
          indirectly, the use of mails of, or any means or instrumentality 
          (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission, telex 




          and telephone) of interstate or foreign commerce of, or any 
          facility of a national securities exchange of, the United States,
          Canada, Australia or Japan and such shareholder was outside
          the United States, Canada, Australia and Japan when the Form
          of Acceptance was sent and at the time of accepting the Offer,
          and is not an agent or fiduciary acting on a non-discretionary 
          basis for a principal, unless such agent or fiduciary is an 
          authorised employee of such principal or such principal has 
          given all instructions with respect to the Offer from outside the 
          United States, Canada, Australia and Japan; and

      (2) if such accepting Canning Shareholder is not resident in the UK 
          he has observed the laws of all relevant territories, obtained any 
          requisite governmental or other consents, complied with all 
          requisite formalities and paid any issue, transfer or other taxes 
          due from him, in connection with such acceptance, in any territory
          and that he has not taken or omitted to take any action which 
          will or may result in MacDermid UK, Lazard Brothers or any 
          other person acting in breach of the legal or regulatory
          requirements of any territory in connection with the Offer 
          or his acceptance thereof;

  (d) the execution of the Form of Acceptance constitutes, subject 
      to the Offer becoming unconditional in all respects in 
      accordance with its terms, and to the relevant accepting Canning
      Shareholder not having validly withdrawn his acceptance, 
      the irrevocable separate appointment of each of MacDermid UK  
      and/or of Lazard Brothers and/or any of their respective 
      Directors or agents as such Canning Shareholder's agent and/or 
      attorney and an irrevocable instruction to the agent and/or 
      attorney to complete and execute all or any form(s) of transfer
      and/or other document(s) whatsoever at the agent and/or 
      attorney's discretion in relation to the Canning Shares 
      referred to in paragraph 1(a) above in respect of which an 
      accepting Canning Shareholder has not validly withdrawn his 
      acceptance (the "Acceptance Shares") in favour of MacDermid 
      UK or such other person(s) as MacDermid UK or its agents may 
      direct and to deliver such form(s) of transfer and/or other 
      document(s) at the discretion of the agent and/or attorney 
      together with the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s)
      of title relating to such Acceptance Shares for registration
      within six months of the Offer becoming unconditional in all
      respects and to execute all such other documents and do all 
      such other acts and things as may, in the opinion of such agent
      and/or attorney, be necessary or expedient for the purposes 
      of, or in connection with, the acceptance of the Offer and to  
      vest in MacDermid UK or its nominee(s) the Acceptance Shares;

  (e) the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its  
      delivery to IRG constitutes the irrevocable appointment of IRG 
      as such Canning Shareholder's agent and/or attorney and an 
      irrevocable instruction and authority to the agent and/or 
      attorney, subject to the Offer becoming unconditional in all 
      respects in accordance with its terms and to the accepting 






      Canning Shareholder not having validly withdrawn his acceptance, 
      to transfer to itself (or to such other person or person as 
      MacDermid UK or its agents may direct) by means of CREST all or 
      any of the Relevant Canning Shares (not exceeding the number of 
      Canning Shares in respect of which the Offer is accepted or 
      deemed to be accepted) and, if the Offer does not become unconditional
      in all respects, to give instructions to CRESTCo, immediately 
      after the lapsing of the Offer (or within such longer period as the 
      Panel may permit, not exceeding 14 days of the lapsing of the 
      Offer), to transfer all Relevant Canning Shares to the original 
      available balance of the accepting Canning Shareholders.

      "Relevant Canning Shares" means Canning Shares in uncertificated 
      form and in respect of which a transfer or transfers to escrow has 
      or have not been effected pursuant to the procedures described in 
      paragraph 12.4 of the letter from Lazard Brothers contained in this 
      document and where the transfer(s) to escrow was or were made in 
      respect of Canning Shares held under the same member account 
      ID and participant ID as the member account ID and participant ID 
      relating to the Form of Acceptance concerned (but irrespective of 
      whether or not any Form of Acceptance reference number, or a 
      Form of Acceptance reference number corresponding to that 
      appearing on the Form of Acceptance concerned, was included in
      the TTE instruction concerned);

  (f) the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery 
      to IRG constitutes, subject to the Offer becoming unconditional 
      in all respects in accordance with its terms and to an accepting
      Canning Shareholder not having validly withdrawn his acceptance,
      an irrevocable authority and request:

      (1) subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 of Part 2 of 
          this Appendix I to Canning or its agents to procure 
          registration of the transfer of the Acceptance Shares in 
          certificated form pursuant to the Offer and the delivery of 
          the share certificate(s) and/or other document(s) of title in 
          respect thereof to Lazard Brothers or as it may direct;

      (2) subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 of Part 2 of this
          Appendix I if the Canning Shares concerned are in certificated
          form, to MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers or their respective
          agents to procure the despatch by post (or such other method 
          as may be approved by the Panel) of a cheque drawn on a branch 
          of a UK clearing bank for any cash consideration to which 
          such Canning Shareholder is entitled at the risk of such holder, to 
          the person or agent whose name and address (outside the United
          States, Canada, Australia and Japan) is set out in Box 6 of the 
          Form of Acceptance or, if none is set out, to the first-named 
          holder set out in Box 3 of the Form of Acceptance with an 
          address outside the United States, Canada, Australia or Japan; and









      (3) if the Canning Shares concerned are in uncertificated form, to 
          MacDermid UK and Lazard Brothers or their respective agents to 
          procure the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour of 
          the Canning Shareholder's payment bank in accordance with the CREST 
          assured payment arrangements in respect of any cash consideration 
          to which such shareholder is entitled, provided that MacDermid UK 
          may (if, for any reason it wishes to do so) determine that all or 
          any part of any such cash consideration shall be paid by cheque 
          despatched by post, and if the Canning Shareholder concerned is a 
          CREST member whose registered address is in the United States, 
          Canada, Australia or Japan, any cash consideration to which the 
          Canning Shareholder is entitled shall be paid by cheque despatched 
          by post, and in either of such cases sub-paragraph 1(f)(2) above 
          shall apply;

  (g) the execution of the Form of Acceptance and its delivery
      to IRG constitutes a separate authority to any Director of
      MacDermid UK and/or any Director of Lazard Brothers and/or 
      their respective agents within the terms of paragraph 4 of 
      Part 2 of this Appendix I in respect of the Acceptance Shares and 
      an authority to such person or persons to execute any further 
      documents and give any further assurance which may be required 
      in connection with the foregoing;

  (h) after the Offer18 becomes unconditional in all respects (or if
      the Offer would become unconditional in all respects or 
      lapse immediately upon the outcome of the resolution in question)
      and in such other circumstances as MacDermid UK may request 
      and the Panel may permit and pending registration, in respect
      of Canning Shares in respect of which the Offer has been 
      accepted, or is deemed to be accepted, which acceptance has 
      not been validly withdrawn, and which have not been registered 
      in the name of MacDermid UK or as it may direct:

      (1) MacDermid UK or its agents shall be entitled to direct the 
          exercise of any votes and any and all other rights and 
          privileges attaching to such Acceptance Shares, including 
          the right to requisition the convening of a general meeting 
          or separate class meeting of Canning;

      (2) Canning be authorised by the holder of Acceptance Shares 
          to send any notice, circular, warrant, document or other 
          communication which may be required to be sent to him as a 
          Canning Shareholder (including any share certificate or other 
          document(s) of title issued as a result of a conversion of 
          such Canning Shares into certificated form) to MacDermid UK at
          its registered office;

      (3) MacDermid UK or its agents irrevocably be authorised
          by such holder of Acceptance Shares to sign any consent to 
          short notice of a general meeting or separate class meeting 
          on his behalf and/or to execute a form of proxy in respect 
          of such Acceptance Shares appointing any person determined by 
          MacDermid UK to attend general meetings and separate class 





          meetings of Canning or its members or any of them (and 
          any adjournment thereof) and to exercise the votes attaching
          to such Acceptance Shares on his behalf, where relevant such 
          votes to be cast so far as possible to satisfy any 
          outstanding condition of the Offer; and

      (4) the execution and delivery of the Form of Acceptance
          by a Canning Shareholder will also constitute the agreement 
          of such Canning Shareholder not to exercise any of such rights 
          without the consent of MacDermid UK, and the irrevocable 
          undertaking of such Canning Shareholder not, without MacDermid
          UK's consent, to appoint a proxy or corporate representative 
          for or to attend any such general meetings or separate class
          meetings of Canning;

  (I) he will deliver to IRG at the address set out in paragraph 
      3.1 of Part 2 of this Appendix I, his share certificate(s) 
      and/or other document(s) of title in respect of the Acceptance Shares 
      in certificated form, or an indemnity acceptable to MacDermid 
      UK in lieu thereof, as soon as possible and in any event within 
      six months of the Offer becoming unconditional in all respects;

  (j) he will take (or procure to be taken) the action set out in 
      paragraph 12.4 of the letter from Lazard Brothers contained in 
      this document to transfer all Canning Shares in respect of which 
      the Offer has been accepted or is deemed to have been accepted and 
      not validly withdrawn held by him in uncertificated form to an 
      escrow balance as soon as possible and in any event so that 
      the transfer to escrow settles within six months of the 
      Offer becoming unconditional in all respects;

  (k) if, for any reason, any Canning Shares in respect of which a 
      transfer to an escrow balance has been effected in accordance 
      with paragraph 12.4 of the letter from Lazard Brothers contained
      in this document are converted to certificated form, he 
      will (without prejudice to sub-paragraph 1(i) above) immediately
      deliver or procure the immediate delivery of the share
      certificate(s) or other document(s) of title in respect of all 
      such Canning Shares as so converted to IRG at the address
      referred to in paragraph 3.1 of Part 2 of this Appendix I or to 
      MacDermid UK at its registered office or as MacDermid UK or 
      its agent may direct;

  (l) the creation of an assured payment obligation in favour
      of its payment bank in accordance with the CREST 
      assured payments arrangements as referred to in sub-paragraph 
      1(f)(3) above shall, to the extent of the obligations so 
      created, discharge in full any obligation of MacDermid UK 
      and/or Lazard Brothers to pay him the cash consideration 
      to which he is entitled pursuant to the Offer;

  (m) the terms and conditions of this Offer shall be deemed to 
      be incorporated in, and form part of, the Form of Acceptance,
      which shall be read and construed accordingly;




  (n) if he accepts the Offer and does not validly withdraw such 
      acceptance, he shall do all such acts and things as in 
      the opinion of MacDermid UK shall be reasonably necessary or 
      expedient to vest in MacDermid UK or its nominee(s) the 
      Acceptance Shares; and all such acts and things as may be
      necessary or expedient to enable IRG to perform its functions 
      as escrow agent for the purposes of the Offer;

  (o) he agrees to ratify each and every act or thing which may 
      lawfully or properly be done or effected by MacDermid UK or by 
      Lazard Brothers or by IRG or their respective Directors, agents 
      or attorneys or by Canning or its agents, as the case may be, 
      in the proper exercise of any of his powers and/or authorities 
      hereunder (and to indemnify each such person against any 
      losses arising therefrom);

  (p) if any provision of this Part 3 shall be unenforceable or 
      invalid or shall not operate so as to afford MacDermid UK 
      and Lazard Brothers or IRG and/or their respective 
      Directors or agents the full benefit of the authorities and 
      powers of attorney expressed to be given in this Appendix I,
      he shall with all practicable speed do all such acts and 
      things and execute all such documents as may be required 
      to enable MacDermid UK and/or Lazard Brothers or IRG 
      and/or any of their respective Directors or agents to 
      secure the full benefits of such authorities and powers of 
      attorney; and

  (q) the execution of the Form of Acceptance constitutes his 
      submission, in relation to all matters arising out of the 
      Offer and the Form of Acceptance, to the jurisdiction of 
      the courts of England and his agreement that nothing shall
      limit the right of MacDermid UK and/or Lazard Brothers 
      and/or any of their respective Directors or agents to 
      bring any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or 
      in connection with the Offer and the Form of Acceptance
      in any other manner permitted by law or any court of 
      competent jurisdiction.

2. References in this Part 3 to a Canning Shareholder shall 
   include references to the person or persons executing a
   Form of Acceptance and, in the event of more than one person
   executing a Form of Acceptance, the provisions of this 
   Part 3 shall apply to them jointly and severally. On 
   execution the Form of Acceptance shall take effect as a deed.
 













                                   Appendix II

                        Financial Information on MacDermid

1. Nature of financial information

The financial information for the three years ended 31st March, 1998 relating
to MacDermid contained in this section of the document has been extracted 
from the audited financial statements of MacDermid for each of these
years contained in MacDermid's Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Form 10-K")
filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") 
under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the 
"Exchange Act"). The financial information for the three months ended 
30th June, 1998 has been extracted from the unaudited financial statements 
of MacDermid for that period contained in MacDermid's Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30th June, 1998 (the "Form 10-Q") filed 
with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The financial information for the 
three months ended 30th September, 1998 has been extracted from a 
press release made by MacDermid on 16th October, 1998 containing 
unaudited condensed financial information. MacDermid accounting 
policies conform to US GAAP. Additional financial and other information 
for MacDermid can be obtained from reports filed with the SEC pursuant 
to the Exchange Act. Save for the financial information for the three 
months ended 30th September, 1998, the information contained herein 
should be read in its entirety by reference to MacDermid's Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31st March, 1998 and 
MacDermid's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
30th June, 1998. MacDermid's reports can be inspected and copied at the 
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 
Fifth Street, N.W. Washington D.C. 20549, USA and at the following 
Regional Offices of the SEC: 7 World Trade Centre, Suite 1300, New York, 
NY 10048, USA; and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, 
IL 60661, USA. Copies of such material can also be obtained by mail from 
the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., 
Washington, D.C. 20549, USA at prescribed rates. Such material should 
also be available on line at the SEC Web site (http://www.sec.gov). 
In addition, such material may be inspected and copied at the offices 
of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, 
USA. Copies of such material can also be obtained by writing to MacDermid, 
245 Freight Street, Waterbury, Connecticut 06702, USA.



















2. Consolidated statements of earnings

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following is a summary of the consolidated statements of earnings 
of MacDermid for the three financial years ended 31st March, 1998: 

                                         Years ended 31st March,       
                                   ----------------------------------- 
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>
                                        1998        1997        1996  
                                        $000        $000        $000  
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
Net sales                             314,058     293,720     235,891  
Cost of sales                        (152,189)   (144,281)   (119,812) 
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
Gross profit                          161,869     149,439     116,079  
Selling, technical and administrative
expenses                             (106,264)   (102,728)    (86,978) 
                                     ---------   ---------   ---------
Operating profit                       55,605      46,711      29,101 
 
Other income/(expenses):                            
Interest income                           655         666         430  
Interest expense                       (7,758)     (7,277)     (4,435) 
Miscellaneous, net                       (396)     (1,383)     (1,475) 
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
                                       (7,499)     (7,994)     (5,480) 
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
Earnings before income taxes           48,106      38,717      23,621  
Income taxes (note 6.5)               (17,309)    (14,871)     (9,826) 
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
Net earnings                           30,797      23,846      13,795  
Preferred dividends                      (309)     (1,836)       (600) 
                                     ---------   ---------   --------- 
Net earnings available for common 
shareholders                           30,488      22,010      13,195  
                                     =========   =========   ========= 
Net earnings per common share (note 6.1)   ($)         ($)         ($)  
Basic                                    1.22        0.89        0.53  
Diluted                                  1.20        0.85        0.50  
                                     =========   =========   ========= 
Weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding              
    (note 6.1):                        (Number)    (Number)    (Number) 
Basic                                24,976,931  24,735,191  25,075,406  
Diluted                              25,483,844  25,912,677  26,383,844  
                                     ========== =========== =========== 

</TABLE>









3. Consolidated balance sheet
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following is a summary of the consolidated balance sheet of MacDermid 
at 31st March, 1998:

                                             31st March, 
                                               1998  
                                              $000  
                                           ----------- 
<S>                                        <C>
Assets                                                    
Current assets                                           
Cash and equivalents                          3,549  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for 
doubtful receivables of $3,598,000           72,675  
Inventories (note 6.2)                       49,639  
Prepaid expenses                              2,255  
Deferred income taxes (note 6.5)              3,970  
                                           -------- 
Total current assets                        132,088  
                                           -------- 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:                     
Land and improvements                         3,798  
Buildings and improvements                   33,655  
Machinery, equipment and fixtures            50,340  
                                           -------- 
                                             87,793  
Less accumulated depreciation and 
amortisation                                (44,847) 
                                           -------- 
Net property, plant and equipment            42,946  
                                           -------- 
Goodwill, net of accumulated 
amortisation of $9,495,000                   87,856  
Other assets, net                            37,370  
                                           -------- 
                                            300,260  
                                           ======== 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity 
  
Current liabilities:                                     
Notes payable (note 6.3)                      9,962  
Current installments of long-term 
obligations (note 6.7)                       12,442  
Accounts payable                             24,603  
Dividends payable                               502  
Accrued compensation                         10,103  
Accrued expenses, other                      22,681  
Income taxes (note 6.5)                       5,710  
                                           -------- 
Total current liabilities                    86,003  
                                           -------- 
Long-term obligations (note 6.7)            103,983  
Accrued postretirement benefits, less
 current portion (note 6.4)                   4,291  
Deferred income taxes (note 6.5)                345  
Minority interest in subsidiary                  93  
Preferred stock-6 per cent. redeemable 
series A (no par) (note 6.8)                     -  
Shareholders' equity (note 6.9):                      
Common stock. Authorised 75,000,000 
shares; Issued 39,265,488 shares at stated             
value of $1.00 per share                     39,265  
Retained earnings                           124,043  
Equity adjustment from foreign 
currency translation                         (3,160) 
Less cost of 14,169,582 common 
shares in treasury                          (54,603) 
                                           -------- 
Total shareholders' equity                  105,545  
                                           -------- 
Contingencies and commitments 
(notes 6.1, 6.10 and 6.11)                                     
                                            300,260  
                                           ======== 

</TABLE>

4. Consolidated statements of cash flows


<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
The following is a summary of the consolidated statements of cash 
flows of MacDermid for the three years ended 31st March, 1998:

                                            Year ended 31st March,     
                                       ------------------------------ 
                                          1998      1997       1996  
                                          $000      $000       $000  
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:                         
Net earnings                             30,488    22,010     13,195  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings 
to net cash provided by 
operating activities:                                         
Depreciation                              5,832     5,463      4,525  
Amortisation of goodwill and other
 intangible assets                        5,410     4,787      3,307  
Provision for bad debts                     817       547      1,793  
Deferred income taxes                     2,004      (184)       226  
Changes in assets and liabilities 
net of effects from         
acquisitions and dispositions:                                
Decrease/(increase) in receivables      (11,689)    2,373     (3,792) 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories       (8,434)   (2,955)      (654) 
Decrease/(increase) in prepaid expenses     (85)      669       (789) 
Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable   4,071     1,624     (1,791) 
Increase/(decrease) in accrued expenses  10,442     4,563      5,059  
Increase/(decrease) in income tax
 liabilities                               (690)      768        555  
Other                                    (2,831)   (2,228)    (4,141) 
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
Net cash flows provided by operating 
activities                               35,335    37,437     17,493  
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:                         
Capital expenditures                     (8,342)   (6,914)    (4,303) 
Proceeds from disposition of fixed
 assets                                     665       871        630  
Acquisitions of businesses 
(disposition in 1997)                   (25,130)      637   (104,100) 
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
Net cash flows used in investing 
activities                              (32,807)   (5,406)  (107,773) 
                                       -------- --------- ---------- 
Cash flows from financing activities:                          
Short-term borrowings (net)               1,443     4,459      4,458  
Long-term borrowings                     53,622     2,000    112,500  
Long-term repayments                    (20,062)  (30,775)   (23,690) 
Preferred stock redemption              (32,745)        -          -  
Exercise of stock options                 1,690       958        659  
Acquisition of treasury stock 
(note 6.9)                               (7,196)   (8,970)      (685) 
Dividends paid                           (1,752)   (1,641)    (1,674) 
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
Net cash flows provided by/(used in) 
financing activities                     (5,000)  (33,969)    91,568  
                                       ---------- --------- ---------- 
Effect of exchange rate changes on
 cash and equivalents                      (509)     (365)       (85) 
                                       ---------- --------- ---------- 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash 
and cash equivalents                     (2,981)   (2,303)     1,203  
Cash and cash equivalents at 
beginning of year                         6,530     8,833      7,630  
                                       --------- --------- ---------- 
Cash and cash equivalents at 
end of year                               3,549     6,530      8,833  
                                       ======== ========= ========== 
Cash paid for interest                    7,551     7,106      4,534  
                                       -------- --------- ---------- 
Cash paid for income taxes               11,552    15,391      7,198  
                                       -------- --------- ---------- 
</TABLE>
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:

During fiscal 1996 MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc. issued unregistered 
6 per cent. redeemable Series A preferred stock for $30,000,000. 
Preferred stock issued as dividends in kind valued at $309,000, $1,836,000 
and $600,000 were issued in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 
During fiscal 1998 MacDermid redeemed all of the shares of the 
Series A preferred stock for $32,745,000.











5. Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Shareholders' equity (note 6.9)
                          Shares                Year ended 31st March,     
                 ------------------------------- --------- --------- --------
                    1998       1997      1996     1998      1997      1996  
                   Number     Number    Number    $000      $000      $000  
                 --------  ---------- ---------- --------- --------- -------- 
<S>            <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>  
Common stock:    
Balance-beginning 
of year        12,800,339   4,200,178 4,136,080   12,800     4,200     4,136
Shares issued-
stock options     239,956      59,870    42,268      240        59        42
Shares issued-
stock awards       48,201       7,787    21,830       48         8        22
Three-for-one 
stock split    26,176,992   8,532,504       -     26,177     8,533        -
               ----------  ---------- ---------- -------- --------- --------- 
Balance-end 
of year        39,265,488  12,800,339 4,200,178   39,265    12,800     4,200
               ----------  ---------- ---------- -------- --------- --------
Additional paid in capital: 
Balance-beginning
 of year                                             959     3,456     1,676  
Stock options                                      1,999     1,595       946  
Stock awards                                       1,273       670       704  
Tax benefit from stock options                 
exercised                                          3,621       444       130  
Three-for-one stock split                         (7,852)   (5,206)        -  
                                                 -------- --------- --------- 
Balance-end of year                                    -       959     3,456  
                                                 -------- --------- --------- 
Retained earnings:                      
Balance-beginning of year                        113,632    95,564    84,043  
Net earnings                                      30,488    22,010    13,195  
Cash dividends (1998: $0.07 per share,     
1997 and 1996: $0.0667 per share)                 (1,752)   (1,641)   (1,674) 
Change in subsidiary fiscal year                       -     1,026         -  
Three-for-one stock split                        (18,325)   (3,327)        -  
                                                 -------- --------- --------- 
Balance-end of year                              124,043   113,632    95,564  
                                                 ------- --------- --------- 
Equity adjustment from foreign currency 
translation:                              
Balance-beginning of year                             74     1,034     1,551  
Translation adjustment                            (3,234)     (960)     (517) 
                                                 ------- --------- --------- 
Balance-end of year                               (3,160)       74     1,034  
                                                 ------- --------- --------- 











Treasury stock:       
Balance-beginning of year                        (47,407)  (38,437)  (37,752) 
Shares acquired (1998: 330,024; 1997:   
1,186,035; 1996: 111,600)                         (7,196)   (8,970)     (685) 
                                                 ------- --------- --------- 
Balance-end of year                              (54,603)  (47,407)  (38,437) 
                                                 ------- --------- --------- 
Total shareholders' equity                       105,545    80,058    65,817  
                                                 ======= ========= ========= 
</TABLE>

6.  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

6.1 Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated 
financial statements include the accounts of MacDermid and its domestic 
and foreign subsidiaries. Certain foreign subsidiaries were in previous years,
for practical purposes, included on a calendar year basis. For 
those subsidiaries the fiscal year end was changed to coincide with the 
parent corporation, beginning with fiscal year 1997. The results of 
the quarter ended 31st March, 1996, were credited directly to 
retained earnings to effect this changeover. All significant 
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b) Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at 
the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents. For the purpose of the consolidated 
statements of cash flows, MacDermid considers all highly liquid
debt instruments purchased with an initial maturity of three months or 
less to be cash equivalents.

(d) Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average 
moving cost) or replacement market.

(e) Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated 
at cost. Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment 
are provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective 
assets, principally on the straight-line basis. Expenditures for 
maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense; renewals 
and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives, in general 
are capitalized. Costs and accumulated depreciation and amortisation on 
assets retired or disposed of are removed from the accounts and the gains 
or losses resulting therefrom, if any, are credited or charged to earnings.








(f) Intangible Assets. Goodwill is amortised over its estimated period 
of benefit on a straight line basis; other intangible assets are 
amortised on an appropriate basis over their estimated useful 
lives. Accumulated amortisation of goodwill was $9,495,000 and $5,538,000 
at 31st March, 1998 and 1997, respectively. No amortisation period 
currently exceeds 25 years. MacDermid evaluates the carrying value 
of intangible assets at each balance sheet date to determine if 
impairment exists based upon estimated undiscounted future cash flows. 
The impairment, if any, is measured by the difference between the 
carrying value and estimated fair value and charged to expense in the 
period identified.

(g) Employee Benefits. MacDermid sponsors a variety of employee 
benefit programs, most of which are non-contributory.

Retirement. Pension, profit sharing and other retirement plans generally 
are non-contributory and cover substantially all employees. 
Domestically, MacDermid funds a defined benefit pension plan. The 
projected unit credit actuarial method is used for financial 
reporting purposes. In addition, MacDermid contributes to profit 
sharing and employee stock ownership plans which provide retirement 
benefits based upon amounts credited to employee accounts within the 
plans. MacDermid's funding policy for qualified plans is consistent
with federal or other regulations and customarily equals the amount 
deducted for income tax purposes. Foreign subsidiaries contribute 
to plans which may be administered privately or by government 
agencies in accordance with local regulations.

Postretirement. MacDermid currently has accrued postretirement 
health care benefits for most US employees. The postretirement 
health care plan is unfunded.

Postemployment. MacDermid currently accrues for postemployment 
disability benefits to employees meeting specified service requirements. 
The postemployment benefits plan is unfunded.

(h)Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 107 requires that reporting entities provide, to the 
extent practicable, the fair value of financial instruments, both assets 
and liabilities. The carrying amounts of MacDermid's current 
financial instruments approximate fair value because of the short maturity 
of those instruments. The carrying amounts of other financial 
instruments approximate fair value due to the interest rate at year 
end approximating that for similar instruments.

Interest rate swap agreements are employed by MacDermid to optimise 
borrowing costs by reducing exposure of possible future changes in 
interest rates. Net receipts or payments on the swap are accrued 
and recognised as adjustments to interest expense. The estimated 
fair value of these financial instruments at 31st March, 1998 
is $315,000 based on the quoted market price from the bank 
holding the instruments.


(i) Foreign Operations. The balance sheet accounts of foreign subsidiaries 
are translated into US dollars at year-end rates of exchange while 
revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average 
rates in effect during the periods. Translation of the balance 
sheets resulted in a decrease in equity of $3,234,000 in 1998, 
$960,000 in 1997 and $517,000 in 1996. Gains and losses on foreign 
currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of 
earnings.

(j) Research and Development. Research and development costs, charged
to expenses as incurred, were $12,028,000, $10,850,000 and $10,042,000 
in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(k) Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes includes Federal, foreign,
state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because 
of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases 
of assets and liabilities. No provision for deferred income taxes is made
with respect to equity adjustments from foreign currency translation or 
to undistributed earnings of subsidiaries which, in management's opinion, 
will be permanently reinvested or repatriated at a minimal tax cost
to MacDermid. Foreign tax credits are recorded as a reduction of the 
provision for Federal income taxes in the year realised.

(l) Stock-based Plans. Effective 1st April, 1996 MacDermid adopted 
the disclosure requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (SFAS123). Pro forma 
net income and per share amounts are presented in the Employee Stock 
Incentive Plans note as if the alternative fair value method of 
accounting provided for under SFAS123 had been applied to options 
granted after 31st March, 1995.

(m) Common Share Data. Effective 1st October, 1997 MacDermid adopted 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share 
(SFAS 128). Under SFAS128 the presentation of primary and fully 
diluted earnings per share is replaced by basic and diluted earnings 
per share. Comparative references to earnings per common share (EPS) 
and weighted average common shares outstanding have been restated to 
reflect the adoption of SFAS128. EPS is calculated based upon net 
earnings available for common shareholders after deduction for 
preferred dividends. The computation of basic EPS is based upon the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the 
period. Diluted EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding plus the effect of all dilutive 
contingently issuable common shares from stock options and stock awards 
that were outstanding during the period.

In addition, net earnings per common share, dividend amounts declared 
and share market price have been restated to give retroactive effect to 
three-for-one stock splits as of 6th February, 1998 and 15th November, 1996.

(n) Recent Accounting Standards. Effective 1st October, 1997 MacDermid 
adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 129, Disclosure of 
Information About Capital Structure (SFAS 129). The information required 
by SFAS129 can be found on the Consolidated Statements of Changes 
in Shareholders' Equity and in notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements Number 6.4, Number 6.8 and Number 6.9.








In June, 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (SFAS 130) and Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of 
an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS 131). In February, 1998, the 
FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, 
Employers' Disclosures About Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits 
(SFAS 132). The aforementioned standards will require additional 
financial statement disclosure for all periods presented, but will not 
impact reported financial position or results of operations. MacDermid 
is currently evaluating the impact of these standards which are 
effective beginning fiscal 1999 and are not expected to have a material 
effect to the financial statements.

(o) Acquisitions. In fiscal 1998 there were several minor acquisitions, 
the most significant were: The Board Fabrication Division of National 
Starch and Chemical Company and Twin Lock  B.V. of the Netherlands.
Collectively, all acquisitions were less than 10 per cent. of MacDermid's
consolidated total assets and pretax earnings before the acquisition and 
they are not material to the financial position or results of operations 
of MacDermid. The acquired businesses will primarily enhance sales to 
North American electronics and European printing customers and have 
been included in the consolidated operating results since 1st October, 
1997. The acquisitions are being accounted for as purchase 
transactions including receivables, inventory, fixed assets, goodwill 
(being amortised over 5-25 year periods) and other intangibles. On 28th 
April, 1998 a subsidiary of MacDermid acquired a 30 per cent. equity 
interest in an Italian speciality chemical company. MacDermid intends 
to acquire the remaining interest within two years.

In fiscal 1996 MacDermid acquired the assets, subject to certain 
liabilities, of the Electronics and Printing Division of 
Hercules Incorporated. Consolidated operating results for fiscal 1996 
include the results of the MIT business from 1st December, 1995. The 
acquired business consists principally of the manufacture and sale 
of proprietary products including photoresists, used to imprint electrical
 patterns on circuit boards, and photopolymer printing, which 
reproduces quality graphics on package printing and in-store displays. 
The total purchase price for the acquisition, accounted for as a 
purchase transaction, was approximately $134,500,000 including 
inventory, fixed assets, goodwill (being amortised over 25 years) and 
other intangibles. There was $15,000,000 contingently payable in fiscal 
year 2004 in the event that the consolidated cumulative earnings, 
before interest, taxes on earnings, depreciation and amortisation 
exceed $250,000,000 for the first four full fiscal years following 
5th December, 1995. However, this further contingent payment was eliminated 
in fiscal 1998 with a $4,500,000 payment to effect an early buy-out.








6.2 Inventories

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The major components of inventory at 31st March were as follows:

                                                                1998 
                                                              $  000 
                                                              ------ 
<S>                                                           <C>
Finished goods                                                27,197 
Raw materials and supplies                                    22,442 
                                                              ------ 
                                                              49,639 
                                                              ====== 
</TABLE>

6.3 Notes Payable

Notes payable at 31st March, 1998 consisted of $9,962,000 of 
outstanding borrowings under available lines of credit aggregating
approximately $33,000,000. The terms of the lines of credit generally 
provide for interest rates at or below the prime rate on the date of 
borrowing domestically and, for foreign company borrowings, rates that 
vary with base rates in each currency. The lines of credit can be withdrawn 
at any time at the option of the banks. The weighted average interest rates 
on short-term borrowings outstanding were 6.2 per cent. and 5.8 per cent. 
at the end of 1998 and 1997, respectively.

6.4 Employee Retirement & Welfare Plans

MacDermid has defined benefit pension, defined contribution profit sharing 
and employees' stock ownership plans for substantially all its 
domestic employees. Aggregate amounts charged to earnings for these plans 
were $1,684,000, $1,566,000, and $1,892,000 in 1998, 1997 and 
1996, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following table sets forth the components of the pension 
and postretirement benefit plans for the years ended 31st March:

                                                       Postretirement 
                                            Pension        benefits 
                              --------------------------- -------------- 
                              1998       1997     1996    1998 1997 1996 
                              $000       $000     $000    $000 $000 $000 
                              --------- -------- -------- ---- ---- ---- 
<S>                           <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>  <C>  <C>
Service cost                    1,287    1,092      678    64   56   61 
Interest cost                   1,959    1,741    1,421   292  302  305 
Net amortisation and deferrals  9,599    1,532    2,604     -   11    2 
Actual return on investment   (11,905)  (3,502)  (4,263)    -    -    - 
                              --------- -------- -------- ---- ---- ---- 
Net periodic pension cost         940      863      440   356  369  368 
                              ========= ======== ======== ==== ==== ==== 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following table sets forth the plans funded status, amount recognised 
in the balance sheet, plan amounts and rate assumptions of the pension 
and postretirement benefit plans at 31st March, 1998:

                                                             Postretirement 
                                                    Pension       benefits  
                                                      1998           1998  
                                                      $000           $000  
                                                  ---------- -------------- 
<S>                                               <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation                      23,112              -  
                                                  ========== ============== 
Plan assets at fair value                           36,210              -  
Projected benefit obligation                       (31,104)        (4,218) 
                                                  ---------- -------------- 
Plan assets greater/(less) than projected 
benefits obligation                                  5,106         (4,218) 
Unrecognised portion of transition asset 
(being amortised over 14 years)                       (453)             -  
Unrecognised net (gain)/loss                        (4,709)           286  
                                                  ---------- -------------- 
Prepaid/(accrued) pension costs                        (56)             -  
                                                  ==========                
Accrued postretirement liability                                   (3,932)  
                                                             ============== 
Rate assumptions:                                                        
Discount rate                                        7.0%           7.0% 
Rate of return on plan assets                        9.0%           n/a  
Salary increases                                     5.0%           n/a  
Annual increase in cost of medical benefits          n/a            3.0% 
</TABLE>

Pension. The pension plan provides retirement benefits based upon years 
of service and compensation levels. Plan assets at fair value 
consist primarily of listed stocks, bonds and guaranteed investment 
contracts, and included 393,255 shares of MacDermid's common stock 
having a market value of $11,306,000 at 31st March, 1998. Accumulated 
benefit obligations included vested benefits of $21,392,000 at 31st 
March, 1998.

Postretirement benefits. MacDermid sponsors a defined benefit postretirement
medical and dental plan (unfunded) that covers all of its domestic full-
time employees who retire after age 55 with at least 10 to 20 years of 
service (depending upon the date of hire). Employees retiring after 
31st March, 1988 are required to contribute toward the cost of the plan 
until they attain age 65. MacDermid's subsidy level is subject to a cap 
which increases 3 per cent. each year. Retirees will be required to 
contribute the plan cost in excess of the cap in addition to other 
required contributions.









The projected benefit obligation for the postretirement plan at 31st 
March, 1998 comprised 28 per cent. retirees, 3 per cent. fully eligible 
active participants and 69 per cent. other active participants. The 
annual increase in cost is 3 per cent. for postretirement medical benefits 
(no assumed rate increase for dental benefits since it is a scheduled 
plan) since MacDermid's contributions are at the defined cap. The medical 
cost trend rate assumption has no effect on the amounts reported due to 
the cap on contributions paid by MacDermid.

Postemployment benefits. MacDermid sponsors a defined benefit postemployment
compensation continuation plan that covers all of its full time 
domestic employees. Employees who have completed at least six months 
of service, become permanently disabled and are unable to return to work 
are eligible to receive a benefit under the plan. The benefit may range 
from one week to a maximum of six months of compensation. The estimated 
ongoing additional after-tax annual cost is not material.


Employee Stock Incentive Plans

1992 Plan: In 1993, MacDermid adopted a non-qualified stock option plan,
approved by shareholders in July 1992 (the 1992 plan), for the issuance of 
up to 2,700,000 shares under which certain employees have been granted 
options totalling 2,533,500. Options granted under the 1992 plan generally 
are exercisable during a four-year period beginning with the grant date. 
The options are exercisable into restricted shares of common stock 
which cannot be sold or transferred, except back to MacDermid at cost, 
during the four-year period commencing with the exercise date.

Compensation expense, which is equal to the difference between the fair 
market value on the date of an option grant and the exercise price of 
shares which may be purchased thereunder, is amortised over a six-year 
period. During 1998, 1997 and 1996, compensation expense relating to this 
plan was $526,000, $646,000, and $330,000, respectively.

1995 Plan: In 1996, MacDermid adopted a non-qualified equity incentive plan,
approved by the shareholders in July 1995 (the 1995 plan), for the 
issuance of up to 450,000 shares under which certain employees have
been granted restricted shares totalling 411,156, having market prices 
of $4 3/4 to $19 1/2 on the dates of grant. All shares of restricted 
stock issued under the 1995 plan must be held and cannot be sold 
or transferred, except to MacDermid for a period of four years from the 
date of the award. During 1998, 1997 and 1996, compensation expense 
relating to this plan was $1,273,000, $604,000 and $993,000, respectively.

Options issued under MacDermid's stock incentive plans and outstanding at 
31st March, 1998 have exercise prices ranging from $1.79 to $1.99, 
expiring periodically through fiscal 2002, summarised in the following 
table as of 31st March:









<TABLE>

                                                            Weighted- 
                                           Number of         average 
                                            options    Exercise price 
                                          ----------   -------------- 
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
Outstanding 31st March, 1995               2,286,612           $1.83 
1996 activity:                  
Granted                                      135,000           $3.47 
Exercised                                   (380,412)          $1.73 
Forfeited                                   (184,500)          $1.84 
Outstanding at 31st March, 1996            1,856,700           $1.97 
Exercisable at 31st March, 1996            1,856,700           $1.97 
1997 activity:                  
Granted                                          -               - 
Exercised                                   (529,332)          $1.81 
Forfeited                                      -               - 
Outstanding at 31st March, 1997            1,327,368           $2.04 
Exercisable at 31st March, 1997            1,327,368           $2.04 
1998 activity:                  
Granted                                          -               - 
Exercised                                   (787,368)          $2.15 
Forfeited                                        -               - 
Outstanding at 31st March, 1998              540,000           $1.89 
Exercisable at 31st March, 1998              540,000           $1.89 
</TABLE>

Had MacDermid used the fair value-based method of accounting for its 
stock option plans (beginning in 1996) and charged compensation cost 
against income, over the six year period, based on the fair value at the 
date of grant consistent with FAS 123, net earnings and net earnings 
per common share for 1998, 1997 and 1996 would have been reduced to 
the following pro forma amounts:

<TABLE>
                                                  1998   1997   1996 
                                                  $000   $000   $000 
                                                 ----- ------ ------ 
<S>                                             <C>    <C>    <C>
Net earnings                   
As reported                                     30,488 22,010 13,195 
Pro forma                                       30,439 21,967 13,161 
                                                ====== ====== ====== 
Net earnings per common shares                    ($)    ($)    ($) 
Basic                          
As reported                                      1.22   0.89   0.53 
Pro forma                                        1.22   0.89   0.53 
Diluted                        
As reported                                      1.20   0.85   0.50 
Pro forma                                        1.19   0.85   0.50 

</TABLE>







The pro forma information above includes stock options granted since 
April 1, 1995. Effects of applying FAS 123, using the fair value-based 
method of accounting, is not representative of the pro forma 
effect on earnings in future years because it does not take into 
consideration pro forma compensation expense related to stock options 
granted prior to 1996 and would increase in future years if stock options 
were to be granted.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options, $3.52 for those 
granted in 1996, was determined by utilising the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model and the following key assumptions:

     Risk-free interest rate                             5.68% 
     Expected option life                                6 years 
     Expected volatility                                28.8% 
     Dividend yield                                      1.1% 


6.5  Income Taxes


Earnings before income taxes included foreign earnings of $22,103,000,
$20,312,000 and $15,035,000 for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Income tax expense attributable to income from operations for the years 
ended 31st March consisted of:
<TABLE>
                                                     1998        
                                           Current Deferred  Total 
                                            $000     $000    $000 
                                          -------- -------- ------ 
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
US Federal                                  7,189    1,070   8,259 
State and local                             1,504      475   1,979 
Foreign                                     6,612      459   7,071 
                                          -------- -------- ------ 
Totals                                     15,305    2,004  17,309 
                                          ======== ======== ====== 
                                                  1997  
                                                -------- 
US Federal                                  7,738     (775)  6,963 
State and local                             1,519     (176)  1,343 
Foreign                                     5,798      767   6,565 
                                          -------- -------- ------ 
Totals                                     15,055     (184) 14,871 
                                          ======== ======== ====== 
                                                 1996  
                                               -------- 
US Federal                                  7,108   (3,259)  3,849 
State and local                             1,681     (999)    682 
Foreign                                       811    4,484   5,295 
                                         -------- -------- ------ 
Totals                                      9,600      226   9,826 
                                          ======== ======== ====== 
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Income tax expense for the years ended 31st March, 1998, 1997 and 
1996 differed from the amounts computed by applying the US Federal 
statutory tax rates to pretax income from operations as a result 
of the following:

                                                  $000     $000   $000  
                                               -------- -------- ------ 
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
US Federal statutory tax rate                     35%      35%    35%  
                                               ======== ======== ====== 
Taxes computed at US statutory rate             16,837   13,551  8,267  
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit       1,286      873    474  
Adjustments of prior years tax accruals              -        -    193  
Foreign tax rate differential                   (1,029)  (1,251)   741  
No tax benefit for (gain)/loss of 
unconsolidated corporate joint venture               -        -    (14) 
No tax benefit for loss on disposition 
of subsidiary                                        -      438      -  
Other, net                                         215    1,260    165  
                                               -------- -------- ------ 
Actual income taxes                             17,309   14,871  9,826  
                                               ======== ======== ====== 
Effective tax rate                               36.0%    38.4%  41.6%  
                                               ======== ======== ====== 
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to 
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at 
31st March are:
<TABLE>
                                                  1998 
                                                  $000 
                                                 ----- 
<S>                                              <C>     
Deferred tax assets:                                    
Accounts receivable, primarily due 
to allowance for doubtful accounts                 660 
Inventories                                      1,241 
Accrued liabilities                                826 
Employee benefits                                4,249 
Other                                            1,372 
                                                 ----- 
Total gross deferred tax assets                  8,348 
                                                 ----- 
Deferred tax liabilities:                               
Plant and equipment, primarily due to 
depreciation                                     1,870 
Other                                            2,676 
                                                 ----- 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities             4,546 
                                                 ----- 
Net deferred asset                               3,802 
                                                 ===== 
</TABLE>




MacDermid has not recognised a deferred tax liability for the undistributed
earnings of foreign subsidiaries that arose in 1998 and prior years 
because MacDermid does not expect to repatriate those earnings in 
the foreseeable future. A deferred tax liability will be recognised 
when MacDermid expects that it will recover those earnings in a 
taxable transaction, such as through receipt of dividends, net of 
foreign tax credits, or sale of the investment. At March, 1998, 
the undistributed earnings of those subsidiaries were approximately
$35,496,000. A determination of the deferred tax liability relating to 
the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is not practicable.

No valuation allowance has been recorded since MacDermid believes that it 
is more likely than not that it will be able to realise the benefit of 
the deferred tax assets. This determination has been made based upon 
the historical earnings of MacDermid.

During fiscal 1998, 1997 and 1996 the lapse of restrictions upon 
stock exercised under the stock option and award plans resulted in a 
tax benefit of $3,621,000, $444,000 and $130,000, respectively, which
were recorded as increases in additional paid-in capital.

6.6 Segment Reporting

MacDermid is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and 
marketing industrial chemicals, supplies and related equipment. The 
following table is a summary of MacDermid's operations by geographic area:
<TABLE>
                                       North            Asian              
                                      America European Pacific Consolidated 
                                        $000     $000    $000         $000 
                                     ------- -------- ------- ------------ 
<S>                                  <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
                   1998    
                   ----
Net sales to unaffiliated customers  183,569   57,562  72,927      314,058 
Operating profit                      34,836    9,017  11,752       55,605 
Identifiable assets                  221,562   40,137  38,561      300,260 
                   1997   
                   ----
Net sales to unaffiliated customers  171,782   55,969  65,969      293,720 
Operating profit                      27,359    8,482  10,870       46,711 
Identifiable assets                  192,983   30,122  37,873      260,978 
                   1996 
                   ----
Net sales to unaffiliated customers  131,404   49,461  55,026      235,891 
Operating profit                      10,945    7,069  11,087       29,101 
Identifiable assets                  205,035   25,716  34,005      264,756 

</TABLE>










6.7 Long-Term Obligations

Long-term obligations at 31st March consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
                                                           1998  
                                                           $000  
                                                        --------- 
<S>                                                     <C>
Term loan, unsecured, variable interest 
(6.125 per cent. at 31st March, 1998) due in                      
quarterly installments to 2003                           69,821 
Revolving loan, unsecured, variable interest 
due in 2001                                 
6.19 per cent. at 31st March, 1998                       41,500 
3.94 per cent. at 31st March, 1998                        2,160 

Installment loan, unsecured, variable interest 
(6.19 per cent. at 31st March, 1998) due             
annually to 2005                                          2,400  
Debenture, 3.5 per cent. interest due in 
annual installments to 1999                                  80  
Other, due in varying amounts to 2003                       464  
                                                      --------- 
Total long-term obligations                             116,425  
Less current portion                                    (12,442) 
                                                      --------- 
Long-term portion                                       103,983  
                                                      =========
</TABLE>
                                                                
Minimum future principal payments on long-term obligations subsequent to 
31st March, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                         $000 
                                       ------- 
<S>                                    <C>
1999                                    12,442 
2000                                    12,256 
2001                                    59,389 
2002                                    18,738 
2003                                    12,643 
Thereafter                                 957 
                                       ------- 
Total                                  116,425 
                                       =======                                               
</TABLE>

The term loan bears interest at a variable rate which is based on a 
ratio of MacDermid's debt to earnings before certain expenses and 
which presently falls within a range of 0.375 per cent. to 1.0 per cent. 
above the 27th March, 1998 London interbank market rate (LIBOR) 
which was 5.625 per cent. At 31st March, 1998 the effective interest rate 
was 6.125 per cent. Under the term loan, the most restrictive 
covenants provide that: earnings before interest and taxes as a ratio 
to interest expense must be greater than 2.5 to 1; consolidated net worth 


must be at least $84,981,000 and the total debt must not exceed 350 per 
cent. of net worth.

The revolving loan represents amounts outstanding under a $65,000,000
committed revolving credit line which expires in 2001. Commitment fees 
under the revolving and $100,000,000 acquisition credit lines are variable,
ranging from 12.5 to 25.0 basis points.

MacDermid has entered into interest rate swap agreements with a bank for 
the purpose of reducing its exposure to possible future changes in 
interest rates applicable to the term and revolving loans. Pursuant to 
the terms of the agreements, the notional amounts of $69,821,000 
and $3,079,000 are reduced in accordance with applicable schedules until 
the expiration dates, 31st December, 2002 and 31st December, 
1998, respectively. Applicable fixed rates of 5.63 per cent. and 5.39 
per cent., respectively, are compared to the U.S. dollar LIBOR rates 
every three months as a basis for payment or receipt of the rate 
differential as applied to the then covered notional amount.


6.8 Redeemable Preferred Stock

On December 5, 1995, MacDermid Imaging Technology, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of MacDermid, issued 30,000 shares of unregistered 6 per 
cent. redeemable Series A preferred stock of 75,000 authorised 
shares to Hercules Incorporated in part payment for the purchase 
of its Electronics and Printing Division. Dividends in-kind were payable 
on 31st March each year by the issuance of additional Series A preferred 
stock at the rate of one share per $1 of dividends. In accordance with 
the terms of the preferred stock agreement, on 28th May, 1997, 
MacDermid exercised its option to make early payment to Hercules 
Incorporated, in the amount of $32,745,000 to fully satisfy the 
amounts owed for the preferred stock and dividends in-kind.

6.9 Shareholders' Equity 

At a special shareholders' meeting held on 1st December, 1997 at MacDermid
Corporate headquarters, shareholders voted to adopt an amendment 
to MacDermid's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, increasing the number 
of authorised common shares from 20 million to 75 million. Also, at 
the special meeting shareholders approved a provision to MacDermid's 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation providing for written shareholder 
action by less than unanimous consent.

On 6th February, 1998 the Board of Directors authorised a three-for-one 
stock split. The shares were distributed on 1st April, 1998 to 
common shareholders of record at the close of business on 16th March, 
1998. The stated value remained unchanged at $1.00 per share. As a 
result, $7,852,000 was first transferred from additional paid in capital 
with an excess of $18,325,000 transferred from retained earnings to the 
common stock account. Amounts per share and number of common shares have 
been restated to give retroactive effect to the stock split.

During fiscal 1997 there was also a three-for-one stock split distributed 
on 15th November, 1996. As a result, $5,206,000 and $3,327,000 were
transferred from additional paid in capital and retained earnings,
respectively to the common stock account last year.







Common stock repurchases of 330,024 shares in 1998, at prices ranging from 
$15 29/32 to $28 3/4 per share, and 1,186,035 shares in 1997, at prices 
ranging from $7 9/32 to $11 7/32 per share, were completed pursuant to 
board authorisations. An additional purchase of up to 100,000 shares 
of MacDermid's common stock was authorised by the Board of Directors on 
23rd July, 1997, to be acquired through open market purchases or 
privately negotiated transactions from time to time. Any future 
repurchases under this authorisation will depend on various factors, 
including the market price of the shares, MacDermid's business and 
financial position and general economic and market conditions. 
Additional shares acquired pursuant to such authorisation will be held 
in MacDermid's treasury and will be available for MacDermid to issue 
without further shareholder action (except as required by applicable 
law or the rules of any securities exchange on which the shares are 
then listed). Such shares may be used for various Corporate 
purposes, including contributions under existing or future employee 
benefit plans, the acquisition of other businesses and the distribution 
of stock dividends. At 31st March, 1998, there was a balance of 
such outstanding authorisations totalling 82,354 shares.

6.10   Lease Commitments

MacDermid leases certain warehouse space, transportation, computer and other 
equipment. Contingent rentals are paid for warehouse space on the basis of 
the monthly quantities of materials stored and for transportation and 
other equipment on the basis of mileage or usage. Total rental
expense amounted to $6,030,000, $5,710,000, and $6,750,000 in 1998, 1997 
and 1996, respectively, of which $1,169,000, $1,159,000, and 
$1,522,000, respectively, were contingent rentals. Minimum lease 
commitments under operating leases for the fiscal years subsequent 
to 31st March, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE> 
<C>                                                        <S>
                                                           $ 000 
                                                           ----- 
1999                                                       2,676 
2000                                                       1,102 
2001                                                         670 
2002                                                         426 
2003                                                         238 
Thereafter                                                   520 
                                                           ----- 
Total                                                      5,632 
                                                           ===== 
</TABLE>













6.11   Contingencies

MacDermid has been named as a potentially responsible party (PRP) by 
the Environmental Protection Agency in connection with two waste sites. 
There are many other companies involved at each of these sites and 
MacDermid's participation is minor. MacDermid has recorded its best 
estimate of liabilities in connection with site clean-up based upon the 
extent of its involvement, the number of PRPs and estimates of the total 
costs of the site clean-up. Though it is difficult to predict the final 
costs of site remediation, management believes that the recorded 
liabilities are reasonable estimates of probable liability and that 
future cash outlays are unlikely to be material to its consolidated 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

On 30th January, 1997, MacDermid was served with a subpoena from a 
federal grand jury in Connecticut requesting certain documents. MacDermid 
was subsequently informed that it is a subject of the grand 
jury's investigation. The subpoena requested information relating to 
an accidental spill from MacDermid's Huntingdon Avenue, Waterbury, 
Connecticut facility that occurred in November of 1994, together with 
other information related to operations and compliance at the 
Huntingdon Avenue facility. MacDermid has retained outside law firms to 
assist in complying with the subpoena. MacDermid is cooperating with 
the government's investigation.

Since this matter is currently in very early stages, it is impossible 
to determine what the ultimate outcome will be and difficult to quantify 
the extent of an exposure to liability, if any. As such, no assurance 
can be given that MacDermid will not be found to have liability.

MacDermid is a party to a number of lawsuits and claims in addition to 
those discussed above arising out of the ordinary conduct of business. 
While the ultimate results of the proceedings against MacDermid cannot 
be predicted with certainty, management does not expect that resolution 
of these matters will have a material adverse effect upon its 
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. It 
is MacDermid's policy to accrue probable liabilities to the extent that 
such liabilities can reasonably be quantified.

MacDermid's business operations, consist principally of manufacture and sale 
of speciality chemicals, supplies and related equipment to 
customers throughout much of the world. Approximately 60 per cent. of 
the business is concentrated with manufacturers of printed circuit 
boards which are used in a wide variety of end-use applications, 
including computers, communications and control equipment, 
appliances, automobiles and entertainment products. As is usual for 
this business, MacDermid generally does not require collateral or 
other security as a condition of sale, choosing, rather to control credit 
risk of trade account financial instruments by credit approval, 
balance limitation and monitoring procedures. Management believes 
that reserves for losses, which are established based upon review of 
account balances and historical experience, are adequate.






7.  Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets, Statements of Earnings, 
and Statement of Cash Flows for the three month period ended 30th June, 1998

Extracts from the last published interim results for the period ended 30 
June 1998 are set out below:


7.1  Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as at 30th June, 1998 (unaudited) 
and 31st March, 1998 (audited)


<TABLE>
                                                30th June,  31st March, 
                                                   1998        1998  
                                              (Unaudited)  (Audited)  
                                                  $000        $000  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Assets                                                          
Current assets:                                                  
Cash and cash equivalents                         5,369       3,549  
Accounts and notes receivable (net of 
allowance for doubtful receivables                                   
of $3,860,000 and $3,598,000)                    73,712      72,675  
Inventories                                                     
Finished goods                                   32,831      27,197  
Raw materials                                    19,600      22,442  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
                                                 52,431      49,639  
Prepaid expenses                                  2,526       2,255  
Deferred income tax asset                         3,970       3,970  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
Total current assets                            138,008     132,088  
Property, plant and equipment 
(net of accumulated depreciation of                 
$45,482,000 and $44,847,000)                     41,990      42,946  
Goodwill (net of accumulated amortisation
 of $10,424,000 and $9,495,000)                  86,965      87,856  
Other assets                                     52,578      37,370  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
                                                319,541     300,260  
                                             =========== =========== 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity                       
Current liabilities:                                     
Notes payable                                     6,533       9,962  
Current installments of long-term obligations    22,379      12,442  
Accounts and dividends payable                   25,313      25,105  
Accrued expenses                                 25,134      32,784  
Income taxes                                      8,370       5,710  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
Total current liabilities                        87,729      86,003  
Long term obligations                           116,119     103,983  







Accrued postretirement and 
postemployment benefits                           4,321       4,291  
Deferred income taxes                               386         345  
Minority interest in subsidiaries                    93          93  
Shareholders' equity                                              
Common stock stated value $1 per share           39,395      39,265  
Additional paid-in capital                        1,401           -  
Retained earnings                               131,633     124,043  
Equity adjustment from foreign currency 
translation                                      (3,793)     (3,160) 
Less cost of 14,256,410 and 14,169,582                               
Common shares in Treasury                       (57,743)    (54,603) 
                                             ----------- ----------- 
Total shareholders' equity                      110,893     105,545  
                                             ----------- ----------- 
                                                319,541     300,260  
                                             =========== =========== 

</TABLE>
7.2  Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Statements of Earnings and Retained 
Earnings for the three months ended 30th June, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
                                              3 months ended 30 June  
                                             ----------------------- 
                                                 1998        1997  
                                             (Unaudited) (Unaudited) 
                                                $000        $000  
                                           ----------- ----------- 
<S>                                        <C>         <C> 
Net sales                                       81,070      74,720  
Cost and expenses:                                           
Cost of sales                                  (40,173)    (35,343) 
Selling, technical and administrative 
expenses/amortisations                         (26,601)    (25,833) 
Interest income                                    183         144  
Interest expense                                (2,241)     (1,568) 
Other income/(expense)-net                         237        (212) 
                                            ----------- ----------- 
                                               (68,595)    (62,812) 
Earnings before income taxes                    12,475      11,908  
Income taxes                                    (4,382)     (4,347) 
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Net earnings                                     8,093       7,561  
Preferred dividends                                  -        (309) 
                                             ----------- ----------- 
Earnings available for common shareholders       8,093       7,252  
Retained earnings, beginning of period         124,043     113,632  
Cash dividends declared                           (503)       (414) 
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Retained earnings, end of period               131,633     120,470  
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Net earnings per Common Share-(note 7.4.2):       ($)         ($) 
Basic                                             0.32        0.29  
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Diluted                                           0.32        0.29  
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Cash dividends per Common Share                   0.02      0.0167  


                                            ----------- ----------- 
                                              (Number)    (Number) 
Weighted average Common Shares outstanding:                       
Basic                                       25,149,149  24,674,156  
                                            ----------- ----------- 
Diluted                                     25,475,820  25,371,771  
                                            ----------- ----------- 
</TABLE>
7.3 Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the 
three months ended 30th June, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
                                             3 months ended 30th June, 
                                           ------------------------- 
                                               1998         1997  
                                           (Unaudited)  (Unaudited)  
                                             $000         $000  
                                         ------------ ------------ 
<S>                                      <C>          <C> 
Net cash flows from operating activities      3,098        7,664  
Cash flows from investing activities:         
Capital expenditure                          (1,394)        (959) 
Proceeds from disposition of fixed assets       -            346  
Acquisitions/investments of business 
(note 7.4.3)                                (15,164)           -  
                                          ------------ ------------ 
Net cash flows used in investing 
activities                                  (16,558)        (613) 
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Short-term repayments                        (3,441)      (3,497) 
Long-term borrowings                         29,206       31,120  
Long-term repayments                         (6,969)      (2,000) 
Exercise of stock options                       162          482  
Purchase of Treasury shares                  (3,140)           -  
Dividends paid                                 (503)        (414) 
Preferred stock redemption                        -      (32,745) 
                                         ------------ ------------ 
Net cash flows from/(used in) financing 
activities                                   15,315       (7,054) 
Effect of Exchange Rate changes on cash
 and cash equivalents                           (35)        (113) 
                                         ------------ ------------ 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and 
cash equivalents                              1,820         (116) 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning 
of year                                       3,549        6,530  
                                         ------------ ------------ 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of 
period                                        5,369        6,414  
                                         ============ ============ 
Cash paid for interest                        2,105        1,526  
                                         ------------ ------------ 
Cash paid for income taxes                    1,243        3,210  
                                         ------------ ------------ 
</TABLE>


7.4 Notes to consolidated condensed financial statements

7.4.1 Summary of significant accounting policies

The 31st March, 1998 condensed consolidated balance sheet amounts have 
been derived from the previously audited consolidated balance 
sheets of MacDermid, Incorporated. The balance of the condensed 
financial information reflects all adjustments which are, in the 
opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the 
financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the 
interim periods presented and are of a normal recurring nature
 unless otherwise disclosed in this report. The results of operations 
for the three month periods ended 30th June, 1998 and 1997 are not 
necessarily indicative of trends or of the results to be expected for 
the full year. The statements should be read in conjunction with the 
notes to the consolidated financial statements included in MacDermid's 
31st March, 1998 Annual Report.

7.4.2 Earnings per Common Share
MacDermid has adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 
of Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, Earnings per Share 
(SFAS128). Comparative references to earnings per common share (EPS) 
and weighted average common shares outstanding have been restated to 
conform with the accounting change. The computation of basic EPS is based 
upon the weighted average number of outstanding common shares. The 
computation of diluted EPS is based upon the weighted average number 
of outstanding common shares plus the effect of all dilutive potential 
common shares that were outstanding during the period. EPS is calculated 
based upon net earnings available for common shareholders after deduction 
for preferred dividends. In addition, all prior year per share amounts 
(as well as number of common shares and dividends per common share) have 
been restated to give retroactive effect to a stock split as of 
16th March, 1998.

7.4.3 Acquisitions and investments
On 28th April, 1998 a subsidiary of MacDermid acquired a 30 per cent. 
interest in an Italian speciality chemical company. Additionally, there 
was investment made in a joint venture, results of which are not expected 
to be material. These transactions will be recognised under equity 
accounting.  Also, a small industrial products company was acquired under 
purchase accounting. Collectively, this activity is not material to the 
financial position or results of operations of MacDermid.

8.  Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Summary of Earnings, and Balance Sheets 
for the three months ended 30th September, 1998 and 1997, and the six months 
ended 30th September, 1998 and 1997












8.1  Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Summary of Earnings
<TABLE>
                                  3 months ended  
                                  30th September,         30th September,  
                              ----------------------- ----------------------- 
                               1998        1997        1998        1997  
                           (Unaudited) (Unaudited) (Unaudited) (Unaudited) 
                             $000        $000        $000        $000  
                            ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 
<S>                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Total net sales                 85,859      75,003     166,928     149,723  
Costs and expenses             (72,650)    (63,428)   (141,244)   (126,240) 
                            ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 
Earnings before income 
taxes and preferred                 
dividend                        13,209      11,575      25,684      23,483  
Income taxes                    (4,556)     (4,224)     (8,938)     (8,571) 
Preferred Dividend                   -           -           -        (309) 
                             ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- 
Net earnings to common 
shareholders                     8,653       7,351      16,746      14,603  
                             =========== =========== =========== =========== 
                                 ($)         ($)         ($)         ($)  
Diluted earnings per 
common share                   0.34        0.29        0.66        0.58  
                            =========== =========== =========== =========== 
                            (Number)    (Number)    (Number)    (Number)  
Diluted average common 
shares outstanding          25,415,425  25,716,411  25,445,589  25,545,096
                            ==========  ==========  ==========  ========== 
</TABLE>


8.2  Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
                                    30th September, 1998  31st March, 1998 
                                         (Unaudited)      (Unaudited) 
                                           $000             $000 
                                    -----------------     ---------------- 
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>
Assets:                                                      
Total current assets                    139,032             132,088 
Property, plant and equipment (net)      40,787              42,946 
Other non current assets                155,762             125,226 
                                      ---------           --------- 
Total assets                            335,581             300,260 
                                      =========           ========= 
Liabilities and shareholders'
 equity:
Total current liabilities                91,068              85,996 
Long-term debt and deferred liabilities 124,267             108,719 
Shareholders' equity                    120,246             105,545 
                                      ---------           --------- 
Total liabilities and 
shareholders' equity                    335,581             300,260 
                                      =========           ========= 
</TABLE>

9.  Recent trading

Despite the general economic environment, which will continue to be 
challenging, MacDermid's strong position and continued focus on growth give 
it confidence in its ability to maintain superior performance within its 
industry.






















































                                  Appendix III


                          Financial Information on Canning

1.  Nature of financial information

The financial information contained in this Appendix does not constitute 
statutory accounts within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 
1985 (as amended). The information for each of the years ended 31st December, 
1997, 1996 and 1995 is extracted from the published audited consolidated 
financial statements of Canning and the information for the six months ended 
30th June, 1998 is extracted from the unaudited interim statement. Audited 
statutory accounts for each of the three years ended 31st December, 1997, 
1996 and 1995, on which unqualified audit reports (not containing a statement 
under section 237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985) have been given by the 
auditors of Canning have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies.




2.  Consolidated profit and loss accounts


The consolidated profit and loss accounts of Canning for the three years 
ended 31st December 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                               1997      1996      1995  
                                    Note  Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                          --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                 <C>   <C>       <C>       <C>
Turnover                             7.1   74,003    77,719    74,527  
Operating charges                    7.2  (65,235)  (68,876)  (67,297) 
                                          -------- --------- --------- 
Operating profit                     7.1    8,768     8,843     7,230  
Income from interests in 
associated undertakings                        40        38         -  
Net interest                         7.4      297        73      (212) 
                                          --------  --------- --------- 
Profit on ordinary activities 
before taxation                             9,105     8,954     7,018  
Taxation on profit on ordinary 
activities                           7.5   (3,005)   (3,134)   (2,620) 
                                          --------  --------- --------- 
Profit on ordinary activities after 
taxation                                    6,100     5,820     4,398  
Minority equity interests                     (21)      (34)      (10) 
                                          --------  --------- --------- 
Profit for the financial year               6,079     5,786     4,388  
Dividends                            7.6   (2,674)   (2,450)   (2,291) 
                                          --------  --------- --------- 
Retained profit                      7.17   3,405     3,336     2,097  
                                          --------  --------- --------- 
                                          (Pence)   (Pence)   (Pence) 
Earnings per share                   7.7     20.9      20.2      15.4  
</TABLE>

The above results are all attributable to continuing operations. A statement 
of movements in shareholders' funds can be found in section 7.18. Historical 
cost profit is not materially different from the reported profit in each of 
the three years.

3.  Consolidated statements of total recognised gains and losses

The consolidated statements of total recognised gains and losses of Canning 
for the three years ended 31st December 1997, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
                                            1997      1996      1995  
                                         Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                         --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>
Profit for the financial year              6,079     5,786     4,388  
Currency translation differences on
foreign currency net investments            (296)     (170)      (39) 
Property revaluation adjustments               -         -      (680) 
                                         --------- --------- --------- 
Total recognised gains for the year        5,783     5,616     3,669  
                                         ========= ========= ========= 
</TABLE>




4.  Balance sheets

The consolidated balance sheet of Canning at 31st December, 1997 is as 
follows:
<TABLE>
                                                           1997  
                                                  Note  Pounds000 
                                                        --------- 
<S>                                               <C>   <C>
Fixed assets                                           
Tangible assets                                   7.8    13,412 
Investments                                       7.9       827 
                                                        --------
                                                         14,239 
                                                        --------
Current assets                                         
Stocks                                            7.10    5,910 
Debtors                                           7.11   20,749 
Cash at bank and in hand                                 17,551 
                                                        --------
                                                         44,210 
                                                        --------
Creditors: due within one year                         
Short term borrowings                             7.12   (7,236)
Other creditors                                   7.13  (17,971)
                                                        --------
                                                        (25,207)
                                                        --------
Net current assets                                       19,003 
                                                        --------
Total assets less current liabilities                    33,242 
Creditors: due after more than one year           7.14   (5,106)
Provisions for liabilities and charges            7.15   (1,345)
                                                        --------
Net assets                                               26,791 
                                                        --------
Equity capital and reserves                            
Called up share capital                           7.16    7,299 
Share premium                                     7.17   19,484 
Revaluation reserve                               7.17    2,009 
Merger reserve                                    7.17    4,280 
Goodwill reserve                                  7.17  (12,403)
Profit and loss account                           7.17    5,940 
                                                        --------
Shareholders' funds                               7.18   26,609 
Minority equity interest                                    182 
                                                        --------
                                                         26,791 
                                                        --------
</TABLE>

5.  Consolidated cash flow statement

The consolidated cash flow statement of Canning for the year ended 31st 
December, 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                               1997  
                                                        Note Pounds000 
                                                             --------- 
<S>                                                     <C>  <C> 
Net cash inflow from operating activities                7.19    8,442  
Returns on investment and servicing of finance           7.20      372  
Taxation                                                        (2,227) 
Capital expenditure                                      7.20   (2,397) 
Acquisitions                                             7.20   (1,719) 
Equity dividends paid                                           (2,568) 
                                                              --------- 
Net cash outflow before use of liquid resources 
and financing                                                      (97) 
Management of liquid resources                    7.20 & 7.21   (1,100) 
Financing                                                7.20    1,389  
                                                             --------- 
Increase in cash                                         7.21      192  
                                                             ========= 
</TABLE>

6.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds

The reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds of Canning for 
the year ended 31st December, 1997 is as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                1997  
                                                             Pounds000 
                                                             --------- 
<C>                                                          <S> 
Increase in cash                                                   192  
Cash outflow from increase in liquid resources                   1,100  
Cash inflow from increase in debt                                 (812) 
                                                             --------- 
Change in net cash resulting from cash flows                       480  
Currency translation differences                                   815  
                                                             --------- 
Movements in net funds in the period                             1,295  
Net funds at start of year                                       4,083  
                                                             --------- 
Net funds at end of year                                         5,378  
                                                             ========= 

</TABLE>

7.  Statement of accounting policies

The accounting policies described below apply to the three years for which 
information is supplied.

Basis of preparation

These accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting 
standards and under the historical cost convention adjusted by the 
revaluation of certain of the group's land and buildings, to reflect open 
market value.

Basis of consolidation

The group accounts consolidate the accounts of Canning and all its subsidiary 
undertakings. The acquisition method of accounting has been adopted. Under 
this method, the results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of 
in the year are included in the consolidated profit and loss account from the 
date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal. Goodwill arising on 
consolidation (representing the excess of the fair value of the consideration 
given over the fair value of the separable net assets acquired) is 
transferred to goodwill reserve at the time of acquisition. On the subsequent 
disposal or termination of a previously acquired business, the profit or loss 
on disposal or termination is calculated after charging the gross amount of 
any related goodwill previously deducted from reserves. The consolidated 
accounts are based on accounts of subsidiary undertakings which are 
coterminous with those of the parent company. In appropriate circumstances, 
relief is taken under section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 not to reflect 
the share premium on shares issued in exchange for shares of an acquired 
subsidiary. The cost of investment is stated at its fair value and any 
surplus over the nominal value of the shares issued is reflected as a merger 
reserve.

Associated undertakings are accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting. For associated undertakings, the group includes its share of 
profits and losses in the consolidated profit and loss account and its share 
of post acquisition retained profits or accumulated deficits in the 
consolidated balance sheet. Goodwill on acquisition of investments in 
associated undertakings is transferred to goodwill reserve at the time of 
acquisition.









Tangible fixed assets

No depreciation is provided on freehold land. For all other tangible fixed 
assets depreciation is provided by equal annual instalments in order to write 
off their purchase cost or valuation over the term of their expected useful 
economic life. The useful life assumed for plant and equipment varies between 
5 and 14 years and for motor vehicles is 4 to 5 years. The useful life 
assumed for buildings is based on independent professional advice, and varies 
between 20 and 50 years.

Leased assets

The rental costs of assets held on operating leases are charged against 
profits on a straight line basis.


Stocks

Stocks and work in progress are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Cost comprises materials, labour and appropriate overhead 
expenses. Provisions are made as necessary for slow moving and obsolete 
stock.

Turnover

All turnover figures relate to sales outside the group and exclude VAT, and 
other sales taxes.

Foreign currencies

Assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiary and associated undertakings are 
translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet 
date, and their results and cash flows are translated at the average rates of 
exchange applicable during the year. Exchange differences arising from the 
retranslation of opening assets and liabilities and of the profit and loss 
account to closing rate are taken to reserves. Exchange gains and losses 
relating to trading transactions are included in trading profit.

Exchange gains and losses arising on foreign currency borrowings used to 
hedge or finance the group's overseas investments are taken to reserves in 
accordance with SSAP20.

Research and development

All expenditure is written off as it is incurred except for expenditure on 
fixed assets.

Taxation

The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into 
account taxation deferred because of timing differences between the treatment 
of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes. Provision is made for 
deferred tax to the extent that it is probable that an actual asset or 
liability will result. Deferred taxation on pension balances and provisions 
for post-retirement obligation is recognised in full.




Pensions

Funds held in UK pension schemes are administered by trustees and are 
independent of the group's finances. Prior to 6th April, 1997, the Group's 
principal UK scheme was a defined benefit scheme, the Group's contributions 
to which were calculated in accordance with recommendations of independent 
actuaries and were charged against profits on a consistent basis over the 
period during which employees worked with the Group. Liabilities in respect 
of non-UK pension obligations were provided for on a similar basis. Since 6th 
April, 1997, the Group's principal UK scheme has been a defined contribution 
scheme, the Group's contributions to which are a fixed percentage of the 
pensionable salary of active members and are charged against profits as 
incurred. Liabilities in respect of non-UK pension obligations are calculated 
in accordance with recommendations of independent actuaries and are charged 
against profits on a consistent basis over the estimated remaining service 
lives of the relevant employees.


Liquid resources

Cash deposits which are liquid and readily disposable in more than one day 
and less than twelve months from maturity are included in liquid resources.


7.1  Segmental analysis

<TABLE>
                                                                        Net 
                                                                   operating 
                                 Turnover       Operating profit      assets 
                           ------------------- ------------------- --------- 
                                1997      1996     1997      1996       1997 
                            Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                            --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Surface finishing              27,756    26,882    4,090     4,346      8,173 
Sealants and adhesives          7,148     7,756      535       819      3,083 
Synthetic lubricants and 
fluids                         16,079    14,619    4,497     3,877      4,660 
Additives for fuel, water 
and waste treatment            23,020    28,462     (354)     (199)     6,549 
                            --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- 
                               74,003    77,719    8,768     8,843     22,465 
                            ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= 

</TABLE>

In 1997 the directors decided to disclose segmental financial information by 
product group and not by geographical segment. The above analysis has been 
restated for the comparatives in 1996 to reflect changes in the organisation 
structure which came into effect in 1997. The segmental analysis was not 
presented in a product group format prior to 1997 and therefore no equivalent 
information is available for the year ended 31st December, 1995.





Net operating assets are defined as tangible fixed assets plus current 
assets, less provisions for liabilities and charges but excluding 
investments, net funds, tax and dividends payable.

The product group operating profits are stated after the allocation of 
central costs and charges.
<TABLE>
                                                          1997  
                                                        Pounds000 
                                                        --------- 
<S>                                                     <C> 
Reconciliation of net assets                                 
Net operating assets as shown above                        22,465  
Investments                                                   827  
Net funds                                                   5,378  
Tax liabilities and dividend payable                       (3,345) 
Parent company and non operating assets                     1,466  
                                                        --------- 
Net assets per group balance sheet                         26,791 
                                                        ========= 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                              1997      1996      1995  
                                             Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                             --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C> 
Turnover by geographic origin               
UK                                              37,014    36,509    34,079  
Continental Europe                              31,007    35,216    35,919  
Rest of World                                    5,982     5,994     4,529  
                                             --------- --------- ---------  
                                                74,003    77,719    74,527  
                                             ========= ========= =========  
</TABLE>

7.2 Operating charges
<TABLE>
                                              1997      1996      1995  
                                       Note Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                            --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                    <C>  <C>       <C>       <C>
Changes in stocks of finished goods 
and work in progress                             (287)     (103)     (104) 
Other operating income                           (529)     (499)     (393) 
Raw materials and consumables                  31,938    34,461    33,929  
Other external charges                          2,452     2,854     3,281  
Staff costs                              7.3   18,942    19,750    19,605  
Depreciation                             7.8    1,700     1,626     1,525  
Other operating costs                          11,019    10,787     9,454  
                                            --------- --------- --------- 
                                               65,235    68,876    67,297  
                                            ========= ========= ========= 
Other operating costs includes:          
Leases and hire of plant and equipment            268       327       312  
Leases relating to property                        54       102       141  
Research and development expenditure            1,719     1,651     1,552  
Audit fees                                        115       140       117  
</TABLE>


7.3  Staff costs and numbers
<TABLE>
                                                 1997      1996      1995 
                                              Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                              --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
The aggregate payroll costs were:                                 
Wages and salaries                              15,186    15,632    15,465 
Social security costs                            3,222     3,587     3,540 
Pension costs                                      534       531       600 
                                               -------   -------   ------- 
                                                18,942    19,750    19,605 
                                               =======   =======   ======= 
 
                                                 1997      1996      1995 
                                                Number    Number    Number 
                                              --------- --------  --------- 
Average number of persons employed                740       720       722 
</TABLE>

7.4 Net interest
<TABLE>
                                                  1997      1996      1995  
                                               Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                               --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
On bank loans and overdrafts wholly 
repayable within five years                        (764)     (777)   (1,115) 
On bank loans wholly repayable after 
five years                                          (56)      (33)      (97) 
Other interest                                      (57)      (82)        -  
                                               --------- --------- --------- 
Interest payable                                   (877)     (892)   (1,212) 
Interest receivable                               1,174       965     1,000  
                                               --------- --------- --------- 
                                                    297        73      (212) 
                                               ========= ========= ========= 
</TABLE>

7.5   Taxation
<TABLE>
                                                  1997      1996      1995  
                                               Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                               --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
Based on the profit of the year:                         
UK corporation tax (1997: 31.5 per 
cent.; 1996: 33 per cent.;  
1995: 33 per cent.)                                2,028     2,226     2,118  
Overseas taxes                                     1,200       457       491  
Associated undertakings                               13         -         -  
Deferred tax                                           -       533        51  
Prior year adjustments                              (236)      (82)      (40) 
                                                --------- --------- --------- 
                                                   3,005     3,134     2,620  
                                                ========= ========= ========= 
</TABLE>


The total tax charge for the group includes tax on overseas earnings which 
are at rates higher than the rate applicable to UK profits.

No account has been taken of tax losses in the German sub-group which are 
available to offset against future taxable profits. These are estimated at DM 
21.9 million in 1997, DM 22.9 million in 1996 and DM 23.8 million in 1995.

7.6  Dividends
<TABLE>
                                               1997      1996      1995 
                                             Pounds000 Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                             --------- --------- --------- 
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>
Interim dividend paid-3.70p per share                     
(1996: 3.40p; 1995: 3.20p)                       1,080       979       916 
Final dividend proposed-5.40p per share                        
(1996: 5.10p; 1995: 4.80p)                       1,577     1,471     1,375 
                                             --------- --------- --------- 
Total paid and proposed-9.10p per share         
(1996: 8.50p; 1995: 8.00p)                       2,657     2,450     2,291 
1996 final dividend on share options 
exercised in 1997                                   17         -         - 
                                             --------- --------- --------- 
                                                 2,674     2,450     2,291 
                                             ========= ========= ========= 
</TABLE>

7.7  Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated on earnings of Pounds 6,079,000 (1996: 
Pounds 5,786,000; 1995: Pounds 4,388,000) representing the group profit on
ordinary activities after taxation and minority interests. There was an 
average of 29.05 million (1996: 28.68 million; 1995: 28.40 million) shares 
in issue during the year.

If the share options outstanding had been exercised during 1997, 1996 or 
1995, the dilution of earnings per share would not have been material.






















7.8  Tangible assets
<TABLE>
                                                         Plant,            
                                   Freehold   Leasehold machinery &           
                                  properties properties  equipment     Total  
                                  Pounds000   Pounds000  Pounds000  Pounds000 
                                  ---------- ---------- ----------- --------- 
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Cost or valuation:              
At 1st January, 1997                  9,771         392     14,358    24,521  
Exchange adjustments                   (438)          -       (664)   (1,102) 
Capital expenditure                     596           -      1,832     2,428  
Disposals                                (3)          -       (516)     (519) 
                                  ---------- ---------- ----------- --------- 
At 31st December, 1997                9,926         392     15,010    25,328  
                                  ---------- ---------- ----------- --------- 
Accumulated depreciation:          
At 1st January, 1997                  1,421         118      9,661    11,200  
Exchange adjustments                    (83)          -       (450)     (533) 
Charge for year                         302          13      1,385     1,700  
Disposals                                (2)          -       (449)     (451) 
                                  ---------- ---------- ----------- --------- 
At 31st December, 1997                1,638         131     10,147    11,916  
                                  ---------- ---------- ----------- --------- 
Net book value as at 31st 
December, 1997                        8,288         261      4,863    13,412  
                                  ========== ========== =========== ========= 
</TABLE>

The costs of tangible fixed assets at 31st December, 1997 included 
Pounds 1,593,000 in respect of assets in the course of construction.
<TABLE>

                                                           1997 
                                                         Pounds000 
                                                         --------- 
<S>                                                     <C>
Net book value of land and buildings comprises:          
Freehold properties:                                     
Land (not depreciated)                                        2,118 
Buildings (depreciated)                                       6,170 
                                                          --------- 
                                                              8,288 
                                                          ========= 
Leasehold properties:                                    
Long leasehold properties (more than 50 years unexpired)        257 
Short leasehold properties                                        4 
                                                          --------- 
                                                                261 
                                                          ========= 
Cost or valuation of land and buildings comprises:       
Cost                                                          4,870 
Valuation                                                     5,448 
                                                          --------- 
                                                             10,318 
                                                          ========= 
</TABLE>


Certain of the group's properties were revalued in 1995 on the basis of open 
market value for existing use as at 31st December, 1994 by members of the 
Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

On the historical costs basis, the book value of land and buildings would be 
as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                               1997  
                                                            Pounds000 
                                                            --------- 
<S>                                                         <C>
Cost:                       
Freehold land and buildings                                     8,961  
Leasehold properties                                              392  
Accumulated depreciation                                       (2,939) 
                                                            --------- 
Net book value                                                  6,414  
                                                            ========= 
</TABLE>

7.9  Investments
<TABLE>
                                                                Cost  
                                                             Pounds000 
                                                             --------- 
<S>                                                          <C>
Investment in associated undertakings: 
At 1st January, 1997                                              109  
Exchange                                                           (3) 
Investment in joint venture                                       154  
Investment in associated undertaking                              540  
Share of current year income                                       27  
                                                             --------- 
At 31st December, 1997                                            827  
                                                             ========= 
</TABLE>

Details of principal subsidiary undertakings are given in note 7.27.

The investment in associated undertakings represents the group's:

(i)  holding of the ordinary shares of Canning Japan KK, the other 52 per 
cent. being held by local management. The company operates and is 
incorporated in Japan, where it distributes Canning products and third party 
materials. The company's capital and reserves were Pounds 332,000 at 
31st December,1997 with a profit of Pounds 129,000. Canning Japan KK has a 
December year end;

(ii)  the 50 per cent. joint venture investment in the ordinary shares of 
Canning Metfin Chemicals Limited which in turn owns 90 per cent. of the 
ordinary shares of Canning Metfin Chemicals (Shanghai) Limited. Canning 
Metfin Chemicals Limited is a holding company and Canning Metfin Chemicals 
(Shanghai) Limited manufactures, sells and distributes Canning products and 
third party materials. Both companies are registered in the Peoples' Republic 
of China and have a December year end. The consolidated capital and reserves 
were Pounds 224,000 at 31st December, 1997 with a loss of Pounds 82,000 
relating to start up costs incurred in the period; and

(iii)  48 per cent. holding of common stock of Taskem, Inc., of Cleveland, 
Ohio, USA. The company's capital and reserves were Pounds 1,157,000 at 31st 
December, 1997 with a profit of Pounds 15,000 for the period since acquisition.
The company is registered in the USA and manufactures, sells and distributes 
surface finishing and other speciality chemicals, and related products and 
accessories. Taskem, Inc., has a September year end.

7.10  Stocks
<TABLE>
                                                               1997 
                                                            Pounds000 
                                                            --------- 
<S>                                                         <C>
Raw materials                                                  2,782 
Work in progress                                                 192 
Finished stock and goods for resale                            2,936 
                                                            --------- 
                                                               5,910 
                                                            ========= 
</TABLE>
The current replacement cost of stocks does not differ materially from the 
historical costs noted above.

Certain subsidiary undertakings have consignment stock arrangements with 
suppliers in the ordinary course of business. Inventory drawn from 
consignment stock is generally invoiced to the companies concerned at the 
price ruling at the date of draw down. The value of such stock, at cost, 
which has been excluded from the balance sheet in accordance with the 
application notes included in FRS5, amounted to Pounds 507,000.

7.11  Debtors
<TABLE>
                                                         1997 
                                                       Pounds000 
                                                       --------- 
<S>                                                    <C>
Amounts falling due within one year:                                 
Trade debtors                                            17,851 
Amounts owed by associated undertakings                     161 
Tax recoverable                                             304 
Prepayments and accrued income                              580 
Other debtors                                               930 
                                                       --------- 
                                                         19,826 
                                                       --------- 
Amounts falling due after one year:                         
Amounts owed by associated undertakings                     357 
Tax recoverable                                              65 
Deferred taxation (note 7.15)                               263 
Other debtors                                               238 
                                                       --------- 
                                                            923 
                                                       --------- 
                                                         20,749 
                                                       ========= 
</TABLE>


7.12  Short term borrowings (unsecured)
<TABLE>
                                                             1997 
                                                           Pounds000 
                                                           --------- 
<S>                                                        <C>
Bank overdrafts                                                 192 
Bank loans                                                    7,044 
                                                           --------- 
                                                              7,236 
                                                           ========= 
</TABLE>

7.13 Creditors: due within one year 
<TABLE>
                                                             1997 
                                                           Pounds000 
                                                           --------- 
<S>                                                        <C>
Trade creditors                                               8,824 
Other taxation and social security                            1,830 
Dividends                                                     1,577 
Corporation tax                                               2,240 
Advance corporation tax                                         654 
Accruals                                                      1,454 
Other creditors                                               1,392 
                                                           --------- 
                                                             17,971 
                                                           ========= 

</TABLE>

7.14 Creditors: due after more than one year
<TABLE>
                                                                1997 
                                                              Pounds000 
                                                              ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Bank loans                                                       4,937 
Other creditors                                                    169 
                                                              --------- 
                                                                 5,106 
                                                              ========= 

Analysis of bank loans and overdrafts (unsecured): 
Repayable                                                         
1-2 years                                                           76 
2-5 years                                                        4,273 
After 5 years                                                      588 
                                                              --------- 
                                                                 4,937 
Within one year (note 7.12)                                      7,236 
                                                              --------- 
                                                                12,173 
                                                              ========= 
</TABLE>

Other bank loans repayable by instalments after five years in the group are 
repayable in 2005 and 2007 and bear interest at 1.3 per cent. and 1.1 per 
cent. respectively above the appropriate inter-bank offer rate.

The company entered into interest swap arrangements under which it has 
contracted to deposit Pounds 4 million in sterling at 6.43 per cent. and to 
borrow FF 30 million at 4.57 per cent., these rates of interest being fixed 
until August 1998.

The group has Pounds 7.2 million of undrawn committed borrowing 
facilities and Pounds 0.4 million of undrawn uncommitted borrowing 
facilities available, all of which expire in more than one year.


7.15  Provisions for liabilities and charges
<TABLE>
                                                 Discontinued            
                                          Overseas     business             
                                          pensions    provisions     Total  
                                         Pounds000    Pounds000  Pounds000 
                                         --------- ------------- --------- 
<S>                                      <C>       <C>           <C> 
At 1st January, 1997                        1,338           313     1,651  
Exchange adjustments                         (146)          (32)     (178) 
Charge/(release) to profit and loss 
account                                       164           (76)       88  
Payments                                      (45)         (171)     (216) 
                                         --------- ------------- --------- 
At 31st December, 1997                      1,311            34     1,345  
                                         ========= ============= ========= 
 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                                     1997  
                                                   Pounds000 
                                                   --------- 
<S>                                                <C>
Movement on deferred tax assets:            
At 1st January, 1997                                   (295) 
Exchange adjustments                                     32  
                                                   --------- 
At 31st December, 1997                                 (263) 
                                                   ========= 
Analysis of deferred tax assets:            
Accelerated capital allowances                           65  
Taxation losses                                         (97) 
Other timing differences                               (231) 
                                                   --------- 
Deferred tax assets                                    (263) 
                                                   ========= 
</TABLE>

The deferred tax assets, principally related to pensions and post retirement 
obligations, is included in debtors (note 7.11).







7.16  Called up equity share capital
<TABLE>
                                                     1997      1997 
                                                     Number    Pounds 
                                                    ---------- --------- 
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>
Issued ordinary shares of 25p each fully paid       29,196,634 7,299,158 
Unissued shares of 25p each                          8,403,366 2,100,842 
                                                    ---------- --------- 
Authorised ordinary shares of 25p each              37,600,000 9,400,000 
                                                    ========== ========= 
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

Allotment of shares
<CAPTION>
During the year ended 31st December, 1997 new ordinary shares of 25 pence 
each in the company were issued as follows:

Allotment date No of shares Price per share Value/proceeds  Reasons for issue
- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------  ----------------- 
<C>            <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
2nd April, 1997     50,000     157.00p     Pounds78,500     Executive share  
                                                            options 
23rd April, 1997   240,000     157.00p     Pounds376,800    Executive share 
                                                            options 
23rd April, 1997    30,000     250.69p     Pounds75,207     Executive share 
                                                            options 
6th May, 1997       30,000     157.00p     Pounds47,100     Executive share 
                                                            options 
</TABLE>


























<TABLE>

Employee share options

<CAPTION>
Options outstanding under the W. Canning 1995 Employee Savings-Related Share 
Option Scheme, the W. Canning 1985 Share Option Scheme and the W. Canning 
1995 Executive Share Option Scheme were as follows:

                       1st                                          31st
                     January,                                    December,
                      1997     Granted Exercised    Lapsed            1997
                     --------- ------- ---------- --------- -------------- 
<S>                  <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>
Savings-related 
share option scheme:
exercisable between 
1st January, 2000 
and 1st July, 2004
 at 214p              173,360       -         -     (5,724)       167,636 
1985 Share option 
scheme:
exercisable between
1st January,1997 
and 30th June, 2003
at 157p               380,000       -   (320,000)  (30,000)        30,000 
1995 Executive share
option scheme:
exercisable between
1st January,1999 
and 30th June, 2002
at a base price of 
233p (actual option
price of share 
exercised 250.69p)    349,000       -   (30,000)   (9,000)        310,000 
1995 Executive share
option scheme:
exercisable between
1st July, 2000
and 31st December,
2003 at a base price
of 305p                    -     40,000      -         -           40,000 

</TABLE>

















7.17  Reserves
<TABLE>
                          Share Revaluation   Merger  Goodwill   Profit and  
                         premium    reserve   reserve   reserve  loss account 
                        Pounds000  Pounds000  Pounds000 Pounds000   Pounds000  
                       --------- ----------- --------- --------- ------------ 
<S>                    <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
At 1st January, 1997      18,994      2,045     6,631   (11,402)         444  
Reclassification               -          -    (2,351)        -        2,351  
Issue of shares              490          -         -         -            -  
Profit for the year            -          -         -         -        3,405  
Exchange movements             -        (36)        -         -         (260) 
Goodwill on acquisitions       -          -         -    (1,001)           -  
                       --------- ----------- --------- --------- ------------ 
At 31st December, 1997    19,484      2,009     4,280   (12,403)       5,940  
                       ========= =========== ========= ========= ============ 
</TABLE>
Net exchange movements include Pounds 971,000 reduction in foreign currency 
borrowings used to match overseas investments.

The reclassification relates to the disposal of Societe des Adhesifs de 
Bellegarde Ain S.A. in 1993 and the reallocation of the related merger 
reserve established on acquisition to profit and loss account.

7.18  Reconciliation of movements in shareholders' funds
<TABLE>
                                                                     1997  
                                                                 Pounds000 
                                                                 --------- 
<S>                                                              <C>
Profit for the financial year attributable to shareholders          6,079  
Other recognised gains and losses relating to the year               (296) 
                                                                 --------- 
                                                                    5,783  
Dividends                                                          (2,674) 
New share capital subscribed                                          577  
Goodwill arising on acquisition of businesses                      (1,001) 
                                                                 --------- 
Net change in shareholders' funds                                   2,685  
Shareholders' funds at 1st January, 1997                           23,924  
                                                                 --------- 
Shareholders' funds at 31st December, 1997                         26,609  
                                                                 ========= 
</TABLE>












7.19  Reconciliation of operating profit to cash inflow from operating 
activities
<TABLE>
                                                                 1997  
                                                               Pounds000 
                                                               --------- 
<S>                                                            <C>
Operating profit                                                   8,768  
Depreciation on tangible assets                                    1,700  
Increase in stocks                                                   (55) 
Increase in debtors                                               (1,607) 
Decrease in creditors                                               (226) 
Decrease in provisions                                              (138) 
                                                                --------- 
Net cash inflow from operating activities                          8,442  
                                                                ========= 
</TABLE>
7.20  Analysis of cash flows shown net in the cash flow statement
<TABLE>
                                                  1997  
                                                  Pounds000 
                                                  --------- 
<S>                                               <C>
Returns on investment and servicing of finance              
Interest received                                    1,194  
Interest paid                                         (822) 
                                                  --------- 
Net cash inflow from returns on investments
 and servicing of finance                              372  
                                                  ========= 
Capital expenditure                                         
Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets           (2,465) 
Receipts from sale of tangible fixed assets             68  
                                                  --------- 
Net cash outflow for capital expenditure            (2,397) 
                                                  ========= 
Acquisitions                                                
Payments to acquire businesses                         (38) 
Payment to acquire interest in joint venture          (154) 
Payments to acquire interest in associated 
undertaking                                         (1,527) 
                                                  --------- 
Net cash outflow for acquisitions                   (1,719) 
                                                  ========= 
Management of liquid resources                            
Increase in money market deposits                   (1,100) 
                                                  -------- 
Net cash outflow from management of liquid 
resources                                           (1,100) 
                                                  ========= 
Financing                                                   
Issue of ordinary share capital                        577  
New loans                                            2,092  
                                                  --------- 
                                                     2,669  
Repayment of long term borrowings                   (1,280) 
                                                  --------- 
Net cash inflow from financing                       1,389  
                                                  ========= 
</TABLE>


7.21  Analysis of net funds

<TABLE>
                             1st January,           Exchange  31st December, 
                                    1997  Cash flow movements          1997  
                               Pounds000  Pounds000 Pounds000     Pounds000  
                             ------------ --------- --------- -------------- 
<S>                          <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash at bank and in hand           1,304       195      (248)         1,251  
Bank overdrafts                     (182)       (3)       (7)          (192) 
                             ------------ --------- --------- -------------- 
                                   1,122       192      (255)         1,059  
Short term deposits               15,200     1,100         -         16,300  
Bank loans                       (12,239)     (812)    1,070        (11,981) 
                             ------------ --------- --------- -------------- 
Net funds                          4,083       480       815          5,378  
                             ============ ========= ========= ============== 
</TABLE>

7.22  Acquisition of businesses

The fair values attributed at acquisition are as per the vendor books, as 
follows:
<TABLE>
                                                              1997 
                                                         Pounds000 
                                                         --------- 
<S>                                                      <C>
Investment in joint venture                                    154 
Investment in associated undertaking                           540 
Stock                                                           24 
                                                         --------- 
Net assets                                                     718 
Goodwill                                                     1,001 
                                                         --------- 
Acquisition of businesses during the year                    1,719 
                                                         ========= 
</TABLE>

Goodwill has been estimated based on a provisional view of the fair values of 
assets and liabilities at acquisition and may be subject to review in the 
coming year.
<TABLE>
                                                                1997 
                                                           Pounds000 
                                                           --------- 
<S>                                                        <C>
Net cash outflow                               
Purchase of businesses                                            38 
Purchase of interest in joint venture                            154 
Purchase of interest in associated undertaking                 1,422 
Costs relating to acquisitions                                   105 
                                                           --------- 
Net cash outflow for acquisitions                              1,719 
                                                           ========= 
</TABLE>



7.23  Related party transactions
<TABLE>
                                                    Sales     Amounts owed 
                                         to related party by related party 
                                                     1997             1997 
                                                Pounds000        Pounds000 
                                         ---------------- ---------------- 
<S>                                      <C>              <C>
Canning Japan KK                                      596              465 
Metfin Supplies Co. Limited                         3,487            1,390 
Canning Metfin Chemicals Limited                       70               87 
Canning Metfin Chemicals (Shanghai) Limited            40               44 
</TABLE>

The major shareholders in Metfin Supplies Co. Limited are the partners in the 
Canning Metfin Chemicals Limited joint venture. Details of the relationships 
with the other related parties are given in note 7.9.

Other than the transactions noted above, there were no other related party 
transactions requiring disclosure under FRS8.

7.24  Leasing commitments

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Commitments for the next year under operating leases are as follows:

                                                               Land and 
                                                    buildings     Other 
                                                    Pounds000 Pounds000 
                                                    --------- --------- 
<S>                                                 <C>       <C> 
Terminating:                           
Within one year                                            20        24 
Over one year and less than five years                     13       144 
Over five years                                            33        19 
                                                    --------- --------- 
                                                           66       187 
                                                    ========= ========= 
</TABLE>

7.25  Capital commitments
Capital expenditure commitments at 31st December, 1997 were Pounds 194,000.

7.26  Pension schemes

General

The majority of group companies either operate individual pension schemes or, 
in certain overseas countries, are committed to make lump sum payments to 
employees upon their retirement.

In all cases the pension scheme cost charged to the profit and loss account 
and shown in note 7.3 is calculated to spread the cost of pensions over the 
working lives of the employees who are members of the schemes.


Major UK Schemes

The principal scheme is the Canning Retirement and Death Benefit Scheme. It 
is established as a separate fund and administered by a corporate trustee 
which has seven directors. There is an independent chairman and three of the 
seven directors are elected by employees. The scheme's assets are invested 
independently of the group with no element of self-investment.

Until 6th April, 1997 the scheme was a defined benefit scheme. With effect 
from 6th April, 1997 the scheme converted from a defined benefit to a defined 
contribution (money purchase) basis for pensionable service on or after that 
date. Past service benefits accrued as of 5th April, 1997 (with certain 
improvements for all categories of member as of that date) continue on the 
defined benefit basis, and are treated as deferred pensions. Contributions 
for service on or after 6th April, 1997 are paid into a defined contribution 
scheme.

The last actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out by independent 
consulting actuaries in November 1996 and based on a valuation date of 6th 
April, 1996. The valuation was performed using the projected accrued benefit 
method. The key assumptions used were investment return of 8 per cent. per 
annum, salary escalation of 6 per cent. and dividend growth of 4 per cent. It 
showed that the scheme had sufficient assets (valued at Pounds 20.7 million) to 
meet in full retirement benefits accrued to the valuation date and that the 
recommended contribution rate would have been sufficient to provide the 
balance of benefits anticipated to accrue in future had the defined benefit 
basis of the scheme continued. The valuation also considered the effect on 
the funding position of the conversion to a defined contribution basis for 
pensionable service on or after 6th April, 1997 and proposed improvements to 
benefits from that date and concluded that the scheme would still have 
sufficient assets to cover its liabilities on the revised basis.

No accrual is required under the provisions of SSAP 24.




























7.27  Canning principal subsidiary undertakings

<TABLE>
                              Country of                                 
                            operation and                                 
Name of subsidiary          incorporation   Description of activity  
- --------------------------  -------------   ------------- ------------------- 
<S>                         <C>             <C>
Wm. Canning Limited         England         
  Surface Finishing Division                Surface finishing           
  Marston Bentley Division                  Sealants and adhesives, and 
                                            synthetic lubricants  
                                            and fluids
  Water Management and                      Additives for water and waste 
  Gamlen Division                           treatment          
 
Gamlen Industries S.A.      France          Additives for fuel, water and 
                                            waste treatment,    
                                            surface finishing   
Amco S.A.R.L.               France          Additives for fuel          

Reico S.A.                                  Additives for water and waste 
(including Eficca)          France          treatment, and      
                                            industrial cleaning and 
                                            maintenance chemicals and 
                                            aerosols
Addeco S.A.R.L.             France          Additives for water and waste 
                                            treatment, and      
                                            industrial cleaning and 
                                            maintenance chemicals and 
                                            aerosols              
W. Canning GmbH             Germany         Surface finishing         
Vapla Galvanotechnik GmbH   Germany         Surface finishing           
Marston Bentley Domsel GmbH Germany         Sealants and adhesives and 
                                            elastomer radial seals 
Levenit Chemical S.r.l. 
(90 per cent. holding in 
ordinary shares)            Italy           Synthetic lubricants and fluids  
Gamlen S.r.l.               Italy           Additives for fuel, water and 
                                            waste treatment     
Gamlen S.A.                 Spain           Additives for fuel, water and 
                                            waste treatment     
Gamlen B.V.                 Holland         Additives for fuel, water and
                                            waste treatment     
W. Canning, Inc.            USA             Synthetic lubricants and fluids, 
                                            sealants and adhesives, additives 
                                            for fuel, water and waste    
                                            treatment, surface finishing  
</TABLE>


Except where otherwise stated all the above subsidiaries are wholly-owned in 
ordinary shares at 31st December, 1997. At 31st December, 1997 Wm. Canning 
Limited was directly owned by Canning, the remaining companies being sub-
subsidiaries.

8.  Unaudited interim results of Canning for the six months ended 30th June, 
1998

8.1  Unaudited consolidated summary profit and loss account


The summary consolidated profit and loss account of Canning for the six 
months ended 30th June, 1998 (unaudited) is as follows:
<TABLE>
                                        6 months to 30th June, 1998     
                                   --------------------------------------
                                   Continuing                           
                                   operations Acquisition          Total
                                    Pounds000   Pounds000      Pounds000
                                   ---------- ----------- ---------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>         <C>
Sales                                  35,832       5,483         41,315
                                   ---------- ----------- ---------------
Operating profit                        3,924         156          4,080
Income from associated undertakings        33         110            143
Interest                                   29           -             29
                                   ---------- ----------- ---------------
Profit before taxation                  3,986         266          4,252
                                   ---------- -----------               
Taxation: UK                                                        (781)
Overseas                                                            (600)
Minority interest                                                     (7)
                                                          ---------------
Profit attributable to shareholders                                2,864 
                                                          ---------------
Earnings per share                                                  9.7p 
Dividend per share                                                 3.85p 
Amount absorbed                                           Pounds1,137,000
  
Note: The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the 
basis of the accounting policies set out in section 7.



























8.2  Unaudited consolidated summary balance sheets

The unaudited summary consolidated balance sheet of Canning at 30th June, 
1998 was as follows:


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                                 At  
                                                         30th June,  
                                                               1998  
                                                         (Unaudited) 
                                                          Pounds000  
                                                         ----------- 
<S>                                                      <C>
Fixed assets                                                         
Tangible assets                                              14,211  
Goodwill                                                      5,359  
Investments                                                   1,055  
                                                         ----------- 
                                                             20,625  
                                                         ----------- 
Current assets                                                       
Stocks                                                        6,999  
Debtors                                                      23,446  
Cash                                                         12,462  
                                                         ----------- 
                                                             42,907  
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year              (24,825) 
                                                         ----------- 
Net current assets                                           18,082  
                                                         ----------- 
Total assets less current liabilities                        38,707  
Creditors: amounts due after one year                        (9,389) 
                                                         ----------- 
Shareholders' funds                                          29,318  
                                                         =========== 
Summary of cash/(borrowings):                                        
Cash balances                                                12,464  
Short term borrowings                                        (5,018) 
Long term borrowings                                         (7,906) 
                                                         ----------- 
Net borrowings                                                 (460) 
                                                         =========== 
Net borrowings as a percentage of shareholders' funds            2%  

</TABLE>











8.3  Unaudited consolidated summary cash flow statements

The unaudited summary cash flow statement of Canning for the six month period 
ended 30th June, 1998 was as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                         6 months to  
                                                      30th June, 1998 
                                                           Pounds000  
                                                      --------------- 
<S>                                                   <C>
Net cash inflow from operating activities                   4,029  
                                                          -------- 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance                94  
                                                          -------- 
Taxation                                                   (1,493) 
                                                          -------- 
Purchase of tangible assets                                (1,210) 
Sale of tangible assets                                        53  
Purchase of fixed asset investments                           (78) 
                                                          -------- 
Net cash outflow for capital expenditure                   (1,235) 
                                                          -------- 
Net cash outflow for acquisitions                          (8,093) 
                                                          -------- 
Management of liquid resources    
Cash returned from deposit                                  4,500  
                                                          -------- 
Financing                         
Issue of ordinary shares                                      913  
New loans                                                   2,700  
Repayment of loans                                         (2,636) 
                                                          -------- 
Net cash inflow from financing                                977  
                                                          -------- 
Decrease in cash less bank overdrafts                      (1,221) 
                                                          ======== 
</TABLE>

Analysis of net cash
<TABLE>
                    1st January,                        Exchange 30th June, 
                           1998  Cash flow Acquisition movements      1998  
                      Pounds000  Pounds000  Pounds000  Pounds000 Pounds000  
                    ------------ --------- ----------- --------- ---------- 
<S>                 <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Cash at bank and in
hand                      1,251      (654)          -         67       664  
Bank overdrafts            (192)     (567)          -          3      (756) 
                    ------------ --------- ----------- --------- ---------- 
                          1,059    (1,221)          -         70       (92) 
Short term deposits      16,300    (4,500)          -          -    11,800  
Bank loans              (11,981)      (64)       (349)       226   (12,168) 
                    ------------ --------- ----------- --------- ---------- 
                          5,378    (5,785)       (349)       296      (460) 
                    ============ ========= =========== ========= ========== 




9.  Announcement of the sale of Levenit Chemical S.r.l. ("Levenit")

On 22nd October, 1998, Canning announced the sale of Levenit. An extract from 
the text of the announcement is reproduced below.

"W. Canning plc announces that it has today sold its Italian mould-release 
lubricants subsidiary, Levenit Chemical S.r.l., to Houghton Europe B.V. via 
its subsidiary Houghton Italia S.p.A. The consideration is Pounds 5.68m in cash 
with the closing date being 23rd October, 1998, with Pounds 2.6m being paid on 
closing and the balance on 16th November, 1998.

The sale gives Canning an exceptional profit of approximately Pounds 2.5m which 
will be included in the 1998 results and follows a review of Canning's 
business strategy which identifies the Levenit activities as non-core. As at 
31st December, 1997 Levenit's net assets were approximately Pounds 2.0m, 
generating an after tax profit of Pounds 200,000.


This transaction will result in Canning having net cash on deposit at the 
year end and it is the company's intention to use the proceeds of the sale to 
develop its core businesses."

10.      Recent trading

Like many other companies with a high export content and overseas 
subsidiaries, the Group remains concerned about the turmoil in many overseas 
markets. Canning regards it of importance not to lose profitable market share 
and to continue to operate in geographical regions which it has developed 
over many years.

Canning continues to invest in research and development to ensure that it has 
the latest product technology, and the programme of factory and product 
improvement continues to plan. New facilities in the USA have been completed 
and the renewal of the Birmingham factory is under way. These initiatives put 
Canning in a good position to expand in the future.
 























                                 Appendix IV


                          Additional Information

1.  Responsibility

(a) The Directors of MacDermid UK, whose names are set out in paragraph 
2(a) below, accept responsibility for the information contained in this 
document other than that relating to the Canning Group, the Directors of 
Canning and members of their immediate families. To the best of the knowledge 
and belief of the Directors of MacDermid UK (who have taken all reasonable 
care to ensure that such is the case), the information contained in this 
document for which they are responsible is in accordance with the facts and 
does not omit anything likely to affect the import of such information.

(b) The Directors of Canning, whose names are set out in paragraph 2(b) 
below, accept responsibility for the information contained in this document 
relating to the Canning Group, the Directors of Canning and members of their 
immediate families. To the best of the knowledge and belief of the Directors 
of Canning (who have taken all reasonable care to ensure that such is the 
case), the information contained in this document for which they are 
responsible is in accordance with the facts and does not omit anything likely 
to affect the import of such information.

2. Directors

(a) The Directors of MacDermid (UK) are:

     Daniel H. Leever
     Arthur J. LoVetere, Jr.
     Michael A. Pfaff
     John L. Cordani
(b) The Directors of Canning are:

     David H. Probert C.B.E.
     Peter J.S. Johansen
     David D. O'Neill
     Sir Peter Gadsden G.B.E., A.C.
     Michael A. Fearfield

3. Undertakings

Undertakings to accept the Offer have been given in respect of 
the following numbers of Canning Shares and/or where appropriate 
Canning Shares under the Canning Share Option Schemes if such options are 
exercised. In total, these shares amount to approximately 0.2 per cent. of 
the existing issued share capital of Canning.









</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                                                Number of 
                                                 Number of Canning Shares 
Name                                        Canning Shares   under option 
- ----                                        -------------- -------------- 
<S>                                         <C>            <C>
D.H. Probert                                        22,843            Nil 
P.J.S. Johansen                                      5,000         40,000 
Sir Peter Gadsden                                   21,500            Nil 
M.A. Fearfield                                      10,000            Nil 
                                            -------------- -------------- 
Total                                               59,343         40,000 
                                            ============== ============== 
</TABLE>

These undertakings will cease to be binding in the event of a higher 
competing offer being made for Canning. 

4.  Shareholdings and dealings

4.1  Interests and dealings in securities in MacDermid 
(a) As at the close of business on the disclosure date, neither Canning nor 
any of the Directors of Canning was interested in any securities in 
MacDermid. 

(b) Neither Canning nor any of the Directors of Canning nor any member of 
their immediate families has during the disclosure period dealt for value in 
any securities in MacDermid. 

4.2  Interests and dealings in securities in Canning 

(a) Save as disclosed in this paragraph 4.2 and in paragraph 3 above, neither 
MacDermid UK nor MacDermid nor any of the Directors of those companies nor 
any member of their immediate families nor any person acting in concert with 
any of those persons nor any person who has given an irrevocable undertaking 
to accept the Offer owns, controls or is interested, directly or indirectly, 
in securities in Canning nor has any such person dealt for value in any 
securities in Canning during the disclosure period. 

The following dealings for value in Canning Shares by MacDermid have taken 
place during the disclosure period:

<TABLE>

Nature of                     Number of               Price per 
Transaction   Date         Canning Shares        Canning Share(p) 
- ------------  -----        --------------        ---------------- 
<S>           <C>           <C>                   <C> 
Acquisition   18/03/98            400,000                    293 
Acquisition   23/03/98            300,000                    294 
Acquisition   06/04/98             25,000                    290 
Acquisition   09/04/98             25,000                    293 
Acquisition   16/04/98             50,000                    290 
</TABLE>




(b) As at the close of business on the disclosure date, the interests of the 
Directors of Canning and their immediate families in the share capital of 
Canning, which have been notified to Canning pursuant to s.324 and s.328 
Companies Act 1985 as shown in the register required to be kept under the 
provisions of that Act, were, and particulars of options over Canning Shares 
granted to the Directors of Canning were as follows:

<TABLE>

                                 Number of           
                                 shares in    Exercise              
                  Number of      Canning      Price<F1>             
Name of Director  Canning shares under option (p)      Exercise Period 
- ----------------  -------------- ------------ -------- --------------- 
<S>               <C>            <C>          <C>     <C>
D.H. Probert         47,343            -           -              - 
P.J.S. Johansen       5,000         9,800        305  July 2000-December 2003
                                   30,200        305  July 2000-December 2003 
D.D. O'Neill             -              -          -              - 
Sir Peter Gadsden    21,500             -          -              - 
M.A. Fearfield       10,000             -          -              - 
<FN>
<F1>This is a base price set on the grant of the option. The actual exercise 
price will be the base price plus the greater of 5 per cent. or the increase 
in the Retail Price Index for each full year between grant and exercise. 
These options may not be exercised unless, during the three years prior to 
exercise, earnings per share have increased by more than inflation plus 2 per 
cent. per annum.
</TABLE>

(c) The following dealings for value in Canning Shares by Directors of 
Canning and their immediate families have taken place during the disclosure 
period:

<TABLE>
                                      Price per 
              Nature of               Number of   
                                                              Canning Share 
Name          Transaction    Date     Canning Shares                     (p) 
- ----          -----------   --------  -------------           ------------- 
<S>           <C>           <C>       <C>                     <C>
D.H. Probert    Sale         21/04/98      3,500                    281      
S.M. Probert    Sale         21/04/98      5,500                    281      
M.A. Fearfield  Purchase     15/05/98      5,000                    279      
</TABLE>


(d) Save as disclosed in this document, neither:

(1) any of the Directors of Canning nor any member of their (b) immediate 
families; nor









(2) any subsidiary of Canning, any bank, stockbroker, financial or other 
professional adviser (other than an exempt market-maker) to Canning or any 
subsidiary or any associated company of Canning, nor any person controlling, 
controlled by, or under the same control as such bank, stockbroker, financial 
or other professional adviser, nor any pension fund of Canning or any of its 
subsidiaries; nor

(3) any person whose investments are managed on a discretionary basis by fund 
managers (other than exempt fund managers) connected with Canning;

owns, controls or is interested, directly or indirectly, in any securities in 
Canning nor has any such person as is mentioned in paragraph 4.2(d)(1) above 
dealt for value therein during the disclosure period.


4.3 References in this paragraph 4 to:

(a) "associate" mean subsidiaries and associated companies of Canning and 
companies of which any such subsidiaries or associated companies are 
associated companies;

(b) "bank" do not apply to a bank whose sole relationship with Canning, or a 
company which is an associate, is the provision of normal commercial banking 
services or activities in connection with the Offer such as handling 
acceptances and other registration work;

(c) "disclosure date" mean 26th October, 1998, being the latest practicable 
date prior to the posting of this document;

(d)"disclosure period" mean the period commencing on 19th October, 1997 
(being the date 12 months prior to the commencement of the Offer Period) and 
ending on the disclosure date;

(e) ownership or control of 20 per cent. or more of the equity share capital 
of a company is regarded as the test of associated company status and 
"control" means a holding, or aggregate holdings, of shares carrying 30 per 
cent. or more of the voting rights attributable to the share capital of a 
company which are currently exercisable at a general meeting, irrespective of 
whether the holding or holdings give de facto control; and

(f) "securities" in a company are to shares in that company and include any 
securities convertible into, rights to subscribe for or options (including 
traded options) in respect of or derivatives referenced to those shares.


5. Market quotations

The following table shows the closing middle market quotations for Canning 
Shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official 
List on the first dealing day of each of the six months immediately before 
the posting of this document, on 16th October, 1998 (being the last dealing 
day prior to the Offer Period) and on 26th October, 1998 (being the latest 
practicable date before the posting of this document):






<TABLE>
                                                   Price per 
                                               Canning Share 
Dates                                                    (p) 
- ------                                         ------------- 
<S>                                            <C>
1st May, 1998                                          273.5 
1st June, 1998                                         277.5 
1st July, 1998                                         246.5 
3rd August, 1998                                       225.0 
1st September, 1998                                    199.0 
1st October, 1998                                      151.5 
16th October, 1998                                     154.5 
26th October, 1998                                     290.0 
</TABLE>

6.  Financing arrangements

6.1 It is estimated that full acceptance of the Offer in cash (assuming the 
full exercise of options under the Canning Share Option Schemes) would 
require the payment by MacDermid UK of a maximum amount of approximately 
Pounds 86.5 million in cash.24.7 Lazard Brothers is satisfied that the 
necessary financial resources are available to MacDermid UK to satisfy full
acceptance of the Offer in cash.

6.2 The funds required to make the cash payment under the Offer will come 
from new bank facilities provided by NationsBank N.A. a national banking 
association in the USA (see paragraph 7.1(a) below).


7. Material contracts


7.1 MacDermid

The following contracts, not being contracts entered into in the 
ordinary course of business, which are or may be material, have been entered 
into by MacDermid within the two years immediately preceding the commencement 
of the Offer Period:

(a) A Multicurrency $350,000,000 Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") 
dated 25th October, 1998 arranged by NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, 
and made between MacDermid and NationsBank N.A. as Administrative Agent, 
Letter of Credit Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender. The Credit Agreement 
makes available to MacDermid a multicurrency revolving credit facility, with 
a letter of credit subfacility and a swing line subfacility, a term loan 
facility and an acquisition loan facility. The margin payable varies 
according to the ratio of consolidated total debt of MacDermid and its 
subsidiaries to consolidated EBITDA.








Provided no event of default has occurred the term loan and the acquisition 
loan are repayable in instalments. The scheduled termination date for the 
revolving loan is, provided no event of default has occurred, 25th October, 
2003. The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants relating to the Offer 
and limited events of default in relation to the acquisition loan facility.


In addition to customary negative and positive covenants, the Credit 
Agreement includes covenants which (a) require MacDermid to maintain 
consolidated EBIT to consolidated interest expense ratios, minimum 
consolidated net worth and maximum consolidated total debt to consolidated 
EBITDA, (b) MacDermid and its subsidiaries to remain solvent on a 
consolidated basis, and (c) limit the amount and types of additional 
indebtedness that MacDermid and its subsidiaries may incur;

(b) A swap agreement dated 26th October, 1998 between MacDermid and Bank of 
New York in respect of Pounds 58,000,000 and a swap agreement of the same 
date between MacDermid and First Union Bank in respect of Pounds 29,000,000 
(the"Swap Agreements"). Pursuant to the Swap Agreements, MacDermid purchased 
in aggregate a US dollar put/GB pounds sterling call option in respect of 
Pounds 87,000,000, locked in at a rate not exceeding $1.85: Pound 1. The 
option expires on 10th March, 1999 and the settlement date is 12th 
March, 1999; and

(c) A subscription agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") dated 25th 
October, 1998 made between MacDermid UK (1), MacDermid (2), MacDermid Tartan, 
Inc. ("MacDermid Tartan"), a wholly owned subsidiary of MacDermid, (3), 
MacDermid Tower, Inc. ("MacDermid Tower"), a wholly owned subsidiary of 
MacDermid, (4) and Lazard Brothers (5) whereby MacDermid agreed to subscribe 
shares in MacDermid Tartan and MacDermid Tower, and MacDermid Tartan and 
MacDermid Tower agreed to subscribe shares in and/or make loans to MacDermid 
UK for the purposes of funding the payment of consideration by MacDermid UK 
under the Offer. The Subscription Agreement also contains undertakings given 
by MacDermid UK, MacDermid, MacDermid Tartan and MacDermid Tower to Lazard 
Brothers regarding the satisfaction of conditions precedent and the non-
occurrence of events of default in relation to the acquisition loan facility 
contained in the Credit Agreement.


7.2 MacDermid UK

Other than the subscription agreement referred to in paragraph 7.1(c) above, 
there are no contracts, not being contracts entered into in the ordinary 
course of business, which are or may be material and which have been entered 
into by MacDermid UK within the two years immediately preceding the 
commencement of the Offer Period.


7.3 Canning

The following contracts, (not being contracts25.6 entered into in the 
ordinary course of business) which are or may be material, have been entered 
into by members of the Canning Group within the two years immediately 
preceding the commencement of the Offer Period:






(a) a subscription agreement dated 15th October, 1997 between Taskem, Inc. 
(1), W. Canning Inc. (2), William J. Saas ("Saas") (3) and Walter F. Johnson 
(4) under which W. Canning Inc. agreed to acquire 48 per cent. of the issued 
shared capital of Taskem, Inc., based in Ohio, USA for a cash payment on 
completion of $2,388,100. Both the majority shareholder (Saas) and the 
minority holder, W. Canning Inc., also acquired options to purchase the 
shares of the other shareholder within specified time limits under a buy-sell 
agreement summarised in (b) below;

(b) a buy-sell agreement dated 15th October, 1997 between Taskem, Inc. (1), 
W. Canning Inc. (2), Canning (3) and William J. Saas (4) under which Saas has 
an option subsisting for three years from the date of the agreement to 
purchase all of the shares of Taskem, Inc. owned by W. Canning Inc.. The 
option price under Saas' option comprises a fixed amount of $2,400,000 plus a 
variable amount dependent on the value of the total shareholders' equity of 
Taskem, Inc.. Under the agreement, W. Canning Inc. also has an option, 
exercisable at the end of five years from the date of the agreement, to 
purchase all of the shares of Taskem, Inc. owned by Saas at an option price 
comprising a fixed amount of $2,600,000 plus a variable amount similar to 
that described above in relation to Saas' option;

(c) a stock purchase agreement dated 2nd March, 1998 between Canning (1), W. 
Canning USA, Inc. (2) and Frederick Gumm Chemical Co., Inc. (3) under which 
Canning and W. Canning USA, Inc. (an acquisition subsidiary) agreed to 
acquire the whole of the capital stock of Frederick Gumm Chemical Co., Inc., 
based in New Jersey, USA for a payment of $15,000,000. The completion amount 
is split between $2,500,000 of non-negotiable promissory notes, $11,000,000 
of cash payable on completion and 338,494 Canning Shares valued at 
$1,500,000;

(d) an agreement set out in a letter dated 1st May, 1998 between Mr Guido 
inivella (1), Mrs Laura Tinivella (2) and Canning (3) under which Canning 
exercised its pre-emption rights to purchase a 10 per cent. shareholding in 
Levenit Chemical S.r.l., a synthetic lubricants and fluids manufacturer based 
in Turin, Italy for a payment of Italian Lire 400,000,000;

(e) a conditional sale and purchase agreement dated 9th October, 1998 between 
Canning (1) and Houghton Italia S.p.A. (2) under which Canning agreed to sell 
the entire corporate capital of Levenit Chemical S.r.l. a synthetic 
lubricants and fluids manufacturer based in Turin, Italy to Houghton Italia 
S.p.A. for a payment of Pounds 5,680,000 payable in two instalments, the 
first instalment of Pounds 2,600,000 to be paid on completion (23rd October,
1998) and the second instalment of Pounds 3,080,000 to be paid on 
16th November, 1998; and

(f) an agreement dated 21st August, 1997 between the Secretary of State for 
Trade and Industry (1), Wm. Canning Limited (2) and Canning (3) under which 
the Secretary of State agreed a grant under section 7 of the Industrial 
Development Act 1982 of up to Pounds 500,000 to Wm. Canning Limited to help 
implement the modernisation and expansion of Wm. Canning Limited's facilities 
for the manufacture of speciality chemicals at the Albion Works, Palmer 
Street, Bordesley, Birmingham B9 4EU. Canning guaranteed to repay the grant 
if the grant subsequently became repayable and Wm. Canning Limited were 
unable to repay on first demand.


8.  Service contracts


8.1 Details of the contracts of the Canning Directors are listed below.


                                                    Current Salary 
Name of Director                                            Pounds 
- ----------------                                    -------------- 
P.J.S. Johansen                                           108,000  
D.D. O'Neill                                              100,000  

P.J.S. Johansen is entitled to participate in the Canning Long Term Incentive 
Plan. The plan is a cash bonus arrangement under which selected participants 
are granted awards entitling them to a bonus determined by how well the 
company performs during a three year period. The company's performance is 
measured by comparing its growth in total shareholders' return with companies 
in the FTSE Actuaries Chemicals Industry Sector and in the FTSE Small 
Capitalisation Actuaries Share Index. The maximum award payable in respect of 
a participant is 70 per cent. of his base salary.


Both P.J.S. Johansen's and D.D. O'Neill's service agreements are terminable 
by either Canning or the relevant director giving 12 months' written notice.



D.D. O'Neill's previous contract dated 16th March, 1998 was expressed to be 
terminable on six months' notice by either party during the first six months 
and thereafter on 12 months' notice. A fixed salary of Pounds 90,000 per
annum was payable pursuant to this contract.


The above contracts with P.J.S. Johansen and D.D. O'Neill each contain 
provisions whereby, in the event of a change of control of Canning, the 
executive has 90 days within which he may give Canning written notice of 
termination of his employment forthwith and he is then entitled to receive, 
within 14 days of such notice, a sum equivalent to 12 months' basic salary 
plus 12 months' company pension contributions and taxable benefits in kind.


The contract with D.D. O'Neill contains a further provision whereby, in the 
event of a general offer for the entire issued share capital of Canning, 
within 28 days of the offer becoming unconditional, the executive will be 
entitled to receive a cash bonus payment of Pounds 10,000. This provision is 
effective for so long as the executive holds no options over shares in 
Canning.

Sir Peter Gadsden is appointed as the non-executive deputy chairman of 
Canning under a letter of appointment dated 9th January, 1998 for a term 
expiring at the annual general meeting in May 1999. His current remuneration 
is Pounds 26,250 per annum.

M.A. Fearfield is appointed as a non-executive director under a letter of 
appointment dated 9th January, 1998 for a term expiring at the annual general 
meeting in May, 1999. His current remuneration is Pounds 16,800 per annum.









D.H. Probert is appointed chairman under a letter of appointment dated 30th 
January, 1998 for a term expiring at the annual general meeting in May 2001, 
subject to retirement by rotation before that date. His current remuneration 
is Pounds 60,000 per annum.

The letters of appointment entered into by M.A. Fearfield, D.H. Probert and 
Sir Peter Gadsden with Canning contain provisions to the effect that, if 
within 90 days of a change of control of Canning the director resigns or is 
removed by resolution of shareholders, then within 14 days of such 
resignation or removal becoming effective Canning shall pay the director a 
sum equivalent to 12 months fee.

The Remuneration Committee has agreed with Mr. Probert that he shall be 
entitled to an additional fee of Pounds 30,000 to reflect the additional 
responsibilities he has agreed to assume between 25th September, 1998 (the 
date of resignation of the former chief executive officer of Canning) and the 
end of 1998. It is the Remuneration Committee's intention to review Mr. 
Probert's position at the beginning of 1999.

8.2 Save as disclosed in this document, there are no service agreements with 
Canning Directors which have been entered into or amended within six months 
of this document.


8.3 Save as disclosed in this document, there are no service agreements with 
Canning Directors which have more than 12 months to run or which are 
terminable on 12 or more months' notice.


8.4 Save as disclosed in this document, is not proposed to amend any of the 
service agreements of Canning Directors.

9.  Other information


(a) Neither MacDermid UK nor any person acting in concert with MacDermid UK, 
nor any associate of MacDermid UK, nor Canning nor any associate of Canning, 
has any arrangement in relation to relevant securities. For this 
purpose, "arrangement" includes any indemnity or option arrangement, any 
agreement or understanding formal or informal, of whatever nature, which may 
be an inducement to deal or refrain from dealing, and "relevant securities" 
means relevant securities as defined in the City Code which includes the 
equity share capital of MacDermid UK and Canning, the securities of Canning 
which are being offered for or which carry voting rights and options in 
respect of any of the foregoing and derivatives referenced to any of the 
foregoing;

(b) Save as referred to in this document, there is no agreement, arrangement 
or understanding (including any compensation arrangement) between MacDermid 
or any person acting in concert with it for the purposes of the Offer and any 
of the Directors, recent Directors, shareholders or recent shareholders of 
Canning having any connection with, or dependence upon, or which is 
conditional on, the outcome of the Offer;




(c) There is no agreement, arrangement or understanding whereby the 
beneficial ownership of any of the Canning Shares to be acquired pursuant to 
the Offer will be transferred to any other person, save that MacDermid UK 
reserves the right to transfer such shares to MacDermid;

(d) Lazard Brothers is satisfied that the necessary financial resources are 
available to MacDermid UK for it to implement the Offer;

(e) The principal place of business and registered office of MacDermid is at 
245 Freight Street, Waterbury, Connecticut 06702, USA. The registered office 
of MacDermid UK is at Stafford Park 18, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BN. 
MacDermid UK, a special purpose vehicle for the making of the Offer, is an 
indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of MacDermid. MacDermid UK was 
incorporated in England and Wales on 2nd September, 1998;

(f) The principal place of business and registered office of Canning is at 
133 Great Hampton Street, Birmingham B18 6AS;

(g) Lazard Brothers and SG Hambros have each given and not withdrawn their 
respective written consents to the issue of this document withthe references 
to their respective names in the form and context in which they appear. 
Lazard Brothers and SG Hambros are each regulated by The Securities and 
Futures Authority Limited;

(h) So far as the Directors of MacDermid UK are aware, there have been no 
material changes in the financial or trading position of MacDermid since 31st 
March, 1998 the date to which its last published audited accounts were 
prepared;

(I) So far as the Directors of Canning are aware, there have been no material 
changes in the financial or trading position of Canning since 31st December, 
1997, the date to which its last published audited accounts were prepared; 
and

(j) Unless otherwise stated, financial information concerning MacDermid and 
Canning is derived from the published annual report and accounts of the 
relevant company for the relevant periods or from unaudited interim or 
quarterly results.


10. Documents available for inspection

Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection, during 
normal business hours on any weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays 
excepted) at the offices of Simmons & Simmons, 21 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 
2TX while the Offer remains open for acceptance:

(a) the Memorandum and Articles of Association of MacDermid UK and Canning 
and the Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws of MacDermid;

(b) the audited consolidated accounts of MacDermid for the financial years 
ended 31st March, 1997 and 31st March, 1998;

(c) the audited consolidated accounts of Canning for the financial years 
ended 31st December, 1996 and 31st December, 1997;



(d) the undertakings referred to in paragraph 3 above;

(e) the material contracts referred to in paragraph 7 above;

(f) the contracts with the Directors of Canning referred to in paragraph 8 
above;

(g) the letters of consent referred to in paragraph 9(g) above; and

(h) this Offer document and the Form of Acceptance.
















































                                 Appendix V

                                Definitions

The following definitions apply throughout this document, unless the context 
requires otherwise:

"Canning"                         W. Canning plc

"Canning Group" or "Group"        Canning and its subsidiaries and subsidiary 
                                  undertakings

"Canning Registrars"              Lloyds Bank Registrars

"Canning Shareholders"            holders of Canning Shares

"Canning Share Option Schemes"    the W. Canning 1995 Employee Savings-
                                  Related Share Option Scheme, the W. 
                                  Canning 1985 Share Option Scheme and the W. 
                                  Canning 1995 Executive Share Option Scheme

"Canning Shares"                  existing unconditionally allotted and 
                                  issued fully paid ordinary shares 
                                  of 25p each in Canning and any 
                                  further such shares which are or 
                                  may be unconditionally allotted or 
                                  issued after the date hereof and 
                                  before the date on which the Offer 
                                  closes (or such earlier date or dates 
                                  as MacDermid UK may, subject to the 
                                  City Code, decide), including shares 
                                  unconditionally allotted or issued 
                                  pursuant to the exercise of any options
                                  under the Canning Share Option Schemes

"certificated" or "in certificated form"  a share or other security which is 
                                          not in uncertificated form

"City Code"                       The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

"CREST"                           the relevant system (as defined
                                  in the Regulations) in respect of which
                                  CRESTCo is the Operator (as defined in 
                                  the Regulations)

"CRESTCo"                         CRESTCo Limited

"CREST member"                    a person who has been admitted by CRESTCo
                                  as a system-member (as defined in 
                                  the Regulations)

"CREST participant"               a person who is, in relation to CREST,
                                  a system-participant (as defined
                                  in the Regulations)

"CREST sponsor"                   a CREST participant admitted to CREST
                                  as a CREST sponsor

"CREST sponsored member"          a CREST member admitted to CREST 
                                  as a sponsored member

"Directors"                       the Directors of Canning

"Form of Acceptance"              the form of acceptance and authority 
                                  relating to the Offer accompanying this
                                  document

"IRG"                             IRG plc

"Lazard Brothers"                 Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited

"London Stock Exchange"           London Stock Exchange Limited

"MacDermid UK"                    MacDermid (UK) Limited

"MacDermid"                       MacDermid, Incorporated and, where the 
                                  context so requires, its subsidiaries 
                                  and subsidiary undertakings

"member account ID"               the identification code or number 
                                  attached to any member account in CREST



"Offer"                           the recommended offer by Lazard 
                                  Brothers, on behalf of MacDermid UK,
                                  to acquire the Canning Shares not 
                                  already owned by MacDermid subject to 
                                  the terms and conditions set out in 
                                  this document and in the accompanying 
                                  Form of Acceptance and, where the context 
                                  admits, any subsequent revision, variation 
                                  or renewal thereof or extension thereof

"overseas shareholders"           Canning Shareholders resident in, or
                                  nationals or citizens of, jurisdictions 
                                  outside the UK or who are nominees of, or 
                                  custodians, trustees or guardians for, 
                                  citizens or nationals of other countries

"Panel"                           The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers

"participant ID"                  the identification code or membership 
                                  number used in CREST to identify a 
                                  particular CREST member or other 
                                  CREST participant

"Regulations"                     the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 
                                  1995 (SI 1995 No. 95/3272)

"SG Hambros"                      SG Hambros Corporate Finance Advisory,
                                  a division of Societe Generale

"TFE instruction"                 a Transfer from Escrow instruction (as
                                  defined by the CREST Manual issued by 
                                  CRESTCo)

"TTE instruction"                 a Transfer to Escrow instruction (as
                                  defined by the CREST Manual issued
                                  by CRESTCo)

"UK"                              United Kingdom

"uncertificated" or "in uncertificated form"   recorded on the relevant
                                               register of the share or
                                               security concerned as being 
                                               held in uncertificated form in 
                                               CREST, and title to which, by
                                               virtue of the Regulations, 
                                               may be transferred by means 
                                               of CREST

"United States" or "US"           the United States of America, its
                                  territories and possessions, any state 
                                  of the United States of America and 
                                  the District of Columbia

"US Person"                       a US person as defined in Regulation
                                  S of the United States Securities 
                                  Act 1933 as amended

"US$" or "$"                      United States of America dollars





LOGO

Printed by RR Donnelley Financial, 79688




                          AMENDED AND RESTATED

                       MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT

                        Dated as of October 25, 1998

                        AND AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF
                              DECEMBER 15, 1998

                                    among

                            MacDERMID, INCORPORATED,

                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,

                           as Administrative Agent

                       Letter of Credit Issuing Bank
  
                                    and

                              Swing Line Lender,
     
                                BANKBOSTON, N.A.,
                          
                                AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT,
                 
                                FLEET NATIONAL BANK,
                         
                                AS SYNDICATION AGENT

                                    and

                THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO

                                 Arranged By

                    NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC


















                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

     Section                                              Page


ARTICLE I<2>
         DEFINITIONS                                      2
1.01     Certain Defined Terms                         <3>2
1.02     Other Interpretive Provisions                   29
1.03     Accounting Principles                           30

ARTICLE <4> II  
         THE CREDITS                                     31
2.01     Amounts and Terms of Commitment              <6>31
         (a)     Term Loan                            <7>31
         (b)     Sterling Acquisition Loan               31
         (c)     The Revolving Credit                    31
         (d)     Swing Line Loans                        33
2.02     Loan Accounts                                   35
2.03     Procedure for Borrowing                         36
2.04     Conversion and Continuation Elections 
         for Revolving Loans                             37
2.05     Voluntary Termination or Reduction of 
         Commitments                                     39
2.06     Optional Prepayments of Loans                   40
2.07     Termination of Commitments; Mandatory 
         Prepayments of Loans;  
         Mandatory Commitment Reductions                 40
2.08     Repayment of Loans                           <8>43
2.09     Interest                                        43
2.10     Fees                                            44
     (a)     Agency Fees                                 44
     (b)     Revolving Loan Commitment Fee               44
     (c)     Term Loan Commitment Fee                 <9>45
     (d)     Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment Fee    45
2.11     Computation of Fees and Interest            <10>46
2.12     Payments by a Borrower                          46
2.13     Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative 
         Agent                                           47
2.14     Sharing of Payments, Etc.                   <11>48
2.15     Utilization of Commitments in Offshore 
         Currencies                                      48

ARTICLE III 
         THE LETTERS OF CREDIT FACILITY                  50
3.01     The Letter of Credit Facility                   50
3.02     Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters 
         of Credit                                       51
3.03     Risk Participations, Drawings, Revolving 
         Loans and Reimbursements                        53
3.04     Repayment of Participations                     54
3.05     Role of the Issuing Bank                        55
3.06     Obligations Absolute                        <12>56
3.07     Cash Collateral Pledge                      <13>57
3.08     Letter of Credit Fees                           57
3.09     Existing Letters of Credit                      57

3.10     Uniform Customs and Practice                <14>58

ARTICLE IV <15>
         TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY      <16>58
4.01     Taxes                                       <17>58
4.02     Illegality                                      59
4.03     Increased Costs and Reduction of Return     <18>60
4.04     Funding Losses                              <19>61
4.05     Inability to Determine Rates                <20>62
4.06     Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans                 62
4.07     Certificates of Lenders                     <21>63
4.08     Substitution of Lenders                     <22>63
4.09     Survival                                    <23>63

ARTICLE V
         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                            63
5.01     Conditions to Announcement Date                 63
     (a)     Credit Agreement                            63
     (b)     Resolutions; Incumbency                     63
     (c)     Organization Documents; Good Standing   <25>64
     (d)     Legal Opinions                          <26>64
     (e)     Payment of Fees                             64
     (f)     Certificate                                 64
     (g)     Press Release                           <27>65
     (h)     Consent to Existing Credit Agreement    <28>65
     (i)     Currency Fluctuations Protection            65
     (j)     Environment Review                          65
     (k)     Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Projections; 
             and Financials                              65
     (l)     Solvency Certificates                   <29>66
     (m)     Collateral Documents                        66
     (n)     Other Documents                             66
5.02     Conditions of Initial Funding Date          <30>67
     (a)     Notes                                   <31>67
     (b)     Bring Down Certificate                  <32>67
     (c)     Lender Payoff Letter                    <33>67
     (d)     Solvency Certificates                       67
     (e)     Resolutions; Incumbency                 <34>68
     (f)     Organization Documents; Good Standing   <35>68
     (g)     Collateral Documents                        68
     (h)     Completion of Offer                     <36>69
     (i)     Legal Opinion                           <37>69
     (j)     Applicable Margin Certificate               69
     (k)     Application of Swap Contract Proceeds   <38>70
     (l)     Payment of Fees                         <39>70
     (m)     Other Documents                         <40>70
5.03     Conditions to All Credit Extensions             70
     (a)     Notice, Application                         70
     (b)     Continuation of Representations and 
             Warranties                              <41>71
     (c)     No Existing Default                     <42>71
5.04     First Borrowing by Each Eligible Borrower       71

ARTICLE VI <43>
         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES              <44>73
6.01     Incorporation, Good Standing and Due 
         Qualification                               <45>73
6.02     Corporate Power and Authority; No Conflicts <46>73
6.03     Legally Enforceable Agreements                  73
6.04     Litigation                                      73
6.05     Financial Statements; SEC Filings           <47>74
6.06     Taxes                                           74
6.07     ERISA                                       <48>75
6.08     Subsidiaries and Ownership of Stock         <49>75
6.09     Credit Arrangements                         <50>75
6.10     No Default on Outstanding Judgments or Orders<51>75
6.11     Governmental Regulation                     <52>75
6.12     Environmental Matters                           75
6.13     Margin Stock                                <53>76
6.14     Full Disclosure                             <54>76
6.15     Collateral Documents.                       <55>76
6.16     Solvency                                        76
6.17     Labor Relations                             <56>77
6.18     Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and 
         Licenses, etc.                              <57>77
6.19     Broker's; Transaction Fees                  <58>77
6.20     Insurance                                       77
6.21     Swap Obligations                                77
6.22     Transaction Agreements                      <59>78
6.23     Governmental Authorization                  <60>78
6.24     Year 2000 Compliance                            78
6.25     Representations of Eligible Borrowers       <61>79

ARTICLE VII <62>
         AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                           79
7.01     Reporting Requirements                      <63>80
7.02     Payment of Obligations                      <64>82
7.03     Maintenance of Property; Insurance          <65>82
7.04     Conduct of Business and Maintenance of 
         Existence                                       82
7.05     Compliance with Laws                        <66>83
7.06     Inspection of Property, Books and Records   <67>83
7.07     Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries        83
7.08     Use of Proceeds                                 83
7.09     Solvency                                    <68>84
7.10     Further Assurances                          <69>84
7.11     Foreign Subsidiaries Security               <70>85
7.12     The Offer                                   <71>86
7.13     Bidco Capitalization                        <72>87

ARTICLE VIII 
         NEGATIVE COVENANTS                              87
8.01     Debt                                        <73>88
8.02     Restricted Payments                         <74>88
8.03     Investments                                 <75>89
8.04     Negative Pledge                             <76>90
8.05     Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets <77>90
8.06     Transactions with Affiliates                <78>91
8.07     Change in Business                          <79>92
8.08     Accounting Changes                          <80>92
8.09     Target Operations                               92

ARTICLE IX <81>
         FINANCIAL COVENANTS                         <82>92
9.01     EBIT to Interest Expense Ratio              <83>93
9.02     Minimum Consolidated Net Worth              <84>93
9.03     Maximum Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA   <85>93

ARTICLE X <86>
          EVENTS OF DEFAULT                          <87>94
10.01     Event of Default                           <88>94
10.02     Relevant Events of Default with respect to
          Offer                                      <89>96
10.03     Remedies                                   <90>97
10.04     Rights Not Exclusive                       <91>99
10.05     Permitted Swap Contract Remedies           <92>99

ARTICLE XI <93>
          THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                   <94>99
11.01     Appointment and Authorization; 
          "Administrative Agent"                     <95>99
11.02     Delegation of Duties                      <96>100
11.03     Liability of Administrative Agent         <97>100
11.04     Reliance by Administrative Agent          <98>100
11.05     Notice of Default                         <99>101
11.06     Credit Decision                          <100>101
11.07     Indemnification of Administrative Agent  <101>102
11.08     Administrative Agent in Individual Capacity<102>102
11.09     Successor Administrative Agent           <103>102
11.10     Withholding Tax                          <104>103
11.11     Collateral Matters                       <105>104
11.12     Administrative Agent as English Trustee  <106>105

ARTICLE XII <107>
          MISCELLANEOUS                                 106
12.01     Amendments and Waivers                   <108>106
12.02     Notices                                  <109>107
12.03     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies           <110>107
12.04     Costs and Expenses                       <111>108
12.05     Company Indemnification                  <112>108
12.06     Payments Set Aside                       <113>109
12.07     Successors and Assigns                   <114>109
12.08     Assignments, Participations, etc.        <115>110
12.09     Confidentiality                          <116>112
12.10     Set-off                                  <117>112
12.11     Notification of Addresses, Lending 
          Offices, etc.                            <118>113
12.12     Counterparts                             <119>113
12.13     Severability                             <120>113
12.14     No Third Parties Benefited               <121>113
12.15     Governing Law and Jurisdiction           <122>113
12.16     Waiver of Jury Trial                     <123>114
12.17     Entire Agreement                         <124>115
12.18     Judgment Currency                        <125>115


SCHEDULES

Schedule 1(a)     Reserve Asset Costs
Schedule 2.01     Commitments
Schedule 2.08(d)  Term Loan and Sterling Acquisition Loan Amortization
Schedule 3.09       Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 5.02       Specified Foreign Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.04     Litigation
Schedule 6.05(a)  Company Financial Statements
Schedule 6.05(b)  Target Financial Statements
Schedule 6.08     Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.09     Existing Debt
Schedule 6.12     Environmental Matters
Schedule 6.18     Exceptions to Title for Intellectual Property
Schedule 6.19     Brokers' and Transaction Fees
Schedule 6.21     Existing Swap Contracts
Schedule 8.03(a)  Existing Investments
Schedule 8.03(b)  Existing ViaTek Investments
Schedule 8.04     Existing Liens
Schedule 12.02    Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1     Form of Notice of Borrowing (Certain Funds Period)
Exhibit A-2     Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B       Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C       Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D-1     Form of Legal Opinion of Nutter, McClennen & Fish LLP
Exhibit D-2     Form of Legal Opinion of Simmons & Simmons
Exhibit D-3     Form of Legal Opinion of Allen & Overy
Exhibit E       Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F-1     Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit F-2     Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit F-3     Form of Sterling Acquisition Loan Note
Exhibit F-4     Form of Swing Line Loan Note
Exhibit G       Form of Election to Participate
Exhibit H       Form of Election to Terminate
Exhibit I-1     Form of Company Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I-2     Form of US Holdco Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I-3     Form of Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge Agreement
Exhibit J-1     Form of Company Guaranty
Exhibit J-2     Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
Exhibit K-1     Form of Solvency Certificate - Company,  US Holdco #1 and 
                US Holdco #2
Exhibit K-2   Form of Solvency Certificate - Bidco
Exhibit L     Form of Solvency Certificate - Target
Exhibit M     Form of Announcement Date Notice
Exhibit N     Form of Authorization Letter
Exhibit O     Press Release























                         AMENDED AND RESTATED
                   MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT


This AMENDED AND RESTATED MULTICURRENCY CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as 
of October 25, 1998 and as amended and restated as of December 15, 1998 among 
MacDERMID, INCORPORATED, a Connecticut corporation (the "Company"), the 
several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement 
(collectively, the "Lenders"; individually, a "Lender"), and NationsBank, 
N.A., as letter of credit issuing bank, swing line lender  and <126> 
administrative agent for the Lenders.

                                RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company (such term and each other capitalized term used but not 
defined in these recitals having the meaning assigned to such terms in 
Article I), through MacDermid (UK) Limited, a private limited liability 
company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and an indirect 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company ("Bidco"), intends to acquire W. 
Canning plc, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws 
of England and Wales ("Target"),  pursuant to a recommended cash offer by 
Bidco for all the outstanding shares of Target's capital stock, followed by a 
compulsory squeeze out of the remaining shareholders of Target pursuant to 
Section 428-430F of the Companies Act (the "Squeeze-Out") pursuant to which 
(i) Target will become a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Bidco and (ii) all 
holders of shares of capital stock of Target (other than those acquired 
pursuant to the Offer) will be entitled to receive cash consideration for 
their shares; <124>

WHEREAS, in conection therwith, the Company desires to amend and restatte
the terms and provisions of the Multicurrency Credit agreement, dated as of 
October 25, 1998 (the "Prior Loan Document"), among the Company, the 
existing lenders thereunder and the Agent, in the form hereof in order,
among other things, to facilitate the funding and consummation of the Offer
and the Transaction and to provide for the Loans permitted hereby; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions referenced above, the Lenders 
have agreed to make available to the Company and, in certain circumstances, 
Eligible Borrowers, a multicurrency revolving credit facility, with a letter 
of credit subfacility and, with respect to the Company, a swing line 
subfacility, a term loan facility and an acquisition loan facility upon the 
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and 
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:














                            ARTICLE  I

                            DEFINITIONS

1.01     Certain Defined Terms
     The following terms have the following meanings:

"Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related transactions (other 
than the Transaction) for the purpose of or resulting, directly or 
indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets 
of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition 
of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership 
interests or other equity interests of any Person, or otherwise causing any 
Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other 
combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary) 
provided that the Company or a Subsidiary is the surviving entity.


<128>

"Administrative Agent" means NationsBank in its capacity as agent for the 
Lenders hereunder, or any successor agent arising under Section 11.09.

"Administrative Agent-Related Persons" means NationsBank (solely in its
capacities as administrative agent, letter of credit issuing bank or 
swing line lender hereunder) and any successor  administrative agent arising 
under Section 11.09 or any successor letter of credit issuing bank or swing 
line lender hereunder, together with their respective Affiliates, and the 
officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in- fact of such Persons 
and its Affiliates.

"Administrative Agent's Payment Office" means the address for payments set 
forth on Schedule 12.02 or such other address as the Administrative Agent may 
from time to time specify.

"Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or 
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control 
with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the 
controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or 
cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, 
whether through the ownership of voting securities, membership interests, 
partnership interests or other equity interests, by contract or otherwise, 
but shall with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries specifically 
exclude NationsBank.

"Agreed Alternative Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(e).

<129>

"Aggregate Commitment" means the sum of (a) the Aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitment, (b) the Aggregate Term Loan Commitment and (c) the Aggregate 
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment.

"Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment" means the aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitments of the Lenders equal to Seventy-Five Million Dollars 
($75,000,000), as such amount is increased pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(ii)or
decreased pursuant to Section 2.05<130>.

"Aggregate <131> Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment" means the aggregate <132>
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitments of the Lenders equal to <133>
Forty-Five Million Sterling (Pounds 45,000,000).

"Aggregate Term Loan Commitment" means the aggregate Term Loan Commitments
of the Lenders equal to Two Hundred Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars
($200,300,000).

"Agreement" means this Multicurrency Credit Agreement, as the same may be 
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Agreement Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 12.18.

"Announcement Date" means the date on which all of the conditions precedent 
set forth in Section 5.01 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent 
as evidenced by its delivery of a <134> notice in the form of Exhibit M 
hereto.

"Applicable Currency" means, as to any particular payment, with respect to 
any Loan or Letter of Credit, Dollars or, with respect to Revolving Loans and 
Letters of Credit, the Offshore Currency in which it is denominated or is 
payable.

"Applicable Margin" <135> means on any date the applicable percentage per 
annum set forth below based upon the Level as shown in the Compliance 
Certificate then most recently delivered to the Lenders:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Level      Base Rate Loans   Offshore Rate Loans     Commitment Fee
<S>             <C>                 <C>                  <C>
 I              0.75%               1.75%                0.375%
 II             0.50%               1.50%                0.375%
 III            0.25%               1.25%                0.275%
 IV             0.00%               1.00%                0.250%
 V              0.00%               0.75%                0.250%
</TABLE>


;provided, however, that for the period from (i) the Announcement Date until 
the Initial Funding Date, the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be Level 
II, (ii) the Initial Funding Date until the date which is the 180th day 
following the Initial Funding Date, the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to 
be the Level which is the higher of (x) Level II and (y) the Applicable 
Margin as determined pursuant to the most recent Compliance Certificate 
delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01(c) and (iii) thereafter, 
the Applicable Margin as determined pursuant to the most recent Compliance 
Certificate; and provided further that, if  the Company shall have failed to 
deliver the Applicable Margin certificate referred to in Section 5.02(j) or 
any Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 7.01(c), in each case by the 
date required, or if any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing, then from the date such Applicabel Margin certificate or
Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date of such 
delivery or the cure or waiver in writing of such other Event of Default, as 
the case may be, the Applicable Margin shall be deemed to be Level I.  Each 
change in the Applicable Margin shall take effect with respect to all 
outstanding Loans and fees on the first Business Day immediately succeeding 
the day on which such Compliance Certificate is received by the 
Administrative Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no reduction in the 
Applicable Margin shall be effected if an Event of Default shall have 
occurred and be continuing on the date when such change would otherwise 
occur, it being understood that on the first Business Day immediately 
succeeding the day on which such Event of Default is either waived or cured 
(assuming no other Event of Default shall be then pending), the Applicable 
Margin shall be reduced (on a prospective basis) in accordance with the then 
most recently delivered Compliance Certificate.

"Asset Disposition" means the direct or indirect sale, assignment, 
conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in one or a series of 
transactions) of any property or assets (including accounts and notes 
receivable, with or without recourse), or the entering into an agreement to 
do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the Company and Qualified 
Subsidiaries shall at all times be permitted to effect such sales, 
assignments, conveyances, transfers and other dispositions  among such 
Persons, and such permitted dispositions shall be specifically excluded from 
the definition of Asset <136> Disposition.

"Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section 12.08(a).

"Attorney Costs" means and includes all reasonable and customary fees and 
disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and, without 
duplication, the reasonable allocated cost of internal legal services and all 
reasonable disbursements of internal counsel.

"Authorization Letter" <137> means the letter agreement executed by an 
Eligible Borrower in the form of Exhibit N.


"Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. 
S101, et seq.).

"Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of:  (a)  0.50% per annum above 
the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b)  the rate of interest in effect for 
such day as publicly announced from time to time by NationsBank in Charlotte, 
North Carolina as its "reference rate."  The "reference rate" is a rate set 
by NationsBank based upon various factors including NationsBank's costs and 
desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as 
a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or 
below such announced rate.  Any change in the reference rate announced by 
NationsBank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified 
in the public announcement of such change.

"Base Rate Loan" means a Loan or an L/C Advance that bears interest based on 
the Base Rate.

"Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee benefit plan within the 
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or Multiemployer Plan 
and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any member of the 
ERISA Group.

"Bidco" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"Borrower" means the Company <138> or any Eligible Borrower, as the 
context may require, and their respective successors and assigns, and 
"Borrowers" means all of the foregoing.

"Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of the same Type 
and in the same Applicable Currency made to a Borrower on the same day by the 
Lenders under Article II, and, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, having the 
same Interest Period.

"Borrowing Date" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under Section 
2.03.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on 
which commercial banks in New York or Charlotte, North Carolina are 
authorized or required by law to close and (i) with respect to disbursements 
and payments in Dollars with respect to any Loan bearing interest based upon 
the Offshore Rate, a day on which dealings are carried on in the applicable 
offshore Dollar interbank market, and (ii) with respect to any disbursements 
and payments in and calculations pertaining to any Offshore Currency Loan, a 
day on which commercial banks are open for foreign exchange business in 
London, England, and on which dealings in the relevant Offshore Currency are 
carried on in the applicable offshore foreign exchange interbank market in 
which disbursements or payment in such Offshore Currency will be made or 
received hereunder.

"Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline, request or directive of 
any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or 
regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding 
capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

"Cash Collateralize" means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the 
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the 
Issuing Bank and the Lenders, as additional collateral for the Obligations, 
cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and 
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent <139>.  Derivatives of 
such term shall have corresponding meaning. 

"Cash Equivalents" means:

(a)     securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States 
Government or any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of 
the United States having maturities of not more than one year from the date 
of acquisition;

(b)     certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurocurrency time deposits, 
repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, or bankers' 
acceptances, having in each case a tenor of not more than one year, issued by 
any Lender, or by any commercial bank having combined capital and surplus of 
not less than $100,000,000 and either located in the U.S. or with respect to 
Foreign Subsidiaries organized under the laws of an Approved Country (as 
defined in clause (d) below) whose short term securities are rated at least 
A-1 by <140> S&P and P-1 by Moody's <141> or with respect to banks located in 
an Approved Country the equivalent thereof;

(c)     commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by <142> S&P or P-1 
by Moody's <143> and in either case having a tenor of not more than six 
months; and

(d)     with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries organized under the laws of an 
Approved Country, government obligations of <144> the United Kingdom and of 
any other country approved by the Administrative Agent or whose debt 
securities are rated by S&P and Moody's A-1 or P-1, respectively, or the 
equivalent thereof (if a short-term debt rating is provided by either) or at 
least AA or AA2, respectively, or the equivalent thereof (if a long-term 
unsecured debt rating is provided by either (each such country, an "Approved 
Country"), in each case with maturities of less than 12 months.

"Certain Funds Period" means the period commencing on the first day after the 
Announcement Date and ending on whichever is the earlier of (a) the date on 
which the Aggregate Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section 2.07(a) 
<145>,  (b) the Business Day following the Squeeze-Out Date and (c) the date 
which is six (6) calendar months after the Announcement Date; provided, 
however, that the date set forth in clause (c) above shall be extended by an 
additional one (1) month and two weeks if Bidco has initiated the Squeeze-Out 
during the initial six months after the Announcement Date.  

"Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition by any person (other than <146> 
a Plan, the MacDermid, Incorporated Employee Pension Plan, the MacDermid, 
Incorporated Employee Profit Sharing Plan, the MacDermid, Incorporated 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan or other qualified ERISA plan (other than a 
Multiemployer Plan)) <147>, or two or more Persons acting in concert, of 
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 <148> as 
amended) of 30% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the 
Company, or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, 
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Company's 
board of directors (together with any new directors whose election by the 
Company's board of directors or whose nomination for election by the 
Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the 
directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of 
such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so 
approved) cease for any reasons other than death or disability to constitute 
a majority of the directors then in office. 

"Chase" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its individual capacity

"City Code" means The City Code on Take-overs and Mergers as issued by the 
Panel on Take-overs and Mergers in the United Kingdom.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and regulations promulgated 
thereunder.

"Collateral" means all property and interests in property and proceeds 
thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by a Borrower or any Subsidiary 
Guarantor in or upon which a Lien now or hereafter exists in favor of the 
Lenders, or the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself, the Issuing Bank 
and the Lenders, whether under this Agreement or under any other document 
executed by any such Persons and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

"Collateral Documents" means, collectively <148> (if and when each such document
is required to be executed and delivered hereunder), (a) each Credit 
Agreement Guaranty, the Pledge Agreements and all other pledge agreements, 
guarantees and other similar agreements between a Borrower or its 
Subsidiaries and the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of 
itself, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, now or hereafter delivered to the 
Lenders or the Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with the 
transactions contemplated hereby, and all financing statements (or comparable 
documents now or hereafter filed in accordance with the Uniform Commercial 
Code or comparable law) against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as 
debtor in favor of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, for the benefit 
of itself, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, as secured party, and (b) any 
amendments, supplements, modifications, renewals, replacements, 
consolidations, substitutions and extensions of any of the foregoing.

"Commencement Date" means the first day of the third stage of EMU.

"Commitments" means, collectively, the Revolving Loan Commitment (including 
the L/C Commitment and Swing Line Loan Commitment thereunder), the Term Loan 
Commitment and the Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment.

"Commitment <150> Fee"means, collectively, the Revolving Loan Commitment Fee,
the Term Loan Commitment Fee and the Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment 
Fee.

"Companies Act" means the Companies Act of 1985 of the United Kingdom.

"Company" means MacDermid, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation.








"Company Guaranty" means the Guaranty to be executed and delivered 
by the Company in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit J-1.

"Company Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement to be executed and 
delivered by the Company in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I-
1.

"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form of 
Exhibit C.

"Computation Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).

"Consolidated EBIT" means, for any period the sum of (a) Consolidated Net 
Income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, plus 
(b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, the sum of 
(i) Consolidated Interest Expense and (ii) consolidated taxes of the Company 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that 
for all purposes for any businesses acquired (whether by purchase accounting 
or pooling accounting) during the period of determination (including Target 
and its Subsidiaries), Consolidated EBIT for such period shall be determined 
on a pro forma basis as if such acquisition had occurred as of the beginning 
of such period (including synergies agreed to by the Administrative Agent in 
its reasonable discretion); provided, further, that without the consent of 
the Administrative Agent and the Majority Banks, the Consolidated EBIT being 
added as a result of any such acquisition shall not exceed (i) in the case 
that only unaudited financial statements are available with respect to the 
assets, Person or division being acquired (whether by merger, stock or asset 
purchase, or otherwise), the amount of Consolidated EBIT of the acquiree on a 
stand alone basis being added from such acquisition shall not exceed 15% of 
the otherwise applicable amount of Consolidated EBIT of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries (other than the acquiree) taken as a whole, or (ii) the instance 
that unqualified audited financial statements in accordance with GAAP are 
available for <151> the acquiree, then 100% of the Consolidated EBIT of 
<152> the acquiree.


"Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net 
Income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, plus 
(b) to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the 
sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) consolidated depreciation and 
amortization expense and (iii) consolidated taxes of the Company and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that for all 
purposes for any businesses acquired (whether by purchase accounting or 
pooling accounting) during the period of determination (including Target and 
its Subsidiaries), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be determined on 
a pro forma basis as if such acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of 
such period (including synergies agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its 
reasonable discretion); provided, further, that without the consent of the 
Administrative Agent and the Majority Banks, the Consolidated EBITDA being 
added as a result of any such acquisition shall not exceed (i) in the case 
that only unaudited financial statements are available with respect to the 
assets, Person or division being acquired (whether by merger, stock or asset 
purchase, or otherwise), the amount of Consolidated EBITDA of the acquiree on 
a stand alone basis being added from such acquisition shall not exceed 15% of 
the otherwise applicable amount of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries (other than the acquiree) taken as a whole, or (ii) <153> the 
instance that unqualified audited financial statements in accordance with 
GAAP are available for <154> the acquiree, then 100% of the Consolidated 
EBITDA of <155> the acquiree.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest expense 
of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated 
basis for such period.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the 
Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period as adjusted to 
exclude the following:

(a)     the effect of each change in accounting principles;

(b)     any gain, together with any related provisions for taxes on such 
gain, realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company 
or any Consolidated Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback 
transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary 
course of business;

(c)     any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on 
such gain, realized in connection with the extinguishment of any Debt of the 
Company or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries;

(d)     all extraordinary gains and losses determined in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

(e)     subject to the proviso below, the net income (to the extent not 
distributed to the Company in cash) or loss of any Person that is not a 
Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company or that the Company accounts for by 
the equity method of accounting; and

(f)     the net income or loss of any Person acquired in a pooling of 
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

provided, however, that to the extent deducted in determining net income at 
any time during the nine month period following the Initial Funding Date, and 
without duplication, Consolidated Net Income shall be adjusted to include the 
following:

               (i)     non-cash charges relating to the Transaction;
               
               (ii)     cash charges relating to the Transaction in an 
                        aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000; and   

               (iii)     cash charges (other than as provided in clause (ii)) 
                         relating to the Transaction and reasonably 
                         acceptable to the Administrative Agent.




"Consolidated Net Worth" means at any date the consolidated stockholders' 
equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as <156> at such 
date.

"Consolidated Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary whose accounts are, or are 
required to be, consolidated with the accounts of the Company.

"Consolidated Total Debt" means with respect to the Company and its 
Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) at any date the sum of (i) total Debt 
of the type described in <157> clauses (a), (b) and (d) contained in the 
definition of Debt, (ii) all standby letters of credit, other than <158> at 
any time that Galvanevet s.r.l. is not a Consolidated Subsidiary, Existing 
Letters of Credit related to or given in connection with the Galvanevet 
acquisition, and (y) standby letters of credit backing trade obligations 
incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate Stated Amount up 
to $5,000,000, and (iii) Guarantees of Debt of any Person other than the 
Company or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

"Conversion/Continuation Date" means any date on which, under Section 2.04, 
the Company (a) converts Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) of one Type to 
another Type, or (b) continues as Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) of the 
same Type, but with a new Interest Period, Loans having Interest Periods 
expiring on such date.

<159> "Credit Agreement Guaranty<160>" means, collectively, if and when each 
such document is executed and delivered (a) the Company Guaranty, (b) the 
Subsidiary Guaranty and (c) each guaranty required to be delivered by a 
Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.11, in each case in favor of the 
Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, 
as each of the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from 
time to time.

"Credit Extension" means and includes (a) the making of any Loans hereunder, 
and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder.

"Debt" means, with respect to any Person at any date, without duplication: 
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of 
such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar 
instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase 
price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the 
ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee 
which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, (e) all obligations of such Person to reimburse or prepay any 
bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, 
banker's acceptance or similar instrument, whether drawn or undrawn 
(provided, however, if the Company provides standby letters of credit or bank 
guarantees in support of obligations of a Subsidiary, only the underlying 
obligation and not the contingent liability created by the letter of credit 
or bank guaranty shall be treated as Debt of the Company and such 
Subsidiary), (f) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of 
such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person, (g) all 
obligations of such Person under a synthetic lease transaction and (h) all  
Guarantees.

"Default" means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, 
the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during 
such time) constitute an Event of Default.

"Deutschemarks" and the sign "DM" <161> each mean the  lawful currency of 
Germany.

"Dollars", "dollars" and the symbol "$" each mean the lawful currency of the 
United States.

"Dollar Equivalent" means, at any time, (a) as to any amount denominated in 
Dollars, the amount thereof at such time and (b) as to any amount denominated 
in an Offshore Currency, the equivalent amount in Dollars as determined by 
the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate for the 
purchase of Dollars with such Offshore Currency on the most recent 
Computation Date.

"Domestic Subsidiary" means each Subsidiary <162> that is organized 
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

"Effective Amount" means:

     (a)     with respect to any Revolving Loans on any date, the Dollar 
Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving 
effect to any Borrowing and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans 
occurring on such date;

     (b)     with respect to any outstanding L/C Obligations on any date, the 
Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of such L/C Obligations on such 
date after giving effect to the Issuance of any Letter of Credit occurring on 
such date and any other changes in the amount of the L/C Obligations as of 
such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid 
drawings under Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount 
available for drawing under the Letters of Credit taking effect on such date;

(c)     with respect to any Swing Line Loan on any date, the aggregate 
outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowing and 
prepayments or repayments of Swing Line Loans occurring on such date;

     (d)     with respect to any Term Loan on any date, the aggregate 
outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowing and 
prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such <163>date; and

     (e)     with respect to any Sterling Acquisition Loan on any date, the 
aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any 
Borrowing and prepayments or repayments of Sterling Acquisition Loans occurring
on such date.

For purposes of Section 2.07, the Effective Amount shall be determined 
without giving effect to any mandatory prepayments to be made under said 
Section.

"Election to Participate" means an Election to Participate executed by an 
Eligible Borrower and substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

"Election to Terminate" means an Election to Terminate executed by an 
Eligible Borrower and substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

"Eligible Assignee" means (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of 
the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital and 
surplus of at least $100,000,000; (b) a commercial bank organized under the 
laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic 
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any 
such country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least 
$100,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency 
located in the United States; (c) a Person that is primarily engaged in the 
business of commercial banking and that is (i) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (ii) 
a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary, or (iii) a Person 
of which a Lender is a Subsidiary; (d) a commercial finance company or 
finance subsidiary of a corporation organized under the laws of the United 
States of America, or any State thereof, and having total assets in excess of 
$100,000,000; (e) a savings bank or savings and loan association organized 
under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof, and 
having total assets in excess of $100,000,000; (f) as to the Term Loans, an 
"accredited investor" as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D 
under the <164> Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than the Company or 
an Affiliate of the Company); and (g) any other entity approved by the 
Company and the Administrative Agent.


"Eligible Borrower" means any (a) Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary that 
is a Domestic Subsidiary <165> the capital stock of which has been 
delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement and 
<166> (b) Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary <167> that is a 
Foreign Subsidiary whose ultimate non-U.S. parent's capital stock has been 
delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, and in 
each case as to which an Election to Participate shall have been delivered to 
the Administrative Agent and as to which an Election to Terminate shall not 
have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Each such Election to 
Participate and Election to Terminate shall be duly executed on behalf of 
such Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary and the Company in such number of 
copies as the Administrative Agent may request. The delivery of an Election 
to Terminate shall not affect any obligation of an Eligible Borrower 
theretofore incurred.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice to 
the Lenders of the receipt of any Election to Participate or Election to 
Terminate.

"EMU" means European Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated by the 
Treaty establishing the European Community.

"EMU Legislation" means legislative measures of the European Council in 
relation to EMU.














"Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local and foreign 
statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules, 
judgments, orders, decrees, injunctions, permits, conversions, grants, 
franchises, licenses, agreements and other governmental restrictions relating 
to the environment, to the effect of the environment on human health or to 
emissions, discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous 
Substances or wastes into the environment, including ambient air, surface 
water, ground water or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, 
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or 
handling of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Substances or wastes or the 
clean up or other remediation thereof.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended 
from time to time, or any successor statute including any rules and 
regulations promulgated thereunder.

"ERISA Group" means the Company, any Subsidiary and all members of a 
controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not 
incorporated) under common control which, together with the Company or any 
Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section 414(c) of the 
Code.

"euro" means the single currency of the Participating Member States to be 
introduced on the Commencement Date.

"euro unit" means a currency unit of the euro as defined in EMU Legislation.

"Eurocurrency  Reserve Percentage" has the meaning specified in the 
definition of "Offshore Rate".

"Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances specified in 
Section 10.01.

"Existing Credit Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, 
dated as of August 23, 1996, as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of 
March 30, 1998, the Second Amendment, dated as of April 24, 1998, the Third 
Amendment, dated as of June 26, 1998 and the Fourth Amendment, dated as of 
August 5, 1998, among the Company, the financial institutions from time to 
time party thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as agent.

"Existing Letters of Credit" shall mean each letter of credit listed on 
Schedule <168> 3.09.

"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any Governmental 
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.










"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly 
statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, 
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such 
successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the caption 
"Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so 
published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such day will be 
the arithmetic mean as determined by the Administrative Agent of the rates 
for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 
a.m. (New York City time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of 
Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the Administrative 
Agent.

"Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a).

"Foreign Subsidiary" means each Subsidiary <169> that is not a 
Domestic Subsidiary.

"Francs" and the symbol "FF" <170> each mean the lawful currency of France.

"FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and any 
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

"Further Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, 
assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar 
charges (including, without limitation, net income taxes and franchise 
taxes), and all liabilities with respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction 
on account of amounts payable or paid pursuant to Section 4.01.

"FX Trading Office" means the Foreign Exchange Trading Center Charlotte, 
North Carolina of NationsBank, or such other foreign exchange trading center 
of NationsBank as it may designate from time to time.


"GAAP" means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles set forth from 
time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles 
Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and 
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or 
agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within 
the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as 
of the date of determination; provided, however, that for purposes of all 
computations required to be made with respect to compliance by the Company 
with Sections 9.01, 9.02<171> and 9.03, such term shall mean generally 
accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement, 
applied in a manner consistent with those used in preparing the financial 
statements referred to in Section 6.05(a).

"Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state or other 
political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or 
regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, 
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to 
government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through 
stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person 
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any 
Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, 
direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase 
or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt 
or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, 
by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, 
to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) 
or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the 
obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect 
such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided 
that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or 
deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a 
verb has a corresponding meaning.

"Guilders" means the lawful currency of the Netherlands.

"Hazardous Substances" means any toxic, radioactive, caustic or otherwise 
hazardous substance, including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and 
other hydro-carbons, or any substance having any constituent elements 
displaying any of the foregoing characteristics and any other element, 
compound, mixture, solution or substance which poses a present or potential 
hazard to human health or the environment.

"Honor Date" shall mean the date that any amount is paid by the Issuing Bank 
under any Letter of Credit.

<172>"Indemnified Liabilities<173>" has the meaning specified in Section 
12.05.

"Indemnified Party" has the meaning specified in Section 12.05.

"Initial Funding Date" means the date on which all of the conditions 
precedent set forth in Section 5.02 are satisfied in all material respects or
waived by the <174> Majority Lenders and the initial Loans are made by the 
Lenders hereunder to the Company to facilitate the purchase by Bidco of the 
Target Shares 
pursuant to the Offer .

"Insolvency Proceeding" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any case, 
action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or other 
Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, 
liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or 
(b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, 
marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect 
of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; 
undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy 
Code or any foreign equivalent.


"Intercompany Debt" means Debt representing loans from the Company or any 
Qualified Subsidiary to a Non- Qualified Subsidiary.

"Interest Payment Date" means, as to any (i) Offshore Rate Loan, the last day 
of each Interest Period applicable to such Offshore Rate Loan, (ii) Base Rate 
Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and 
(iii) any Swing Line Loan <175> bearing interest at the Quoted Rate, the date 
such Swing Line Loan is to be repaid; provided, however, that if any Interest 
Period exceeds three months, the date that falls three months after the 
beginning of such Interest Period and after each Interest Payment Date 
thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date.



"Interest Period" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period commencing 
on the Borrowing Date of such Offshore Rate Loan or on the 
Conversion/Continuation Date on which the relevant <176> Loan is 
converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and ending (x) with 
respect to any Offshore Rate Loan made on the Initial Funding Date or on the 
Business Day following the Initial Funding Date, on March 31, 1999 and (y) 
with respect to all other Offshore Rate Loans, on the date one, two, 
three or six months thereafter as selected by the Company in its 
Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

provided that:

     (a)     if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not 
a Business Day, <177> such Interest Period shall be extended to the following 
Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such 
Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest 
Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

     (b)     any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a 
calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding 
day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on 
the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest 
Period; 

     (c)     no Interest Period for any Term Loan or Sterling Acquisition 
Loan shall extend beyond the Maturity Date and no Interest Period for any 
Revolving Loan shall extend beyond the Revolving Loan Termination Date; and

     (d)     no Interest Period applicable to a Term Loan or Sterling 
Acquisition Loan or portion thereof shall extend beyond any Principal Payment 
Date unless the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans and Sterling 
Acquisition Loans  represented by Base Rate Loans or Offshore Rate Loans 
having Interest Periods that will expire on or before such date, equals or 
exceeds the amount of the principal payment due on such Principal Payment 
Date.

"Investment" means any investment in any Person, whether by means of share 
purchase, capital contribution, loan, time deposit or otherwise.


"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental Authority 
succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

"Issuance Date" means the date upon which the Issuing Bank Issues a Letter of 
Credit.

"Issue" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to extend 
the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of Credit; 
and the terms "Issued," "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding meanings.

"Issuing Bank" means (x) NationsBank in its capacity as issuer of the Letters of
Credit (other than Existing Letters of Credit) hereunder, together with 
any replacement letter of credit issuer arising under Section 11.01(b) or 
Section 11.09 and (y) Chase in its capacity as issuer of the Existing 
Letters of Credit hereunder.




"Joint Venture" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership, limited 
liability company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether 
created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity) now or 
hereafter formed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another 
Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

"Judgment Currency" has the meaning specified in Section 12.18.

"L/C Advance" means each Revolving Lender's participation in any L/C 
Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Revolving Share.

"L/C Amendment Application" means an application form for amendment of 
outstanding Letters of Credit as shall at any time be in use at the Issuing 
Bank, as the Issuing Bank shall request.

"L/C Application" means an application form for issuances of Letters of 
Credit as shall at any time be in use at the Issuing Bank, as the Issuing 
Bank shall request.

"L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under 
any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date when 
made <178> or converted into a Borrowing of Revolving Loans under Section 
3.03(b).

"L/C Commitment" means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to Issue, and the 
commitment of the Revolving Lenders severally to participate in, Letters of 
Credit from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an 
aggregate amount not to exceed on any date the Effective Amount of 
$38,000,000 (of which amount (x) no more than the Effective Amount of 
$15,000,000 shall be attributable to Letters of Credit issued on and after 
the Initial Funding Date not relating to <179>Existing Letters of Credit 
<180> and (y) no more than the Effective Amount of $23,000,000 shall be 
attributable to Existing Letters of Credit), as the same shall be reduced as 
a result of a reduction in the L/C Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05; 
provided that the L/C Commitment is a part of the combined Revolving Loan 
Commitments, rather than a separate, independent commitment.

"L/C-Related Documents" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C Applications, 
the L/C Amendment Applications and any other document relating to any Letter 
of Credit, including any of the Issuing Bank's standard form documents for 
letter of credit issuances.

"L/C Obligations" means the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all 
Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (ii) the amount of all unreimbursed 
drawings under all Letters of Credit, including all outstanding L/C 
Borrowings.

"Lender" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.  
References to the "Lenders" shall include NationsBank, including in its 
capacity as Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender and any other Lender assuming 
such capacity in the future, and for purposes of clarification only, to the 
extent that NationsBank may have any rights or obligations in addition to 
those of the Lenders due to its status as Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, 
its status as such will be specifically referenced.






"Lending Office" means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such 
Lender specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or 
"Offshore Lending Office", as the case may be, on Schedule 12.02, or such 
other office or offices as such Lender may from time to time notify the 
Company and the Administrative Agent. 

"Letters of Credit" means any letter of credit issued by Issuing Bank 
hereunder, and any amendments thereto or replacements thereof, pursuant to 
Article III, and each Existing Letter of Credit.

"Level" means, and includes, Level I, Level II, Level III,  Level IV or Level 
V, whichever is in effect at the relevant time.

"Level I" shall exist at any time the Leverage Ratio is greater than 
3.50:1.0.

"Level II" shall exist at any time the Leverage Ratio is equal to or less 
than 3.50:1.0 but greater than 3.00:1.0.

"Level III" shall exist at any time the Leverage Ratio is equal to or less 
than 3.00:1.0 but greater than 2.50:1.0.

"Level IV" shall exist at any time the Leverage Ratio is equal to or less 
than 2.50:1.0 but greater than 2.00:1.0.

"Level V" shall exist at any time the  Leverage Ratio is equal to or less 
than 2.00:1.0.

"Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any period, the ratio of Consolidated 
Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA tested as of the end of each fiscal quarter 
for the preceding four fiscal quarters.

"LIBOR" has the meaning specified in the definition "Offshore Rate".

"Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, 
hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien 
(statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature 
whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising 
under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention 
agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing 
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, 
or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the asset to 
which such lien relates as debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code or any 
comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to provide any of the 
foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating 
lease.

"Lira" means the lawful currency of Italy.

"Loan" means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article 
II or Article III in the form of a Revolving Loan, a Term Loan, <181> a 
Sterling Acquisition Loan, a Swing Line Loan or a L/C Borrowing.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, any Notes, the Fee Letter, the L/C-
Related Documents, the Collateral Documents, each Election to Participate, 
each Authorization Letter and all other documents delivered to the 
Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith.

"Majority Lenders" means (a) prior to the termination of the Commitments, 
Lenders holding at least 51% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of 
Term Loans and Sterling Acquisition Loans plus the Revolving Loan Commitments 
and <182> or (b) if the Commitments have been terminated, Lenders holding at 
least 51% of the then unpaid principal amount of  Loans <183> and L/C 
Obligations.

"Mandatory Cost" means the cost imputed to the Lender(s) of compliance with:

     (a)     the Mandatory Liquid Assets requirements of the Bank of England 
and/or the banking supervision or other costs of the Financial Services 
Authority as determined in accordance with Schedule 1(a); and

     (b)     any other applicable regulatory or central bank requirement 
relating to any Loan made through a branch in the jurisdiction of the 
currency of that Loan.

"Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in Regulation 
<184> T, U  or X of the FRB. 

"Material Debt" means Debt (other than the Notes) of the Company and/or one 
or more of its Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, individually 
or in the aggregate, exceeding $5,000,000.

"Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans having an aggregate amount 
of Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $1,000,000.

"Material Subsidiary" means US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2, Bidco, Target, each 
Eligible Borrower and any other Subsidiary of the Company whose assets 
constitute 5% or more of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
taken as a whole.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

"Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan 
within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the 
ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or 
has within the preceding five (5) plan years made contributions, including 
for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group 
during such five year <185> period.

"national currency unit" means the currency unit (other than a euro unit) of 
a Participating Member State.

"NationsBank" means NationsBank, N.A., a national banking association, 
individually.

"Net Proceeds" means proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent 
financial instruments (including Cash Equivalents) as and when received by 
the Person making an Asset Disposition, net of: (a) the direct costs relating 
to such Asset Disposition (excluding amounts payable to the Company or any 
Affiliate of the Company), (b) all taxes paid or payable as a result thereof 
and (c) amounts required to be applied to repay principal, interest and 
prepayment premiums and penalties on Debt secured by a Lien on the asset 
which is the subject of such Asset Disposition.

"Non-Qualified Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is not a Qualified 
Subsidiary.

"Note" means a promissory note executed by a Borrower in favor of a Lender 
pursuant to Section 2.02(b), in substantially the form of Exhibit F-1, with 
respect to Revolving Loans, Exhibit F-2, with respect to Term Loans, Exhibit 
F-3, with respect to Sterling Acquisition Loans and Exhibit F-4, with respect
to <186> Swing Line <187> Loans.

"Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially the form of (a) Exhibit 
A-1 with respect to a Borrowing of Sterling Acquisition Loans or Term Loans 
on a Business Day during the Certain Funds Period and (b) Exhibit A-2 with 
respect to any other Borrowing.

"Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in substantially the form 
of Exhibit B.

"Obligations" means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants 
and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by the Company to any 
Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Indemnified Party, whether direct or 
indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, 
due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.


"Offer" means the cash offer, recommended by the Directors of the Target, for 
the Target Shares made or to be made by Bidco on the terms and conditions 
contained in the Press Release, as such offer may be amended, varied or 
waived in compliance with Section 7.12.

"Offer Document" means the document to be issued to the shareholders of 
Target containing the Offer outlined in the Press Release.

"Offshore Currency" means, at any time, Sterling, Deutschemarks, Guilders, 
Pesetas, Yen, Francs, Lira, Swiss Francs, euros and/or euro units or such 
other currency as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders 
in accordance with Section 2.15(e); provided, that on the Commencement Date, 
each obligation under this Agreement denominated in a national currency unit 
will, forthwith (but otherwise in accordance with EMU Legislation), be 
redenominated into the euro.  Following redenomination described in the 
preceding sentence, (i) all Loans requested in the currency of a 
Participating Member State shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, be 
made in euro units; and (ii) payments by <188> a Borrower to the 
Lenders in the currency of a Participating Member State shall be made in euro 
units.

"Offshore Currency Loan" means any Revolving Loan that is an Offshore Rate 
Loan denominated in an Offshore Currency and any Sterling Acquisition Loan.

"Offshore Rate" means, for any Interest Period, with respect to Offshore Rate 
Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest per annum 
(rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative 
Agent as follows:

Offshore Rate =                LIBOR                       
                     1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage








Where,

"Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage" means for any day for any Interest Period 
the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the 
next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day (whether or not applicable to any 
bank or Lender) under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for 
determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, 
supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to 
Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities"); 
and


"LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum determined by the Administrative 
Agent to be the rate of interest per annum at which deposits, in the 
Applicable Currency in the approximate amount of the Loan to be made or 
continued as, or converted into, an Offshore Rate Loan by the entity that is the
Administrative Agent and having a maturity comparable to such Interest 
Period, would be offered to major banks in the <189> London interbank market 
at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days 
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period rounded upwards to the next 
1/100th of 1%.

The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to all Offshore Rate 
Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the 
Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.  In the case of Offshore Currency Loans, the 
cost to the Lenders of complying with any Mandatory Costs will be added to 
the interest rate computed in the manner set forth in Schedule 1(a).

"Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan (other than Swing Line Loans) that bears 
interest based on the Offshore Rate.

"Organization Documents" means, for any corporation, partnership, limited 
libility company or other similar organization or business entry, the 
certificate or articles of incorporation, partnership agreement, limited 
liability company agreement, memorandum or articles of association, the 
bylaws, any certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights 
of preferred shareholders of such corporation or other entity, any 
shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable resolutions of the board of 
directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation or other entity.  

"Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes 
or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise 
from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, 
enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement 
or any other Loan Documents.

"Overnight Rate" means, for any day, the rate of interest per annum at which 
overnight deposits in the Applicable Currency, in an amount approximately 
equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, 
would be offered for such day by NationsBank's London Branch to major banks 
in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market.

"Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 12.08(d).

"Participating Member State" means a member state of the European Union that 
adopts a single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the 
European Community.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity 
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

"Permitted Liens" means:

     (a)     in the case of real properties, easements, restrictions, 
exceptions, reservations or defects which, in the aggregate, do not interfere 
materially with the continued use of such properties for the purposes for 
which they are used and do not affect materially the value thereof;

     (b)     liens, if contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and 
appropriate reserves are maintained , in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles, with respect thereto;

     (c)     pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workmen's 
compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure performance in 
connection with bids, tenders and contracts (other than contracts for the 
payment of borrowed money) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is 
a party;

     (d)     deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (e)     materialmen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's or other like 
liens arising in the ordinary course of business, or deposits of cash or 
United States obligations to obtain the release of such liens;

     (f)     deposits to secure surety or appeal bonds in proceedings to 
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

     (g)     existing leases by the Company or its Subsidiaries of real and 
personal property;

     (h)     liens for taxes not yet due and payable; and

     (i)     liens on the assets of Target and its Subsidiaries to the extent 
such liens were in effect prior to the Announcement Date and are otherwise 
acceptable to the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent's 
reasonable discretion.

"Permitted Swap Obligations" means all obligations (contingent or otherwise) 
of the Company or any Subsidiary existing or arising under Swap Contracts, 
provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied:  (I)(a) such 
obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course 
of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with 
liabilities, commitments or assets held or reasonably anticipated by such 
Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person in 
conjunction with a securities repurchase program not otherwise prohibited 
hereunder, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view" and 
(b) such Swap Contracts do not contain (i) any provision ("walk-away" 
provision) exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make 
payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party, or (ii) any 
provision creating or permitting the declaration of an event of default, 
termination event or similar event upon the occurrence of an Event of Default 
<190> (other than an Event of Default under Section 10.01(a))<191> or (II) 
such Swap Contract was entered into prior to the Announcement Date and is 
listed on Schedule 6.21.

"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability 
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated 
association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

"Pesetas" means the lawful currency of Spain.

"Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a 
Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the 
minimum funding standards set forth in Section 412 of the Code and either (a) 
is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA Group for 
employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (b) has at any time within the 
preceding five (5) years been maintained, or contributed to, by any Person 
which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any 
Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

"Pledge Agreements" means, collectively, if and when each such document is 
executed and delivered, (a) the Company Pledge Agreement, (b) each US Holdco 
Pledge Agreement, (c) the Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge Agreement and (d) each 
pledge agreement required to be delivered by a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to 
Section 7.11, in each case pledging the stock of their respective 
Subsidiaries and (other than with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries) 
intercompany notes to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself, 
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, as each of the same may be amended, 
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Pledged Collateral" has the meaning specified in the relevant Pledge 
Agreement.

"Principal Payment Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(d).

"Prior Loan Document" has the meaning specified in the Recitals.

"Prior Loan Document Lender" has the meaning specified in Section 12.19.

"Prohibited Transaction" means any transaction set forth in Section 406 of 
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

"Press Release" means the form of press release agreed between the Company 
and the Administrative Agent, which has been initialed by or on behalf of the 
Company and the Administrative Agent for the purpose of identification, a 
true and correct copy of which is attached as Exhibit O hereto.

"Projections" means the Company's forecasted consolidated:  (a) balance 
sheets; (b) income statements; and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on 
a basis consistent with the Company's historical financial statements.

"Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, 
personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

"Pro Rata Revolving Share" means, as to any Revolving Lender, (a) at any time 
at which the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment remains outstanding, the 
percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal rounded to the ninth decimal 
place) at such time of such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment divided by the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, and (b) after the termination of the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, the percentage equivalent (expressed as 
a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of the principal 
amount of such Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans (other than Swing Line 
Loans) divided by the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Revolving 
Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) of all the Lenders.

"Pro Rata Share" means, as to any Lender, (a) in respect of a particular Loan 
and/or Commitment, (i) at any time at which the Commitments in respect of 
such Loan remain outstanding, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a 
decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of such Lender's 
Commitment in respect of such Loan divided by the combined Commitments in 
respect of such Loan, and (ii) after the termination of the Commitments in 
respect of such Loan, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, 
rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of the principal amount 
outstanding of such Loans held by such Lender divided by the aggregate 
principal amount outstanding of such Loans held by all Lenders, and (b) in 
respect of all Loans and/or Commitments, (i) at any time at which the 
Aggregate Commitment (or any portion thereof) remains outstanding, the 
percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal 
place) at such time of such Lender's Commitments in respect of all Loans 
divided by the Aggregate Commitment, and (b) after the termination of the 
Aggregate Commitment, the percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, 
rounded to the ninth decimal place) at such time of the principal amount of 
such Lender's outstanding Loans (including such Lender's ratable share of 
outstanding Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations) divided by the aggregate 
principal amount of the outstanding Loans and L/C Obligations of all of the 
Lenders.


"Qualified Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary Guarantor and any Eligible 
Borrower.

"Quoted Rate" means the rate of interest per annum with respect to a Swing 
Line Loan as agreed to between the Company and the Swing Line Lender at the 
time such Swing Line Loan is made to the Company.

"Relevant Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 10.02.

"Relevant Representations and Warranties" means each of the matters 
represented in Section 6.01(a) (with respect to the Company, US Holdco #1, US 
Holdco #2 and Bidco)<192> and Sections 6.02(b), 6.03, 6.15(a) and 6.16.  

"Relevant Undertakings" means each of the undertakings and covenants of the 
Company contained in Sections 7.04(a), 7.08(d), 7.09, 7.12(a), (c), (f)<193>
and (j) and 8.02.

"Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), 
treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a 
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon 
<194> such Person or any of its property or to which <195> such Person 
or any of its property is subject.

"Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer or the president of 
the Company, or any other officer having substantially the same authority and 
responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial covenants, the 
chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Company, or any other officer 
having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

"Restricted Payment" means (a) any dividend or other distribution on any 
shares of the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' capital stock (except 
dividends payable solely in shares of such Person's capital stock) or (b) any 
payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of 
(i) any shares of the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' capital stock or 
(ii) any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Company's or 
any of its Subsidiaries' capital stock; provided, that any Subsidiary of the 
Company shall at all times be permitted to make payments, distributions or 
dividends of the type referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above to the Company 
or any Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company and such payments, 
distributions or dividends shall be excluded under the definition of 
Restricted Payments.

"Revolving Lender" means a Lender having a Revolving Loan Commitment.

"Revolving Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).

"Revolving Loan Commitment"  has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).

"Revolving Loan Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(b).

"Revolving Loan Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

     (a)     the date which is the fifth anniversary of the Announcement 
             Date; and

     (b)     the date on which the Revolving Loan Commitments terminate and 
             are reduced to zero in accordance with Section 2.05(a), 2.07(a) 
             or 10.03.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill 
Companies, and any successor thereto.

"Same Day Funds" means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in 
Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements 
and payments in an Offshore Currency, same day or other funds as may be 
reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be customary in the 
place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking 
transactions in the relevant Offshore Currency.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental 
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

<196>

"Solvent" means, when used with respect to (A) a Person (other than subject 
to clause (B)), that (a) the fair saleable value of the assets of such Person 
(including goodwill) is in excess of the total amount of the present value of 
its liabilities (including for purposes of this definition all liabilities 
(including loss reserves as determined by such Person), whether or not 
reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP), (b) such 
Person is able to pay its debts or obligations in the ordinary course as they 
mature and (c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital to carry 
out its business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted and (B) for any 
Person incorporated in England and Wales, on a particular date, on that date 
such Person has the ability to pay its debts as and when they fall due and 
could not be deemed to be insolvent for the purposes of the Insolvency Act 
1986 of the United Kingdom.  "Solvency" shall have a correlative meaning.

"Specified Foreigh Subsidiary" has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(g).

"Spot Rate" for a currency means the rate generally quoted by NationsBank as 
the spot rate for the purchase by NationsBank of such currency with another 
currency through its FX Trading Office on the date two Business Days prior to 
the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made.


"Squeeze-Out" has the meaning specified in the second paragraph of this 
Agreement.

"Squeeze-Out Date" <197> means the Business Day after the Business Day 
following the last date upon which Bidco becomes obliged to pay any 
consideration for the purchase of the Target Shares.

"Squeeze-Out Period" <198> means the period from the Initial Funding Date to 
and including the last day of the Certain Funds Period.

"Stated Amount" means the stated or face amount of a Letter of Credit to the 
extent available at the time for drawing (subject to presentment of all 
requested documents), as the same may be increased or decreased from time  to 
time in accordance with the terms of such Letter of Credit


"Sterling" and the symbol "L" <199> each mean the lawful currency of the 
United Kingdom.

"Sterling Acquisition Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

"Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment" means, as to each Lender, such 
Lender's Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment, as specified on Schedule
2.01.

"Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in 
Section 2.10(d).

"Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation, association, partnership, 
limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity (A) of 
which more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or other equity 
interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations), is owned or 
controlled directly or indirectly by the such Person, or one or more of the 
Subsidiaries of <200> such Person, or a combination thereof and (B) with 
respect to any Person incorporated in England and Wales, a subsidiary within 
the meaning of Section 736 of the Companies Act or, unless the context 
otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 
258 of the Companies Act.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, 
references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company; 
provided, that for purposes of this Agreement, neither Target nor any Target 
Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary until the occurrence of the Initial Funding 
Date after giving effect to the Transaction completed on such date.

"Subsidiary Guarantor" means, collectively, (a) US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2, 
each Domestic Subsidiary <201> identified as a Subsidiary Guarantor 
on the Announcement Date on Schedule 6.08 and each other Domestic Subsidiary 
<202> created or acquired after the Announcement Date and (b) to the 
extent required  pursuant to Section 7.11, each Foreign Subsidiary <203>.

"Subsidiary Guaranty" means the Guaranty to be executed and delivered by the 
Subsidiary Guarantors in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit J-2.


"Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement to be 
executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantors (other than US Holdco #1 
and US Holdco #2) in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I-3.

"Surety Instruments" means all letters of credit (including standby and 
documentary), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, shipside bonds, surety 
bonds and similar instruments.

"Swap Contract" means any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating to 
any transaction that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, 
commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, 
bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange 
transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency 
rate swap, swaption, currency option or any other, similar transaction 
(including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination 
of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any 
master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.


"Swap Termination Value" means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, 
after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting 
agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the 
date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) 
determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for 
any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a)<204> the amount(s) 
determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as 
determined by the Company based upon one or more mid-market or other readily 
available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts 
(which may include any Lender).


"Swing Line Loan Commitment" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(d).


"Swing Line Lender" means NationsBank, in its capacity as provider of the 
Swing Line Loans.  With respect to Swing Line Loans, NationsBank may cause a 
local affiliate to make such Swing Line Loans and such local affiliate shall 
be deemed to be the Swing Line Lender for the purposes of this Agreement.

"Swing Line Loan" means a Loan made by the Swing Line Lender, denominated in 
Dollars, pursuant to Section 2.01(d).


"Swing Line Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

     (a)     the date which is the fifth Business Day prior to the fifth 
             anniversary of the Announcement Date; and

     (b)     the date on which the Revolving Loan Commitment terminates in 
             accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

"Swiss Francs" means the lawful currency of Switzerland.

"Target" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals.

"Target Shares" means the issued shares of each class <205> of the 
capital of the Target (including any shares of the Target issued while the 
Offer remains open for acceptance).

"Target Subsidiaries" means each Subsidiary of the Target.

"Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, assessments, 
imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all 
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and 
the Administrative Agent, respectively, taxes imposed on or measured by its 
net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under 
the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may 
be, is organized or maintains a lending office.

"Term Loan " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).

"Term Loan Commitment" means, as to each Lender, such Lender's Term Loan 
Commitment, as specified on Schedule 2.01.






"Term Loan Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(c).

"Transaction" shall include (a) the Offer, (b) the purchase of Target Shares 
by Bidco (c) the Credit Extensions made on the Initial Funding Date and (d) 
the refinancing of certain Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
(including Target and certain Target Subsidiaries) on the Initial Funding 
Date.

"Transaction Agreements" has the meaning specified in Section 6.22.

"Type" means, with respect to any Borrowing of Loans (other than Swing Line 
Loans), its nature as a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore Rate Loan.

"Unconditional Date" means the date upon which the Offer becomes or is 
declared unconditional in all respects.

"Unfunded Liabilities" means with respect to any Plan at any time, the amount 
(if any) by which (a) the value of all benefit liabilities under such Plan, 
determined on a plan termination basis using the assumptions prescribed by 
the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds (b) the fair market 
value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV of 
ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), but only to the 
extent that such excess represents a potential liability of any member of the 
ERISA Group to the PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.


"United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.

"US Holdco #1" means MacDermid Tower, Inc., a Delaware corporation, a Wholly-
Owned Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company and 50% shareholder of Bidco.

"US Holdco #2" means MacDermid Tartan, Inc., a Delaware corporation, a 
Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company and 50% shareholder of 
Bidco.

"US Holdco Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement to be executed and 
delivered by each of US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2 in the form attached as 
Exhibit I-2 hereto.

"Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary" means any Consolidated Subsidiary all 
of the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of which (except 
directors' qualifying shares) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by 
the Company.

"Yen" means the lawful currency of Japan.

     1.02     Other Interpretive Provisions
     (a)     The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the 
             singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

     (b)     The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words   
             refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular 
             provision of this Agreement; and Section,  Schedule and Exhibit 
             references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.




     (c)     (i)     The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,  
                     documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices 
                     and other writings, however evidenced.
            (ii)     The term "including" is not limiting and means 
                     "including without limitation."
           (iii)     In the computation of periods of time from a specified 
                     date to a later specified date, the word "from" means 
                     "from and including"; the words "to" and "until" each 
                     mean "to but excluding", and the word "through" means 
                     "to and including."

     (d)     Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to 
             agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual 
             instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments 
             and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such 
             amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the 
             terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute 
             or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and 
             regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, 
             supplementing or interpreting <206> such statute or regulation.

     (e)     The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience 
             of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of 
             this Agreement.
 
     (f)     This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several 
             different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the 
             same or similar matters.  All such limitations, tests and 
             measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in 
             accordance with their terms.  Unless otherwise expressly 
             provided, any reference to any action of the Administrative 
             Agent or the Lenders by way of consent, approval or waiver shall 
             be deemed modified by the phrase "in its/their sole discretion."

     (g)     This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of  
             negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the 
             Administrative Agent, the Company and the other parties, and are 
             the products of all parties.  Accordingly, they shall not be 
             construed against the Lenders or the Administrative Agent merely 
             because of the Administrative Agent's or Lenders' involvement in 
             their preparation.

     (h)     Any test, threshold, item, limit or other measurement expressed 
             in Dollars herein shall also mean and include the Dollar 
             Equivalent of such amount from time to time should the test, 
             threshold, item, limit or other measurement be used in respect 
             of any item expressed in a currency other than Dollars.

<207>(i)     Any provision of this Agreement stated to have effect on, after, 
             or as from, the Commencement Date will, to the extent that the 
             provision relates to any currency of a state which is not a 
             Participating Member State on the Commencement Date, have effect 
             in relation to that currency on the date on which it becomes a 
             Participating Member State.





     1.03     Accounting Principles

     (a)     Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting 
terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial 
computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with 
GAAP, consistently applied.

     (b)     References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to 
such fiscal periods of the Company.






































                              ARTICLE <208> II

                                THE CREDITS

     2.01     Amounts and Terms of Commitment

     (a)     Term Loan 

               Each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment severally agrees, on 
the terms and conditions set forth herein, <209> to 
make loans to the Company (each such loan, a "Term Loan") on the Initial 
Funding Date, in an amount not to exceed such Lender's Term Loan Commitment 
as set forth on Schedule 2.01.  Amounts borrowed as a Term Loan which are 
repaid or prepaid by the Company may not be reborrowed.

     (b)     Sterling Acquisition Loan 

Each Lender with <210> a Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment severally 
agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the 
Company <211> (each such loan, <212> a "Sterling Acquisition Loan") <213> on 
the Business Day <214> following the Initial Funding Date,, in an amount not 
to exceed such Lender's  Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment as set forth on 
Schedule 2.01 <215>.  Amounts borrowed as <216> a Sterling  Acquisition Loan 
which are repaid or prepaid by the Company may not be reborrowed.

(c)     The Revolving Credit

               (i)  Subject to Section 2.01(d), each Revolving Lender 
severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans 
to a Borrower (each such loan, a "Revolving Loan") from time to time on any 
Business Day during the period from the Initial Funding Date to the Revolving 
Loan Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time 
outstanding the amount set forth on Schedule 2.01 (such amount, as the same 
may be increased pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(ii), reduced under Section 2.05 
or 2.07 or reduced or increased as a result of one or more assignments under 
Section 12.08, <217> such Revolving Lender's "Revolving Loan Commitment"); 
provided, however, that, after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving 
Loans, the Effective Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C 
Obligations at such time shall not at any time exceed the Aggregate Revolving 
Loan Commitment; and provided further, that the Effective Amount of Revolving 
Loans of any Revolving Lender plus the participation of such Revolving Lender 
in the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations and such Revolving Lender's 
Pro Rata Revolving Share of the Effective Amount of Swing Line Loans shall 
not at any time exceed such Revolving Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment.  
Within the limits of each Revolving Lender's Commitment, and subject to the 
other terms and conditions hereof, a Borrower may borrow under this Section 
2.01(c), prepay under Section 2.06 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(c).

               (ii) On and after the date upon which the Administrative Agent 
and any co-arrangers have notified the Company that they are satisfied with 
the initial syndication of the Commitments and Loans, the Company may, at its 
option at any time  on a single occasion,  seek to increase the Revolving 
Loan Commitment by up to <218> $50,000,000 (after giving effect to which the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment shall not exceed an amount equal to 
$125,000,000 less the aggregate amount of reductions to the Revolving Loan 
Commitment effected on or prior to the date of such increase) upon at least 
30 days (but not more than 45 days) written notice to the Administrative 
Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver to the 
Lenders), which notice shall specify the date upon which such increase is to 
occur and shall be delivered at a time when  no Default or Event of Default 
has occurred and is continuing. The Company shall, after giving such notice, 
offer the increase in the Revolving Loan Commitment (A) (i) first on a pro-
rata basis to the Lenders, which Lenders may  in their individual sole 
discretion decline such offer, and (ii) then on a non pro-rata basis to 
Lenders and/or  (B) to other lenders or entities constituting Eligible 
Assignees and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and 
the Company, provided that the minimum final allocated <219> Revolving Loan 
Commitment of each such lender or other entity is equal to or in excess of 
$10,000,000 in the case of any new lender and $5,000,000 in the case of an 
existing Lender.   No increase in the Revolving Loan <220> Commitments shall 
become effective until the existing or new Lenders extending such incremental 
commitment amount shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a writing 
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which 
such existing Lenders state the amount of <221> their Revolving Loan 
Commitment increase and any such new Lenders state <222> their Revolving Loan 
Commitment amount and agree to assume and accept the <223> obligations and 
rights of a Lender hereunder and any such new and increasing Lenders agree to 
make a Revolving Loan such that the outstandings of such new Lender or 
increaseing Lender constitute a proportionate amount of the aggregate 
outstanding Revolving Loans based on the  Revolving Loan Commitment of such 
new Lender.  Any Borrowing as a result of an increase to the Revolving Loan 
Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.01(c)(ii) shall be subject to the terms 
and conditions contained in this Agreement.

               (iii)     (A)     On and after the third anniversary of the 
Announcement Date, the Company may make a written request to the 
Administrative Agent, who shall forward a copy of each such request to each 
of the Lenders, that the Revolving Loan Termination Date then in effect be 
extended to the date which is one year after such existing Revolving Loan 
Termination Date; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be permitted 
to obtain more than one extension pursuant to this clause (iii).  Such 
request shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the 
Company stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is 
continuing.  If, by the date (a "Response Date") which is 60 days after the 
date of such request, Lenders holding at least 85% of the Revolving Loan 
Commitments then outstanding agree thereto in writing (each such Lender, a 
"Continuing Lender"), the Revolving Loan Termination Date of each Continuing 
Lender shall be automatically extended to the first anniversary of the then 
existing Revolving Loan Termination Date, and the Revolving Loan Termination 
Date with respect to any non-Continuing Lender (a <224> "Non-Continuing <225>
Lender") shall, subject to the following clause (B), remain the then existing 
Revolving Loan Termination Date.  In the event that the Company has not 
obtained agreement to the requested extension from the requisite percentage 
of Lenders to permit an extension by the Response Date, the Revolving Loan 
Termination Date shall not be extended.  If the Borrower obtains agreement 
from the requisite percentage of the Lenders during such 60 day period, the 
Revolving Loan Termination Date shall be extended as provided in the second 
preceding sentence.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and 
each Lender of the effectiveness of any such extension.  No Lender shall be 
obligated to agree to any extension pursuant to this clause (iii), and the 
extension of the Revolving Loan Termination Date as to any Lender shall be in 
its sole discretion.  




                    (B)     In the case of a Non-Continuing Lender, the 
Company, after giving notice to the Administrative Agent and such Non-
Continuing Lender, may request such Non-Continuing Lender to assign its 
entire Revolving Loan Commitment (and upon receipt of such notice such Non-
Continuing Lender hereby agrees to take such action as reasonably requested 
by the Company to effect such assignment pursuant to Section 12.08)  (i) to 
the Continuing Lenders, (x) first on a pro-rata basis, which the Continuing 
Lenders may in their individual sole discretion decline to accept such offer, 
and (y) then on a non pro-rata basis to Continuing Lenders and/or <226> (ii) 
to other lenders or entities constituting Eligible Assignees and otherwise 
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Company, provided 
that any such new lender shall agree that its Revolving Loan Commitment will 
terminate on the date applicable to the Revolving Loan Commitment of the 
Continuing Lenders, and all then outstanding Obligations owing to such Non-
Continuing Lender shall be repaid in full on the date of any such assignment.


          (d)     Swing Line Loans

(i)     Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender 
agrees to make Swing Line Loans to the Company from time to time prior to the 
Swing Line Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount at any one time 
outstanding not to exceed $15,000,000 (the "Swing Line Loan Commitment"); 
provided, that after giving effect to any such Swing Line Loan, the Effective 
Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations at such time 
would not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment at such time.  Prior 
to the Swing Line Termination Date, <227> the Company may use the Swing Line 
Commitment by borrowing, prepaying the Swing Line Loans in whole or in part, 
and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.


(ii)     The Company may borrow under the Swing Line Commitment on any 
Business Day after the Initial Funding Date but on or prior to the Swing Line 
Termination Date; provided, that the Company shall deliver to the Swing Line 
Lender a Notice of Borrowing signed by a Responsible Officer (which notice 
must be received by the Swing Line Lender prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time)) 
with a copy to the Administrative Agent specifying the amount of the 
requested Swing Line Loan, which shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 or 
a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  The proceeds of the Swing 
Line Loan will be made available by the Swing Line Lender to the Company in 
immediately available funds at the office of the Swing Line Lender by 2:00 
p.m. (New York time) on the date of such notice.  The Company may at any time 
and from time to time, prepay the Swing Line Loans, in whole or in part, 
without premium or penalty, by notifying the Swing Line Lender prior to 1:00 
p.m. (New York time) on any Business Day of the date and amount of prepayment 
with a copy to the Administrative Agent.  If any such notice is given, the 
amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date 
specified therein.  Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal 
amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.



(iii)     The Swing Line Lender, at any time in its sole and absolute 
discretion, may on behalf of the Company (which hereby irrevocably directs 
the Swing Line Lender to so act on its behalf) notify the Administrative 
Agent to notify each Revolving Lender (including the Swing Line Lender) to 
make a Revolving Loan to the Company in a principal amount equal to such 
Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of the amount of such Swing Line Loan, and 
such Revolving Lender shall be obligated, pursuant to Section 2.01(c), to 
make Same Day Funds available to the Administrative Agent on the date such 
notice is given in an aggregate amount equal to or in excess of such Swing 
Line Loan, in which case such funds shall be applied by the Administrative 
Agent first to repay such Swing Line Loan and any remaining funds shall be 
made available to the Company in accordance with Section 2.01(c); provided, 
however, that such notice shall be deemed to have automatically been given 
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 10.01(g) or (h).  
Upon notice from the Administrative Agent, each Revolving Lender (other than 
the Swing Line Lender) will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, 
for transfer to the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an 
amount equal to such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of the 
amount of such Swing Line Loan so repaid.  <228> So long as no notice has 
been delivered to the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(d)(iv)(ii) 
prior to the making of each relevant Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Lender's 
obligation to transfer the amount of such Revolving Loan to the 
Administrative Agent shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be 
affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any set- 
off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving 
Lender or any other Person may have against the Swing Line Lender, (ii) the 
occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the 
termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in 
the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or any other Person, 
(iv) any breach of this Agreement by the Company or any other Person or (v) 
any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar 
to any of the foregoing.


(iv)     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Swing Line 
Lender (i) shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan if the 
conditions set forth in Article V have not been satisfied and (ii) shall not 
make any requested Swing Line Loan if, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on 
the date two (2) days preceding the date of such requested Swing Line Loan, 
it has received a written notice from the Administrative Agent or any 
Revolving Lender directing it not to make further Swing Line Loans because 
one or more of the conditions specified in Article V are not then satisfied.


(v)     If prior to the making of a Revolving Loan required to be made by 
Section 2.01(d)(iii) an Event of Default described in Section 10.01(g) or (h) 
shall have occurred, each Revolving Lender will, on the date such Revolving 
Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice described in Section 
2.01(d)(iii), purchase an undivided participating interest in the Effective 
Amount of Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Revolving Share 
of the Effective Amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding.  Each Revolving 
Lender will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent for the benefit 
of the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, the amount of its 
participation.


(vi)     Whenever, at any time after a Revolving Lender has purchased a 
participating interest in a Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender receives 
any payment on account thereof, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to the 
Administrative Agent for delivery to <229> such Revolving Lender the amount 
of its participating interest in such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the 
case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such 
Revolving Lender's participating interest was outstanding and funded); 
provided, however, that in the event that such payment received by the Swing 
Line Lender is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to 
the Administrative Agent for delivery to the Swing Line Lender any portion 
thereof previously distributed by the Swing Line Lender to it.


(vii)     <230> So long as no notice has been delivered to the Swing Line 
Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 (d)(iv)(ii) prior to the making of each 
relevant Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Lender's obligation to make the 
Revolving Loans  referred to in Section 2.01(d)(iii) and to purchase 
participating interests  pursuant to Section 2.01(d)(v) shall be absolute and 
unconditional and shall  not be affected by any circumstance, including, 
without limitation, <231> (I) any  set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense 
or other right which such  Revolving Lender or a Borrower may have against 
the Swing Line Lender, a  Borrower or any other Person for any reason 
whatsoever, (II) the occurrence  or continuance of a Default or an Event of 
Default, (III) any adverse change  in the condition (financial or otherwise) 
of the Company or any Subsidiary  Guarantor, (IV) any breach of this 
Agreement or any other Loan Document by  the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries or any other Lender or (V) any other  circumstance, happening or 
event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of  the foregoing.


2.02     Loan Accounts

(a)     The Loans made by each Lender and the Letters of Credit Issued by the 
Issuing Bank shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained 
by such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of 
business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent, 
the Issuing Bank and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence of the amount 
of the Loans made by the Lenders to a Borrower and the Letters of Credit 
Issued by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Company, and the interest 
and payments thereon.  Any failure so to record or any error in doing so 
shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of  a Borrower 
hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or any Letter of 
Credit.

(b)     Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, 
the Loans made by such Lender may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead 
of or in addition to loan accounts.  Each such Lender <232> may record on the 
schedules annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each Loan 
made by it and the amount of each payment of principal made by the applicable 
Borrower with respect thereto.  Each such Lender is irrevocably authorized by 
each Borrower to  make such recordations on its Note(s) and each Lender's 
record shall be deemed prima facie correct; provided, however, that the 
failure of a Lender to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with 
respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations any 
Borrower hereunder or under any such Note to such Lender.

2.03     Procedure for Borrowing

(a)     Each Borrowing (other than a Borrowing of Swing Line Loans or a L/C 
Borrowing) shall be made upon a Borrower's irrevocable written notice 
delivered to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing 
(which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to (i) 11:30 
a.m. (New York time) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing 
Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) 1:00 
p.m. (New York time) four Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing 
Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans in an Offshore Currency and (iii) 
11:30 a.m. (New York time) on the date of the requested Borrowing, in the 
case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

(i)     the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an aggregate minimum 
amount of $1,000,000, or any multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the 
case of Base Rate Loans, and $2,000,000, or any multiple of $100,000 in 
excess thereof, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans;

(ii)     the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)     whether such Loan shall be a Revolving Loan, a Term Loan or 
<233> a Sterling Acquisition Loan;

(iv)     the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing;

(v)     if a Revolving Loan comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, the 
        Applicable Currency; 

(vi)     if the Loan then requested is to be an Offshore Rate Loan, the 
duration of the Interest Period applicable to such Loans included in such 
notice, provided, however, that in the event the Notice of Borrowing fails to 
specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Borrowing comprised of 
Offshore Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall be three months; and

(vii)     if a Revolving Loan, the identity of the Borrower.

          (b)     Upon receipt of the Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative  
Agent will promptly notify each Lender thereof and of the amount of such  
Lender's Pro Rata Share of the related Borrowing.  In the case of a Borrowing 
of  Revolving Loans comprised of Offshore Currency Loans, such notice will  
provide the amount of each Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of <234> such  
Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent will, upon the determination of the  
Dollar Equivalent amount of the <235> such Borrowing as specified in the 
Notice of  Borrowing, promptly notify each Lender of the exact Dollar 
Equivalent amount  of such Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of <236> such 
Borrowing.  The Dollar  Equivalent amount of any Borrowing in an Offshore 
Currency will be determined  by the Administrative Agent for such Borrowing 
on the Computation Date  therefor in accordance with Section 2.15(a).

          (c)     Each Lender will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of 
each  Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the  
requesting Borrower at the Administrative Agent's Payment Office on the  
Borrowing Date requested in Same Day Funds and in the requested currency (i)  
in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Loans in Dollars, by 2:00 p.m. (New  
York time) and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency  
Loans, by such time as the Administrative Agent may specify.  The proceeds of  
all such Loans will then be made available to the requesting Borrower by the  
Administrative Agent at such office by crediting the account of the  
requesting Borrower on the books of NationsBank with the aggregate of the  
amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like  
funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

          (d)     After giving effect to any Borrowing, unless the 
Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more than six 
(6) different Interest Periods in effect with respect to Offshore Rate Loans.

          (e)     After the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than a 
Relevant Event of Default) during the Certain Funds Period, the Company 
hereby requests that any Sterling Acquisition Loans being made to facilitate 
the purchase of Target Shares be funded (on behalf of the Company) as a loan 
to the Company directly to the receiving agent for the Offer pursuant to wire 
transfer information as provided by the Company and subject to (i) compliance 
with all laws and (ii) the satisfaction of any other borrowing conditions by 
the Company hereunder.

2.04     Conversion and Continuation Elections for Revolving Loans 

(a)     A Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Administrative 
Agent in accordance with Section 2.04(b):

(i)     elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans, or as 
of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, in the case of Offshore 
Rate Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition Loans), to convert any such Loans 
(or any part thereof in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000, or any 
multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and 
$2,000,000, or any multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the case of 
Offshore Rate Loans) into Loans of any other Type; or


(ii)     elect as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period with 
respect of any Offshore Rate Loan, to continue any Loans having Interest 
Periods expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than 
the Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple 
of the Dollar Equivalent of $100,000 in excess thereof) as Loans of the 
same Type;

provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans in 
respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment, or conversion of 
part thereof to be less than $2,000,000, such Offshore Rate Loans shall 
automatically convert into Base Rate Loans as of the last day of the Interest 
Period applicable thereto, and on and after such date the right of the 
Company to continue such Revolving Loans as, and convert such Revolving Loans 
into, Offshore Rate Loans shall terminate.

(b)     A Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation  to be 
received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York  
time) at least (i) three Business Days in advance of the 
Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans (x) are to be converted into or 
continued as Offshore Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, or (y) are Sterling 
Acquisition Loans, (ii) four Business Days in advance of the 
Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or 
continued as Offshore Rate Loans in an Offshore Currency  and (iii) on the 
<237> Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into 
Base Rate Loans, specifying:

(i)     the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

(ii)     the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;

(iii)     the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or 
continuation; 

(iv)     the Applicable Currency;

(v)     other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate Loans, the 
duration of the requested Interest Period; and

(vi)     the identity of the Borrower.



(c)     If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to Offshore 
Rate Loans (other than Offshore Currency Loans), the relevant Borrower has 
failed to select a new Interest Period  to be applicable to such Offshore 
Rate Loans by the time specified in Section  2.04(b), or if any Default or 
Event of Default then exists, such Borrower  shall be deemed to have elected 
to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Base  Rate Loans effective as of the 
expiration date of such Interest Period.  If the <238> Company has failed to 
select a new Interest Period to be applicable to Sterling Acquisition Loans 
by the time specified in Section 2.04(b), or if any Default or Event of 
Default then exists, the Company shall be deemed to have elected to continue 
such Sterling acquisition Loan on the basis of a one month Interest Period.  
If the relevant Borrower has failed to select a new Interest Period to be 
applicable to Offshore Currency Loans (other than sterling Acquisition Loans) 
prior to the fourth Business Day in  advance of the expiration date of the 
current Interest Period applicable  thereto as provided in Section 2.04(b), 
or if any Default or Event of Default  shall then exist, such Borrower shall 
be deemed to have elected to continue  such Offshore Currency Loans on the 
basis of a one month Interest Period.


(d)     The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its 
receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is 
provided by the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent will promptly 
notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion.  All 
conversions and continuations shall be made ratably according to the 
respective outstanding principal amounts of the Loans, with respect to which 
the notice was given, held by each Lender.

(e)     Unless the Majority Lenders otherwise consent, during the existence 
of a Default or Event of Default, a Borrower may not elect to have (i) a Loan 
converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan or (ii) an Offshore 
Currency Loan continued on the basis of an Interest Period exceeding one 
month.

(f)     After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans, 
unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be 
more than six (6) different Interest Periods in effect with respect to 
Offshore Rate Loans.

(g)     Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, 
Swing Line Loans may only bear interest at the Base Rate or the Quoted Rate.

(h)     Upon the delivery of an Election to Participate, each 
Eligible Borrower hereby appoints the Company as its agent and authorizes the 
Company to deliver any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of 
Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such 
Eligible Borrower.


2.05     Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments

(a)     The Company may, upon not less than three Business Days' prior notice 
to the Administrative Agent (which notice the Administrative Agent shall 
promptly deliver to Lenders), terminate the Commitments of all Lenders  
ratably, or permanently reduce the Commitments of all Lenders ratably by an  
aggregate minimum amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 or any 
multiple of the Dollar Equivalent $1,000,000 in  excess thereof; unless, 
after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of  Loans plus Swing Line 
Loans plus L/C Obligations made on the effective date  thereof, (a) the 
Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations 
would exceed the  amount of the combined Revolving  Loan Commitments of all 
Revolving Lenders  then in effect,  (b) the Effective Amount of all L/C 
Obligations would exceed  the amount of the L/C Commitment then in effect or 
(c) the Effective Amount  of all Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line 
Loan Commitment then in  effect.  Once reduced in accordance with this 
Section, the Commitments may  not be increased.  Any reduction of the 
Commitments shall be applied to each  Lender according to its Pro Rata Share.  
All accrued commitment and letter of  credit fees and interest, if 
applicable, to, but not including, the effective  date of any reduction or 
termination of the Commitments shall be paid on the  effective date of such 
reduction or termination.


(b)     At no time shall the Swing Line Commitment exceed the Aggregate 
Revolving Loan Commitment, and any reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitment which reduces the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment below the 
then-current amount of the Swing Line Commitment shall result in an automatic 
corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Commitment to the amount of the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, as so reduced, without any action on the 
part of the Swing Line Lender.  Any reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Loan 




Commitment below the then-current amount of the Swing Line Commitment shall 
result in an automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Commitment 
to the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment as so reduced, 
without any action on the part of the Swing Line Lender.


2.06     Optional Prepayments of Loans

Subject to Section 4.04, any Borrower, may, at any time or from time to time, 
upon irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, prepay (but not 
permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments to the extent of 
prepayments on the Revolving Loans unless otherwise expressly requested in 
writing by the Company) the Loans in whole or in part, in minimum amounts of 
$1,000,000, or any multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the case of 
Base Rate Loans, and the Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000, or any multiple of 
the Dollar Equivalent of $100,000 in excess thereof (or such other amount 
necessary to repay any Offshore Currency Loan in full), in the case of 
Offshore Rate Loans.  The relevant Borrower may designate whether such 
prepayments shall be applied to prepay Revolving Loans, Term Loans or 
Sterling Acquisition Loans provided that such prepayments shall be applied 
ratably  among the Lenders holding such Loans.  A Borrower shall deliver a 
notice of  prepayment in accordance with Section 12.02 to be received by the  
Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) (a) at least  
three Business Days in advance of the prepayment date if the Loans to be  
prepaid are Offshore Currency Loans, (b) at least two Business Days in  
advance of the prepayment date if the Loans to be prepaid are Offshore Rate  
Loans in Dollars, and (iii) on the date of the prepayment date if the Loans  
to be prepaid are Base Rate Loans.  Such notice of prepayment shall specify  
the date and amount of such prepayment, the Loans being prepaid and whether  
such prepayment is of Base Rate Loans or Offshore Rate Loans, or any  
combination thereof, the Applicable Currency and the identity of the  
Borrower.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its  
receipt of any such notice, and of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such  
prepayment.  If such notice is given by  a Borrower, such Borrower shall make  
such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due  
and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to  
each such date on the amount prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to  
Section 4.04.

2.07     Termination of Commitments; Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; 
Mandatory Commitment Reductions

     (a)     The Aggregate Commitment shall be terminated and reduced to zero 
in the event that:

(i)     the Offer is not posted on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day 
following the Announcement Date;

(ii)     the Company and/or Bidco withdraws the Offer or the Offer lapses; 

(iii)     the Offer has not gone wholly unconditional within six (6) calendar 
months after the Announcement Date; or

(iv)     the Initial Funding Date has not occurred within sixteen (16) days 
after the Offer has gone wholly unconditional; or 



(v)     the consent relating to the Existing Credit Agreement delivered 
pursuant to Section 5.01(h) fails for any reason to remain in full force and 
effect, or is not extended before December 31, 1998 to April 30, 1999 or a 
date thereafter.

          (b)     Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date the Effective 
Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations exceeds the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment, the Company shall immediately, and 
without notice or demand, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the 
Swing Line Loans, Revolving Loans and L/C Advances by an amount equal to the 
applicable excess and the Lenders shall apply such amounts first to repay 
Base Rate Loans and thereafter to repay Offshore Rate Loans.

          (c)     If on any date the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations 
exceeds the L/C Commitment, the Company shall Cash Collateralize on such date 
the outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of the 
maximum amount then available to be drawn under <239> all outstanding Letters 
of Credit over the L/C Commitment.  Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date 
after giving effect to any Cash Collateralization made on such date pursuant 
to the preceding sentence, the Effective Amount of Revolving Loans, Swing 
Line Loans and L/C Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitment, the Company shall immediately, and without notice or demand, 
prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Loans, Revolving 
Loans and L/C Advances by an amount equal to the applicable excess.  Each 
Borrower, effective as of the Initial Funding Date, hereby grants to the 
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the 
Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a security interest in all cash and deposit 
account balances subject to Cash Collateralization.  Cash collateral subject 
to Cash Collateralization shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at 
NationsBank.  NationsBank shall invest any and all available funds deposited 
in such deposit account, promptly upon the relevant funds becoming available, 
in securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States 
Government or any agency thereof backed by the full faith and credit of the 
United States having maturities of no greater than three months from the date 
of acquisition thereof (collectively, "Government Obligations").  Each 
Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that NationsBank shall not have any 
liability with respect to, and each Borrower hereby indemnifies NationsBank 
against, any loss resulting from the acquisition of the Government 
Obligations and NationsBank shall not have any obligation to monitor the 
trading activity of any such Governmental Obligations on and after the 
acquisition thereof for the purpose of obtaining the highest possible return 
with respect thereto, NationsBank's responsibility being limited to acquiring 
such Governmental Obligations.

          (d)     If on any Computation Date the Administrative Agent shall 
have determined that the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all 
Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans then outstanding and the aggregate 
amount of outstanding L/C Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitment, due to a change in applicable rates of exchange between Dollars 
and Offshore Currencies, then the Administrative Agent shall give notice to 
the Company that a prepayment is required under Section 2.07(b), and the 
Company agrees thereupon to make prepayments of Revolving Loans, subject to 
Section 4.04, such that, after giving effect to such prepayment, the 
aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans 
and aggregate outstanding L/C Obligations does not exceed the Aggregate 
Revolving Loan Commitment.

          (e)     The Company shall prepay Loans in an amount equal to 100% 
of the insurance proceeds received by the Company or any Subsidiary following 
a casualty involving such Person's Property, to the extent not applied (or 
intended to be applied) within 90 days after the consummation or receipt 
thereof, as applicable, to the purchase of replacement assets or repair of 
damaged assets.  Such prepayment shall be made on the 90th day after receipt 
of such insurance proceeds and the  amount of such prepayment shall be 
applied (i) first, to prepay Term <240> Loans and Sterling Acquisition Loans 
on a ratable basis among the then outstanding Term Loans and Sterling 
Acquisition Loans, (based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of 
such prepaymetn), applied on a ratable basis among all remaining payments in 
respect of each such <241> Loan, (ii) second, to prepay the then outstanding 
Swing Line Loans (without a corresponding reduction in the Swing Line Loan 
Commitment, and (iii) third, to prepay the then outstanding Revolving Loans 
(without a corresponding reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Loan 
Commitment).  Such proceeds shall be applied first, to the extent possible, 
to prepay Base Rate Loans and then to prepay Offshore Rate Loans.  The 
Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to notify the 
Administrative Agent of the amount of any required prepayment at least three 
(3) Business Days before it is made.

          (f)     The Company shall prepay Loans in an amount equal to 100% 
of the sum of the Net Proceeds realized upon all Asset Dispositions (other 
than an Asset Disosition pursuant to Section 8.05 (ii)(y)) made by the 
Company or any Subsidiary, aggregating in excess of $3,000,000 during any 
calendar year, within one <242> hundred <243> eighty (180) Business Days 
after the date of such Asset Disposition or, if later, the date of the 
receipt of the proceeds therefrom to the extent not applied (or committed to 
be applied) within such period to the purchase of other assets that are not 
classified as current assets under GAAP and are used or useful in the 
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The amount of such prepayment 
shall be applied (i) first, to prepay Term Loans and Sterling Acquisition 
Loans on a ratable basis among the then outstanding Term Loans and Sterling 
Acquisition Loans (based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of such 
prepayment), applied on a ratable basis among all remaining payments in 
respect of each such <244> Loan and Acquisition Loan,  (ii) second, to prepay 
the then outstanding Swing Line Loans (without a corresponding reduction in 
the Swing Line Loan Commitment, and (iii) third, to prepay the then 
outstanding Revolving Loans (without a corresponding reduction in the 
Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment).  Such proceeds shall be applied first, 
to the extent possible, to prepay Base Rate Loans and then to prepay Offshore 
Rate Loans.  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to 
notify the Administrative Agent of the amount of any required prepayment at 
least three (3) Business Days before it is made.

          (g) <245>    The relevant Borrower shall pay, together with each 
prepayment under this Section 2.07, accrued interest on the amount prepaid
through the date of such prepayment.

          (h) <246>    The Aggregate Term Loan Commitment and the Aggregate 
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment, and the Term Loan Commitment and 
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment of each Lender, shall be reduced on the 
Initial Funding Date or the Business Dy occurring after the Initial Funding 
Date (after giving effect to any Term Loan and/or Sterling Acquisition Loan, 
as the case may be, made on the Initial Funding Date) in an amount equal to 
the unutilized Aggregate Term Loan Commitment and the unutilized Aggregate 
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment, and the unutilized Term Loan Commitment 
and unutilized Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment of each Lender, as of 
such date.


2.08     Repayment of Loans

          (a)     Each Borrower shall repay to the Revolving Lenders <247> on 
the Revolving Loan Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of 
Revolving Loans of such Borrower outstanding on such date.

          (b)     The Company shall repay Swing Line Loans (other than with 
proceeds of a Swing Line Loan) in full on the thirtieth (30th) day following 
the incurrence of any such Swing Line Loan.

          (c)     The Company shall repay to the Swing Line Lender on the 
Swing Line Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line 
Loans outstanding on such date.

          (d)     The Company shall repay the Term Loans and Sterling 
Acquisition Loans on each date and in the amount set forth on Schedule 
2.08(d) (each a "Principal Payment Date")<248>.

2.09     Interest

(a)     Each (i) Loan (other than a Sterling Acquisition Loan or a Swing Line 
Loan) shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from 
the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate 
or the Base Rate, as the case may be (and subject to the Company's right to 
convert to other Types of Loans under Section 2.04), plus the Applicable 
Margin and (ii) Sterling Acquisition Loan shall bear interest on the 
outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a 
rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate, plus the Applicable Margin and 
<279>(iii) Swing Line <250> Loan share bear interest on the outstanding 
principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate pre 
annum equal to the Base Rate, plus the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans 
maintained as Base Rate Loans or the Quoted Rate.


 
(b)     Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest 
Payment Date.  Interest shall also be paid on the date of the conversion of 
an Offshore Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, on the date of any prepayment of 
any <251> Loans under Section 2.06 or 2.07 for the portion of the 
Loans so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, 
during the existence of any Event of Default, interest shall be paid on 
demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the 
Majority Lenders.

(c)     Notwithstanding Section 2.09(a), while any Event of Default exists or 
after acceleration, each Borrower shall pay interest or additional fees 
(after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by 
law) on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, at a rate per 
annum which is determined by adding 2% per annum to the Applicable Margin or 
rate then in effect for such Obligations; provided, however, that, on and 
after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Offshore Rate 
Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of such Event of Default or 
acceleration, the principal amount of such Offshore Rate Loan shall, during 
the continuation of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear 
interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable 
Margin plus 2%. 


(d)     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of  
each Borrower to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that 
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest 
is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) that 
contracting for or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary to 
the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate 
of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such 
Lender, and in such event each Borrower shall pay such Lender interest at the 
highest rate permitted by applicable law.

2.10     Fees

In addition to certain fees described in Section 3.08:

(a)     Agency Fees

The Company shall pay the fees to the Administrative Agent for the 
Administrative Agent's own account, as required by the letter agreement (as 
amended from time to time, the "Fee Letter") between the Company and the 
Administrative Agent, dated as of October 16, 1998.

(b)     Revolving Loan Commitment Fee

The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each 
<252> Revolving <253> Lender a commitment fee ("Revolving Loan 
Commitment Fee") on the actual daily unused portion of such Revolving 
Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment <254> computed on a quarterly basis in 
arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon the 
daily utilization for that quarter as calculated by the Administrative Agent, 
equal to (x) for the period from and including the Announcement Date and to 
but excluding the sixtieth (60th) day following the Announcement Date, 0.20% 
per annum and (y) thereafter, the Applicable Margin per annum applicable to 
the Commitment Fee.  For purposes of calculating utilization under this 
clause (b), the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be deemed used to the extent 
of the Effective Amount of Revolving Loans  then outstanding and the 
Effective Amount all L/C Obligations then outstanding.  Such commitment fee 
shall accrue from the Announcement Date to the Revolving Loan Termination 
Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business 
Day of each March, June, September and December through the Revolving Loan 
Termination Date, with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Loan 
Termination Date.  The commitment fees provided in this clause (b) shall 
accrue at all times after the Announcement Date, including at any time during 
which one or more conditions in Article V are not met.


(c)     Term Loan Commitment Fee

The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each 
Lender with a Term Loan Commitment a commitment fee ("Term Loan Commitment 
Fee") on the actual daily unused portion of such Lender's Term Loan 
Commitment computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day 
of each calendar quarter based upon the daily utilization for that quarter as 
calculated by the Administrative Agent, equal to (x) for the period from and 
including the Announcement Date and to but excluding the sixtieth (60th) day 
following the Announcement Date, 0.20% per annum and (y) thereafter, the 
Applicable Margin per annum applicable to the Commitment Fee.  For purposes 
of calculating utilization under this clause (c),  the Term Loan Commitments 
shall be deemed used to the extent of the Effective Amount of Term Loans  
then outstanding.  Such Term Loan Commitment Fee shall accrue from the 
Announcement Date to the Initial Funding Date and shall be due and payable 
quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September 
and December through the Initial Funding Date, with the final payment to be 
made on the Initial Funding Date; provided, that in connection with any 
reduction or termination of Term Loan Commitments, as the case may be, under 
Section 2.05 or 2.07(a), the accrued Term Loan Commitment Fee calculated for 
the period ending on such date shall also be paid on the date of such 
reduction or termination, with the following quarterly payment being 
calculated on the basis of the period from such reduction or termination date 
to such quarterly payment date.  The Term Loan Commitment Fee shall accrue at 
all times after the above-mentioned commencement date until the Initial 
Funding Date.


(d)     Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment Fee

The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each 
Lender with <255> a Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment a commitment fee 
<256> ("Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment Fee") on the actual daily unused 
portion of such Lender's Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitment computed on a 
quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter 
based upon the daily utilization for that quarter as calculated by the 
Administrative Agent, equal to  (x) for the period from and including the 
Announcement Date and to but excluding the sixtieth (60th) day following the 
Announcement Date, 0.20% per annum and (y) thereafter, the Applicable Margin 
per annum applicable to the Commitment Fee.  For purposes of calculating 
utilization under this clause (d),  the Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitments 
shall be deemed used to the extent of the Effective Amount of Sterling 
Acquisition Loans  then outstanding.  Such Sterling Acquisition Loan 
Commitment Fee shall be paid in Dollars and shall accrue from the 
Announcement Date to the <257> Business Day following the Initial Funding 
Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business 
Day of each March, June, September and December through the <258> Business 
Day following the Initial Funding Date with the final payment to be made on 
the Squeeze <259> Out Date; provided, that in connection with any reduction 
or termination of Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitments, as the case may be, 
under Section 2.05 or 2.07(a), the accrued Sterling Acquisition Loan 
Commitment Fee calculated for the period ending on such date shall also be 
paid on the date of such reduction or termination, with the following 
quarterly payment being calculated on the basis of the period from such 
reduction or termination date to such quarterly payment date.  The Sterling 
Acquisition Loan Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times after the above-
mentioned commencement date until the <260> Business Day following the 
Initial Funding Date.


     2.11     Computation of Fees and Interest 

          (a)     All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the 
Base Rate is determined by NationsBank's "reference rate" shall be made on 
the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days 
elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the 
basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more 
interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  
Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or 
such fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

          (b)     Each determination of an interest rate or a Dollar 
Equivalent amount by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding 
on each Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The 
Administrative Agent will, at the request of a Borrower or any Lender, 
deliver to such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, a statement 
showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any 
interest rate and the resulting interest rate or any Dollar Equivalent 
Amount.

          (c)     Without prejudice and in addition to any method of 
conversion or rounding prescribed by any EMU Legislation, any amount 
translated from a national currency unit to a euro unit under this Agreement 
(or under any EMU Legislation) may be rounded up or down by the 
Administrative Agent acting reasonably.


     2.12     Payments by a Borrower

(a)      All payments to be made by a Borrower shall be made without set-off, 
recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, 
all payments by a Borrower shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the 
account of the Lenders at the Administrative Agent's Payment Office, and, 
with respect to principal of, interest on, and any other amounts relating to, 
any Offshore Currency Loan, shall be made in the Offshore Currency in which 
such Loan is denominated or payable, and, with respect to all other amounts 
payable hereunder, shall be made in Dollars.  Such payments shall be made in 
Same Day Funds, and (i) in the case of Offshore Currency payments, no later 
than such time on the dates specified herein as may be reasonably determined 
by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for such payment to be credited 
on such date in accordance with normal lending procedures in the place of 
payment, and (ii) in the case of any Dollar payments, no later than 12:00 
noon (New York time) on the date specified herein.  The Administrative Agent 
will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other 
applicable share as expressly provided herein) of such principal, interest, 
fees or other amounts, in like funds as received.  Any payment which is 
received by the Administrative Agent later than 12:00 noon (New York time) in 
the case of Dollar payments, or later than the time specified by the 
Administrative Agent as provided in clause (i) above (in the case of Offshore 
Currency payments), shall be deemed to have been received on the following 
Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b)     Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of "Interest 
Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business 
Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such 
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of 
interest or fees, as the case may be.



(c)     Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Company 
prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that a Borrower 
will not make such payment in full as and when required, the Administrative 
Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment in full to the 
Administrative Agent on such date in Same Day Funds and the Administrative 
Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, 
distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then 
due such Lender.  If and to the extent such Borrower has not made such 
payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the 
Administrative Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, 
together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate or, in the case of a 
payment in an Offshore Currency, the Overnight Rate, for each day from the 
date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.


2.13     Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent

(a)      Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from a Lender at 
least one Business Day prior to the date of <261> any Borrowing, that such 
Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to the 
Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Borrower the amount of 
that Lender's Pro Rata Share of <262> such Borrowing, the Administrative 
Agent may assume that each Lender has made such amount available to the 
Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds on the relevant Borrowing Date and the 
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon 
such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower on such date a 
corresponding amount.  If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made 
its full amount available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds and 
the Administrative Agent in such circumstances has made available to the 
Company such amount, that Lender shall on the Business Day following such 
Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Administrative Agent, 
together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate or, in the case of any 
Borrowing consisting of Offshore Currency Loans, the Overnight Rate, for each 
day during such period.  A notice of the Administrative Agent submitted to 
any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this Section 2.13(a) shall be 
conclusive, absent manifest error.  If such amount is so made available, such 
payment to the Administrative Agent shall constitute such Lender's Loan on 
the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement.  If such amount is 
not made available to the Administrative Agent on the Business Day following 
the relevant Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent will notify <263> the 
relevant Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the 
Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrower shall pay such amount to the 
Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent's account, together with 
interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a 
rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans 
comprising such Borrowing.


(b)     The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date 
shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan 
on such Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of 
any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on any 
Borrowing Date.

2.14     Sharing of Payments, Etc.

If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall 
obtain on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, 
involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in 
excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder), such 
Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, 
and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participation in the Loans made 
by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the 
excess payment pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or 
any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the 
purchasing Lender, such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each 
other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid 
therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender's ratable share 
(according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's 
required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing 
Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing 
Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  Each Borrower agrees 
that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the 
fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment 
(including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 11.10) with respect 
to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of 
the relevant Borrower in the amount of such participation.  The 
Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding 
in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this 
Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases 
or repayments.

2.15     Utilization of Commitments in Offshore Currencies

(a)      The Administrative Agent will determine the Dollar Equivalent amount 
with respect to any (i) Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency Loans (other 
than Sterling Acquisition Loans) as of the requested Borrowing Date, (ii) 
outstanding Offshore Currency Loans denominated in a currency other than 
Dollars as of the last Business Day of each month, (iii) outstanding Offshore 
Currency Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars as of any 
redenomination date pursuant to this Section 2.15 or Section 4.05, (iv) L/C 
Obligations denominated in a currency other than Dollars, on the date of 
Issuance and thereafter as of the last Business Day of each month and (v) 
Offshore Currency Loans or L/C Obligations, as of any date specified for 
determining the Dollar Equivalent of any amount (each such date under clauses 
(i) through (iv) a "Computation Date").










(b)      In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Offshore Currency 
Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition Loans), the Lenders shall be under no 
obligation to make Offshore Currency Loans in the requested Offshore Currency 
as part of such Borrowing if the Administrative Agent has received notice 
from any of the Lenders by 5:00 p.m. (New York time) four Business Days prior 
to the day of such Borrowing that such Lender cannot provide Loans in the 
requested Offshore Currency, in which event the Administrative Agent will 
give notice to the Company no later than 12:00 noon (New York time) on the 
third Business Day prior to the requested date of such Borrowing that the 
Borrowing in the requested Offshore Currency (other than Sterling Acquisition 
Loans) is not then available, and notice thereof also will be given promptly 
by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.  If the Administrative Agent 
shall have so notified the Company that any such Borrowing in a requested 
Offshore Currency is not then available, the Company may, by notice to the 
Administrative Agent not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) two Business 
Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, withdraw the Notice of 
Borrowing relating to such requested Borrowing.  If the Company does so 
withdraw such Notice of Borrowing, the Borrowing requested therein shall not 
occur and the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify each Lender.  If 
the Company does not so withdraw such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative 
Agent will promptly so notify each Lender and such Notice of Borrowing shall 
be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing that requests a Borrowing comprised of 
Offshore Rate Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition Loans) for the same 
Interest Period previously applicable in an aggregate amount equal to the 
amount of the originally requested Borrowing as expressed in Dollars in the 
Notice of Borrowing; and in such notice by the Administrative Agent to each 
Lender the Administrative Agent will state such aggregate amount of such 
Borrowing in Dollars and such Lender's Pro Rata Share thereof.

(c)      In the case of a proposed continuation of Offshore Currency Loans 
(other than Sterling Acquisition Loans) for an additional Interest Period 
pursuant to Section 2.04, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to 
continue such Offshore Currency Loans if the Administrative Agent has 
received notice from any of the Lenders by 5:00 p.m. (New York time) four 
Business Days prior to the day of such continuation that such Lender cannot 
continue to provide Loans in the relevant Offshore Currency, in which event 
the Administrative Agent will give notice to the Company not later than 12:00 
noon (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to the requested date of 
such continuation that the continuation of such Offshore Currency Loans in 
the relevant Offshore Currency is not then available, and notice thereof also 
will be given promptly by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.  If the 
Administrative Agent shall have so notified the Company that any such 
continuation of Offshore Currency Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition 
Loans) is not then available, any Notice of Continuation/Conversion with 
respect thereto shall be deemed withdrawn and such Offshore Currency Loans 
shall be redenominated into Offshore Rate Loans in Dollars for the same 
Interest Period previously applicable with effect from the last day of the 
Interest Period with respect to any such Offshore Currency Loans.  The 
Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of any 
such redenomination and in such notice by the Administrative Agent to each 
Lender the Administrative Agent will state the aggregate Dollar Equivalent 
amount of the redenominated Offshore Currency Loans (other than Sterling 
Acquisition Loans) as of the Computation Date with respect thereto and such 
Lender's Pro Rata Share thereof.

(d)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the 
existence of a payment default or  an Event of Default, upon the request of 
the Majority Lenders, all or any part of any outstanding Offshore Currency 
Loans Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition Loans) shall be redenominated 
and converted into Base Rate Loans in Dollars 
with effect from the last day of the Interest Period with respect to any such 
Offshore Currency Loans.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the 
Company and the Lenders of any such redenomination and conversion request.


(e)      The Company shall be entitled to request that Revolving Loans and 
Swing Line Loans hereunder also be permitted to be made in any other lawful 
currency (other than Dollars), in addition to the currencies specified in the 
definition of "Offshore Currency" herein, that in the opinion of the 
Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the <264> Lenders is at 
such time freely traded in the offshore interbank foreign exchange markets 
and is freely transferable and freely convertible into Dollars (an "Agreed 
Alternative Currency").  The Company shall deliver to the Administrative 
Agent any request for designation of an Agreed Alternative Currency in 
accordance with Section 12.02, to be received by the Administrative Agent not 
later than 12:00 noon (New York time) at least 10 Business Days in advance of 
the date of any Borrowing hereunder proposed to be made in such Agreed 
Alternative Currency.  Upon receipt of any such request the Administrative 
Agent will promptly notify the Lenders thereof, and each Lender will use its 
commercially reasonable efforts to respond to such request within five (5) 
Business Days of receipt thereof.  Each Lender may grant or accept such 
request in its sole discretion.  The Administrative Agent will promptly 
notify the Company of the acceptance or rejection of any such request.

































              ARTICLE III THE LETTERS OF CREDIT FACILITY

3.01     The Letter of Credit Facility

(a)     On the terms and conditions set forth herein (i) the Issuing Bank 
agrees, (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the 
Initial Funding Date to the day which is thirty (30) days prior to the 
Revolving Loan Termination Date, to issue standby or trade Letters of Credit 
for the account of <265> a Borrower and to amend or renew Letters of Credit 
previously issued by it under this clause (a) in accordance with Section 
3.02(b), and (B) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit issued under 
this clause (a); and (ii) the Revolving Lenders severally agree to 
participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the <266> relevant
Borrower under this clause (a); provided, that the Issuer shall not be 
obligated to Issue any Letter of Credit under this clause (a), if as of the 
Issuance Date of such Letter of Credit (1) the Effective Amount of all L/C 
Obligations <267> exceeds the combined L/C Commitments of all Revolving 
Lenders or (2) the participation of any Revolving Lender in the Effective 
Amount of all L/C Obligations and participation in Swing Line Loans of such 
Revolving Lender exceeds such Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment less the 
Effective Amount of Revolving Loans of such Revolving Lender.  Within the 
foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the 
<268> relevant Borrower's ability to obtain standby and trade Letters of 
Credit under this clause (a) shall be fully revolving, and, accordingly, the 
<269> relevant Borrower may, during the forgoing period, obtain under this 
clause (a) new Letters of Credit, or replacement Letters of Credit for 
Letters of Credit which have expired or which have been drawn upon and 
reimbursed, provided all such Letters of Credit are issued in compliance with 
this Agreement.

(b)     The Issuing Bank is under no obligation to Issue, amend or renew any 
Letter of Credit if:

(i)     any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or 
arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank 
from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law applicable to 
the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force 
of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing 
Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the 
Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in 
particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter 
of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the 
Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the 
Initial Funding Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed 
loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Initial Funding Date 
and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;


(ii)     the Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Revolving 
Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Borrower, on or prior to the Business 
Day prior to the requested Issuance Date of such Letter of Credit, that one 
or more of the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then 
satisfied;

(iii)     the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is after the 
Revolving Loan Termination Date;


(iv)     any requested Letter of Credit does not provide for drafts, or is 
not otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Bank, or the 
Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable policies of the 
Issuing Bank; or

(v)     such Letter of Credit (x) is in a face amount less than $250,000, 
unless such lesser amount is approved by the Administrative Agent and the 
Issuing Bank, and (y) is to be  denominated in a currency other than Dollars 
or an Offshore Currency.

3.02     Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit

(a)     Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written 
request of the relevant Borrower received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy 
sent by the relevant <270> Borrower to the Administrative Agent) at least 
five (5) days (or such shorter time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a 
particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed Issuance 
Date.  Each such request for issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be in 
writing or by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing, in the 
form of an L/C Application, and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory 
to the Issuing Bank: (i) the proposed Issuance Date of <271> such Letter of 
Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the face amount of <272> such 
Letter of Credit; (iii) the expiry date of <273> such Letter of Credit; (iv) 
the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be 
presented by the beneficiary of <274> such Letter of Credit in case of any 
drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be presented by 
the beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (vii) the denomination of 
the Stated Amount in Dollars or an Offshore Currency, and (viii) such other 
matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

(b)     Prior to the Issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank will 
confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the 
Administrative Agent has received a copy of the L/C Application or L/C 
Amendment Application from the relevant Borrower and, if not, the Issuing 
Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the 
Issuing Bank has received notice on or before the Business Day the Issuing 
Bank is to issue a requested Letter of Credit (A) from the Administrative 
Agent <275> directing the Issuing Bank not to issue such Letter of Credit 
because such issuance is not then permitted under Section 3.01(a) as a result 
of the limitations set forth in clauses (1) or (2) thereof, or (B) that one 
or more terms or conditions specified in Section 3.01(b) or in Article V are 
not then satisfied; then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the 
Issuing Bank shall, with the approval of the Administrative Agent, on the 
requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the relevant 
Borrower in accordance with the Issuing Bank's usual and customary business 
practices.

(c)     From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and prior 
to the Termination Date, the Issuing Bank will, upon the written request of 
the relevant Borrower received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the 
relevant Borrower to the Administrative Agent) at least five (5) days (or 
such shorter time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in 
its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of amendment, amend any 
Letter of Credit issued by it.  Each such request for amendment of a Letter 
of Credit shall be made in writing or by facsimile, confirmed immediately in 
an original writing, made in the form of an L/C Amendment Application and 
shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank:  (i) the 
Letter of Credit to be amended; (ii) <276> such proposed date of amendment of 
the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the nature of the 
proposed amendment; and (iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may 
require.  The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter 
of Credit if:  (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to 
issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms of this 
Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit does not 
accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.  The Administrative 
Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of the receipt by it of any L/C 
Application or L/C Amendment Application.


(d)     The Issuing Bank and the Lenders agree that, while a Letter of Credit 
is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Loan Termination Date, at the 
option of the relevant Borrower and upon the written request of the relevant 
Borrower received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by the relevant 
Borrower to the Administrative Agent) at least five (5) days (or such shorter 
time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole 
discretion) prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, the 
Issuing Bank shall be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of any 
Letter of Credit issued by it.  Each such request for renewal of a Letter of 
Credit shall be made in writing or by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an 
original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall 
specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (i) the Letter 
of Credit to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of renewal of 
<277> such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the 
revised expiry date of <278> such Letter of Credit; and (iv) such other 
matters as the Issuing Bank may require.  The Issuing Bank shall be under no 
obligation so to renew any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing Bank would 
have no obligation at such time to issue or amend such Letter of Credit in 
its renewed form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of 
any such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed renewal of <279> such 
Letter of Credit.  If any outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it 
shall be automatically renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice 
from the Issuing Bank that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if 
at the time of renewal the Issuing Bank would be entitled to authorize the 
automatic renewal of such Letter of Credit in accordance with this clause (d) 
upon the request of the relevant Borrower but the Issuing Bank shall not have 
received any L/C Amendment Application from the relevant Borrower with 
respect to such renewal or other written direction by the relevant Borrower 
with respect thereto, the Issuing Bank shall nonetheless be permitted to 
allow such Letter of Credit to renew, and the relevant Borrower and the 
Revolving Lenders hereby authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, the 
Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment Application 
from the Borrower requesting such renewal.


(e)     The Issuing Bank may, at its election (or as required by the 
Administrative Agent at the direction of the Majority Lenders), deliver any 
notices of termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit 
beneficiary or transferee, and take any other action as necessary or 
appropriate, at any time and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry 
date of such Letter of Credit to be a date not later than the Revolving Loan 
Termination Date.

(f)     This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any 
L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

(g)     The Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Administrative Agent, 
concurrently or promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or 
amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a 
beneficiary, a true and complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or 
amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit.

3.03     Risk Participations, Drawings, Revolving Loans and Reimbursements.

     (a)     Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit, each 
Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and 
unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank a participation in 
such Letter of Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the 
product of (i) the Pro Rata Revolving Share of such Revolving Lender, times 
(ii) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and 
the amount of such drawing, respectively. 

     (b)     (i)     In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter 
of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the Issuing Bank will 
promptly notify <280> relevant Borrower.  The Company shall reimburse the 
Issuing Bank (by an L/C Borrowing or otherwise) prior to 12:00 Noon (New York 
time), on the Honor Date, in an amount equal to the amount so paid by the 
Issuing Bank.  In the event the <281> relevant Borrower fails to reimburse 
the Issuing Bank for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of 
Credit by 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the Honor Date, the Issuing Bank will 
promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent will 
promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof, and the <282> relevant 
Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that Base Rate Loans in an 
aggregate amount equal to the unreimbursed drawing be made by the Revolving 
Lenders to be disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter of Credit, 
subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Loan 
Commitment and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.03.  Any 
notice given by the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this 
clause (d)(i) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing (including by 
facsimile); provided, that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall 
not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

     (ii)     Each Revolving Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 
3.03(b)(i) make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the 
relevant Issuing Bank an amount in Same Day Funds equal to its Pro Rata 
Revolving Share of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating 
Revolving Lenders shall (subject to Section 3.03(b)(iii)) each be deemed to 
have made a Revolving Loan consisting of a Base Rate Loan to the <283> 
relevant Borrower in that amount.  If any Revolving Lender so notified fails 
to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing 
Bank the amount of such Revolving Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of the 
amount of the drawing by no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York  time) on the 
Honor Date, then interest shall accrue on such Revolving Lender's obligation 
to make such payment, from the Honor Date to the date such Revolving Lender 
makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in 
effect from time to time during such period.  The Administrative Agent will 
promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure of the 
Administrative Agent to give any such notice on the Honor Date or in 
sufficient time to enable any Lender to effect such payment on such date 
shall not relieve such Lender from its obligations under this Section 
3.03(b).







     (iii)     With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted 
into Revolving Loans consisting of Base Rate Loans to the <284> relevant 
Borrower in whole or in part, because of the <285> relevant Borrower's 
failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5.03 or for any other 
reason, the <286> relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the 
Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the amount of such drawing which L/C 
Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and 
shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the 
Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans maintained as Base Rate Loans plus 2% 
per annum, and each Revolving Lender's payment to the Issuing Bank pursuant 
to Section 3.03(b)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its 
participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from 
such Revolving Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under 
this Section 3.03(b).


          (c)     Each Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement 
to make an L/C Advance or Revolving Loans as contemplated by this Section 
3.03 as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute and 
unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing Bank and shall not be 
affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off, counterclaim, 
recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender or any Borrower may have 
against the Issuing Bank, a Borrower or any other Person for any reason 
whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, an Event of 
Default, a Material Adverse Effect or any failure to satisfy the conditions 
under Article V; or (iii) any other circumstance, happening or event 
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

     3.04     Repayment of Participations

(a)     Upon (and only upon) receipt by the Administrative Agent for the 
account of the Issuing Bank of immediately available funds from the relevant 
Borrower (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by the Issuing Bank under 
<287> any Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender has paid the 
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank for such Lender's 
participation in <288> such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.03 or (ii) 
in payment of interest thereon, the Administrative Agent will pay to each 
Revolving Lender, in the same funds as those received by the Administrative 
Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, the amount of such Revolving 
Lender's Pro Rata Revolving Share of such funds, and the Issuing Bank shall 
receive the amount of the Pro Rata Revolving Share of such funds of any 
Revolving Lender that did not so pay the Administrative Agent for the account 
of the Issuing Bank.

(b)     If the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank is required at any 
time to return to a Borrower, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, 
custodian, or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of the 
payments made by such Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of 
the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.04(a) in reimbursement of a payment 
made under <289> a Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each 
Revolving Lender shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent, forthwith 
return to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank the amount of its Pro 
Rata Revolving Share of any amounts so returned by the Administrative Agent 
or the Issuing Bank plus interest thereon from the date such demand is made 
to the date such amounts are returned by such Revolving Lender to the 
Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, at a rate per annum equal to the 
Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.

3.05     Role of the Issuing Bank

(a)     Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under 
a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to 
obtain any document (other than any sight draft and certificates or documents 
expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to 
the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person 
executing or delivering any such document. 

(b)     No Administrative Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective 
correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Bank shall be liable 
to any Lender for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at 
the request or with the approval of the Revolving Lenders (including the 
Majority Lenders, as applicable); (ii) any action taken or omitted in the 
absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due 
execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any L/C-Related 
Document.

(c)     Each Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of 
any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of 
Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall 
not, preclude a Borrower's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have 
against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  
No Administrative Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective 
correspondents, participants (including the Revolving Lenders) or assignees 
of the Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters 
described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 3.06; provided, however, 
anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, that a Borrower may 
have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank may be liable to 
such Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as 
opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower 
which such Borrower proves were caused by the Issuing Bank's willful 
misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Bank's willful failure to pay 
under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of 
a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and 
conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of 
the foregoing: (i) the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their 
face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, 
regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) the Issuing 
Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any 
instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a 
Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in 
whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any 
reason.

3.06     Obligations Absolute

The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement and any L/C-Related 
Document to reimburse the Issuing Bank for a drawing under a Letter of 
Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing under a Letter of 
Credit converted into Revolving Loans, shall be unconditional and 
irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this 
Agreement and each such other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances 
(unless due to the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Issuing 
Bank), including the following:

(i)     any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any L/C- 
Related Document;

(ii)     any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any 
other term of, all or any of the obligations of a Borrower in respect of any 
Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to 
departure from all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;


(iii)     the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that a 
Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of 
any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such 
transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in 
connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by 
the L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv)     any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any 
Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in 
any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any 
respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any 
document required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;

(v)     any payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against 
presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the 
terms of any Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Bank under 
any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, 
debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, 
receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any 
transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with 
any Insolvency Proceeding;

(vi)     any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any 
release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other 
guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of a Borrower in respect of any 
Letter of Credit; or

(vii)     any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not 
similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might 
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, a Borrower or 
a guarantor.

3.07     Cash Collateral Pledge

If, as of the Revolving Loan Termination Date, any Letters of Credit may for 
any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, or upon the 
occurrence and continuation of the circumstances described in Section 2.07(c) 
requiring the relevant Borrower to Cash Collateralize Letters of Credit, 
then, the relevant Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the L/C 
Obligations in an amount equal to such L/C Obligations or any excess amount.

3.08     Letter of Credit Fees.

(a)     The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of 
each of the Revolving Lenders a letter of credit fee with respect to the 
Letters of Credit equal to the Applicable Margin per annum specified for 
Revolving Loans maintained as Offshore Rate Loans on the Stated Amount 
available to be drawn on the outstanding Letters of Credit, computed on a 
quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, 
September and December based upon Letters of Credit outstanding for that 
quarter as calculated by the Administrative Agent.  Such letter of credit 
fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day 
of each calendar quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding, 
commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after the Initial 
Funding Date, through the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later date 
upon which the outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire), with the final 
payment to be made on the Revolving Loan Termination Date (or such later 
expiration date).

(b)     The Company shall pay to the relevant Issuing Bank, individually, a 
fronting fee for each Letter of Credit Issued by <290> such Issuing Bank 
equal to .125% per annum of the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit.  Such 
fronting fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last 
Business Day of each calendar quarter during which such Letter of Credit is 
outstanding, commencing on the first such quarterly date to occur after such 
Letter of Credit is issued, through the Revolving Loan Termination Date, with 
the final payment to be made on the Revolving Loan Termination Date.


(c)     The Company shall pay to the relevant Issuing Bank from time to time 
on demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing 
fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Bank relating to 
letters of credit as from time to time in effect.

3.09    Existing Letters of Credit.  Schedule 3.09 hereto contains a 
description of all Existing Letters of Credit issued by Chase pursuant to the 
Existing Credit Agreement outstanding on the Initial Funding Date.  Each such 
Existing Letter of Credit, including any extension therof issued by Chase in 
its sole discretion (provided, however, that the Existing Letters of Credit 
described on items 1 and 2 of Schedule 3.09 may not be extended beyond their 
current termination date) shall constitute "Letters of Credit" for all 
purposes of this Agreement, Issued, for purposes of Section 3.01(a), on the 
Initial Funding Date.  The Company, the Administrative Agent and each Lender 
hereby agree that, from and after the Initial Funding Date, the terms of this 
Agreement shall apply to the Existing Letters of Credit and that the terms of 
this Agreement shall supersede the Existing Credit Agreement with respect to 
the Existing Letters of Credit.


3.10     Uniform Customs and Practice

The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as published by the 
International Chamber of Commerce most recently at the time of issuance of 
any Letter of Credit shall (unless otherwise expressly provided in the 
Letters of Credit) apply to the Letters of Credit.


               ARTICLE IV TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

4.01     Taxes

(a)     Any and all payments by a Borrower to each Lender or the 
Administrative Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall 
be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any 
Taxes.  In addition, the relevant Borrower shall pay all Other Taxes.

(b)     If a Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any 
Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable 
hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, then:



(i)     the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that, after making 
all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and 
withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), such 
Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, receives and retains 
an amount equal to the sum it would have received and retained had no such 
deductions or withholdings been made;

(ii)     such Borrower shall make such deductions and withholdings;

(iii)     such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the 
relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with applicable 
law; and

(iv)     such Borrower shall also pay to each Lender or the Administrative 
Agent for the account of such Lender, at the time interest is paid, Further 
Taxes in the amount that the respective Lender specifies as necessary to 
preserve the after-tax yield the Lender would have received if such Taxes, 
Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed.


(c)     Each Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and 
the Administrative Agent for the full amount of i) Taxes, ii) Other Taxes, 
and iii) Further Taxes in the amount necessary to preserve the after-tax 
yield <292> such Lender would have received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or 
Further Taxes had not been imposed, and any liability (including penalties, 
interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect 
thereto, whether or not such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes were 
correctly or legally asserted.  Payment under this indemnification shall be 
made within 30 days after the date the relevant Lender or the Administrative 
Agent makes written demand therefor.

(d)     Within 30 days after the date of any payment pursuant to this Section 
by a Borrower of Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes, such Borrower shall 
furnish to each Lender or the Administrative Agent the original or a 
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of 
payment satisfactory to such Lender or the Administrative Agent.

(e)     If a Borrower is required to pay any amount to any Lender or the 
Administrative Agent pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) of this Section, then 
such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and 
regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so 
as to eliminate any such additional payment by such Borrower which may 
thereafter accrue, if such change in the sole judgment of such Lender is not 
otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender; provided, however, that the Swing 
Line Lender may in any event continue to make Swing Line Loans out of its 
Lending Office in London.














4.02     Illegality.

(a)     If any Lender reasonably determines that the introduction of any 
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the 
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it 
unlawful, or that any central <293> bank or other Governmental Authority has 
asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office 
to make Offshore Rate Loans (including Offshore Rate Loans in any Applicable 
Currency), then, on notice thereof by <294> that Lender to the Company 
through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of that Lender to make 
Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until <295> that Lender notifies the 
Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to 
such determination no longer exist.

(b)     If a Lender reasonably determines that it is unlawful to maintain any 
Offshore Rate Loan, the Company shall, upon its receipt of notice of such 
fact and demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), 
prepay in full such Offshore Rate Loans of that Lender then outstanding, 
together with interest accrued thereon and amounts required under Section 
4.04, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if <296> such 
Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans to such 
day, or immediately, if <297> such Lender may not lawfully continue to 
maintain such Offshore Rate Loan.  If the Company is required to so prepay 
any Offshore Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Company 
may borrow from the affected Lender, in the amount of such repayment, a Base 
Rate Loan.


(c)     If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Offshore Rate 
Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Company may elect, by giving 
notice to <298> such Lender through the Administrative Agent that all Loans 
which would otherwise be made by <299> such Lender as Offshore Rate Loans 
shall be instead Base Rate Loans.

(d)     Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent under this 
Section, the affected Lender shall designate a different Lending Office with 
respect to its Offshore Rate Loans if such designation will avoid the need 
for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the judgment of 
<300> such Lender, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender.


4.03     Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.
(a)     If any Lender reasonably determines that, due to either (i) the 
introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or 
regulation or (ii) the compliance by that Lender with any guideline or 
request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not 
having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such 
Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Offshore 
Rate Loans or participating in Letters of Credit, or, in the case of the 
Issuing Bank, any increase in the cost to the Issuing Bank of agreeing to 
issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make or 
making, funding or maintaining any unpaid drawing under any Letter of Credit, 
then the relevant Borrower shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, 
upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Administrative 
Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, 
additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Lender for such 
increased costs.

(b)     If any Lender shall have reasonably determined that (i) the 
introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any 
Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or 
administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or 
other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or 
administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by <301> such Lender (or its 
Lending Office) or any corporation controlling <302> such Lender with any 
Capital Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital 
required or expected to be maintained by <303> such Lender or any corporation 
controlling <304> such Lender and (taking into consideration such Lender's or 
such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy and such 
Lender's customary return on capital) determines that the amount of such 
capital is increased as a consequence of its Commitment, loans, credits or 
obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of such Lender to the 
Company through the Administrative Agent, the relevant Borrower shall pay to 
<305> such Lender, from time to time as specified by <306> such Lender, 
additional amounts sufficient to compensate <307> such Lender or such 
corporation for such increase.


(c)     Any provision of this Agreement stated to have effect on, after, or 
as from, the Commencement Date will, to the extent that the provision relates 
to any currency of a state which is not a Participating Member State on the 
Commencement Date, have effect in relation to that currency on the date on 
which <308> it becomes a Participating Member State.

4.04     Funding Losses

(a)     Each Borrower shall reimburse each Lender and hold each Lender 
harmless from any loss or expense which <309> such Lender may sustain or 
incur (other than as a result of Section 4.05) as a consequence of:

(i)     the failure of <310> such Borrower to make on a timely basis any payment
of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;


(ii)     the failure of such Borrower to borrow, continue or convert a Loan 
after the Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of 
Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

(iii)     the failure of such Borrower to make any prepayment in accordance 
with any notice delivered under Section 2.06;

(iv)     the prepayment or other payment (including after acceleration 
thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the 
relevant Interest Period;

(v)     the automatic conversion under Section 2.04 of any Offshore Rate Loan 
to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant 
Interest Period; or

(vi)     in the event that during the 180 day period following the Initial 
Funding Date, the Borrowers maintain (x) more than one Offshore Rate Loan  
with different Interest Periods or (y) any Offshore Rate Loan with an 
Interest Period in excess of one month, any breakage costs, charges or fees 
incurred by NationsBank or any co-arranger in connection with the assignment 
of an Offshore Rate Loan;


including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or 
reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or 
from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were 
obtained or from changes relating to any Offshore Currency Loans.  For 
purposes of calculating amounts payable by <311> a Borrower to the Lenders 
under this Section and under Section 4.03(a), each Offshore Rate Loan made by 
a Lender (and each related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) 
shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded at the LIBOR used in 
determining the Offshore Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching 
deposit or other borrowing in the interbank eurodollar market for a 
comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Offshore 
Rate Loan is in fact so funded.

(b)     Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or 
currency unit are at the same time recognized by the central bank of any 
country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)     any reference in the Loan Documents to, and any obligations arising 
under the Loan Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated 
into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by 
the Administrative Agent; and

(ii)     any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall 
be at the official rate of exchange recognized by the central bank for the 
conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or 
down by the Administrative Agent acting reasonably.

(c)     If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will 
be amended to the extent the Administrative Agent specifies to be necessary 
to reflect the change in currency and to put the Administrative Agent, the 
Issuing Bank and each Lender in the same position, so far as possible, that 
it would have been in if no change in currency had occurred.

4.05     Inability to Determine Rates

If the Administrative Agent determines that for any reason adequate and 
reasonable means do not exist for determining the Offshore Rate for any 
requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan, the 
Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each Lender.  
Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Offshore Rate 
Loans hereunder shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent  revokes 
such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke 
any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation then submitted 
by it.  If the Company does not revoke such <312> notice, the Lenders shall 
make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the Company, in the amount 
specified in the applicable notice submitted by the Company, but such Loans 
shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore 
Rate Loans.  In the case of any Offshore Currency Loans (other than Sterling 
Acquisition Loans), the Borrowing or continuation shall be in an aggregate 
amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent amount of the originally requested 
Borrowing or continuation in the Offshore Currency, and to that end any 
outstanding Offshore Currency Loans (other than Sterling Acquisition 
Loans)which are the subject of any continuation shall be redenominated and 
converted into Base Rate Loans in Dollars with effect from the last day of 
the Interest Period with respect to any such Offshore Currency Loans.

4.06     Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans

The Company shall pay to each Lender, in respect of any Offshore Currency 
Loans, additional costs arising under any applicable regulations of the 
central bank or other relevant Governmental Authority in the country in which 
the Offshore Currency of such Offshore Rate Loan circulates on the unpaid 
principal amount of each Offshore Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such 
reserves allocated to such Loan by <313> such Lender (as determined by <314> 
such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), payable 
on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Company 
shall have received at least 15 days' prior written notice (with a copy to 
the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender.  If 
such Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest 
Payment Date, such additional interest shall be payable 15 days from receipt 
of such notice.

4.07     Certificates of Lenders

Any Lender claiming reimbursement or compensation under this Article IV shall 
deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a 
certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to <315> 
such Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on 
the Company in the absence of manifest error.

4.08     Substitution of Lenders

Upon the receipt by a Borrower from any Lender (an "Affected Lender") of a 
claim for compensation under this Article IV, such Borrower may:  (i) request 
the Affected Lender to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a 
replacement Lender or financial institution satisfactory to such Borrower to 
acquire and assume all or a ratable part of all of such Affected Lender's 
Loans, Commitments and participation in Letters of Credit (a "Replacement 
Lender"); (ii) request one more of the other Lenders to acquire and assume 
all or part of such Affected Lender's Loans, Commitment and participation in 
Letters of Credit; or (iii) designate a Replacement Lender.  Any such 
designation of a Replacement Lender under clause (i) or (iii) above shall be 
subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which 
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and any such substitution shall 
in any event be effective upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in 
Section 12.08 and all then outstanding Obligations owing to such Affected Lender
shall be repaid in full on the date of any such assignment.


4.09     Survival

The agreements and obligations of the Company in this Article IV shall 
survive the payment of all other Obligations.
















                     ARTICLE <316> V

                   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.01     Conditions to Announcement Date

The obligation of each Lender to enter into <317> the Prior Loan Document was 
subject to the condition that the Administrative Agent <318> received on 
or prior to the date of the Press Release each of the following, in form and 
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and in sufficient copies 
for each Lender: 

(a)     Credit Agreement

     This Agreement shall be executed by each party thereto.

(b)     Resolutions; Incumbency

With respect to each the Company, US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2 and Bidco:

(i)     copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of such Person 
authorizing the Transactions and the transactions contemplated thereby, 
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person; and

(ii)     a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such 
Person, dated as of the Announcement Date, and certifying the names and true 
signatures of the officers of such Person authorized to execute, deliver and 
perform, as applicable, this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents to be 
delivered by it hereunder. 

(c)     Organization Documents; Good Standing

Each of the following documents with respect to each of the Company, US 
Holdco #1, US Holdco #2 and Bidco:

(i)     the articles or certificate of incorporation,  memorandum of 
association, bylaws and board of directors resolutions of such Person as then 
in effect, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Person; 
and


(ii)     a good standing certificate for such Person from the Secretary of 
State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of 
incorporation and each state where such Person is qualified to do business as 
a foreign corporation as of a recent date, together with a bring-down 
certificate by facsimile. 

(d)     Legal Opinions

An opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, dated as of 
the Announcement Date, (i) of Nutter, McClennen & Fish LLP, counsel to the 
Company and US Holdco, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1, (ii) of 
Simmons & Simmons, special English counsel to the Company, substantially in 
the form of Exhibit D-2; and (iii) of Allen & Overy, special English counsel 
to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3.


(e)     Payment of Fees

Evidence of payment by the Company of all accrued and unpaid fees, costs and 
expenses to the extent then due and payable, together with Attorney Costs of 
NationsBank to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Announcement Date, 
including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in 
Sections 2.10 and 12.04.

(f)     Certificate

A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, dated as of the 
Announcement Date:

(i)     stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article 
VI are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of 
such date;

(ii)     stating that no Default or Event of Default exists both before and 
after giving effect to the Transaction; and

(iii)     stating that there has occurred (x) since March 31, 1998, with 
respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (y) to the best knowledge of 
the Company since December 31, 1997 with respect to Target and its 
Subsidiaries, no event or circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably 
be expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, assets, 
liabilities (actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or 
otherwise) or prospects of such Person. 



(g)     Press Release

A true and complete copy of the Press Release, certified as true and correct 
by a Responsible Officer, which Press Release (including, without limitation, 
any conditions to the Offer contained therein) shall (i) be in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) 
indicate that the Offer is recommended by the Directors of the Target, and 
that such Directors are giving personal undertakings, in form and substance 
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in favor of Bidco with respect to the 
Offer, and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory 
to it that the Press Release has been released for publication at the opening 
of business in London on October 26, 1998.  

          (h)     Consent to Existing Credit Agreement

The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed consent 
executed by the requisite lenders party to the Existing Credit Agreement with 
respect to the Transaction, such consent to be in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and such consent shall be in full 
force and effect.


          (i)     Currency Fluctuations Protection

On or prior to the Announcement Date, the Company shall enter into Swap 
Contracts providing protection against fluctuations in the rate of exchange 
between Sterling and Dollars with one or more financial institutions each 
having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, which shall 
hedge against any fluctuations in the exchange rate of Dollars against 
Sterling the effect of which $160,000,000 will purchase Pounds 86,614,000, 
and such Swap Contract shall <319> contain such other terms as are customary 
and satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


(j)     Environment Review

     Such environmental site assessments with respect to the real property of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Target and the Target Subsidiaries 
as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(k)     Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Projections; and Financials

(i)     A pro forma consolidated and  consolidating balance sheet of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Transaction and the 
related financing thereof (based on the interim financial statements of the 
Company as of September 30, 1998 and of the Target as of June 30, 1998) 
together with a Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer, 
demonstrating compliance by the Company with Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 as of 
September 30, 1998 (after giving effect to the Transaction and the related 
financing thereof), which pro forma balance sheet and Compliance Certificate 
shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(ii)     Projections for the period commencing in 1998 and concluding on the 
date approximately five years thereafter in form and substance acceptable to 
the Administrative Agent.

(l)     Solvency Certificates

     Each of the Company, US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2 shall have delivered 
a Solvency Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 hereto.


     (m)     Collateral Documents

     The Subsidiary Guaranty executed by US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2 and 
the Company Pledge Agreement and the US Holdco Pledge Agreements, together 
with:

          (i)     evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that 
there has been or will be filed, registered or recorded all filings, 
registrations and recordings necessary and advisable to perfect the Liens of 
the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with 
applicable law;

          (ii)     written advice relating to such Lien and judgment 
researches as the Administrative Agent shall have requested of the Company, 
and such termination statements or other documents as may be necessary to 
confirm that the Collateral is subject to no other Liens in favor of any 
Persons (other than Permitted Liens);

          (iii)     all certificates and instruments representing the Pledged 
Collateral under the Company Pledge Agreement and the US Holdco Pledge 
Agreements, together with stock transfer powers and other evidence or 
transferability executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may specify; 
and


          (iv)     evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the 
reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, customary to perfect and 
protect the first priority Lien created by the Collateral Documents <320>.

     (n)     Other Documents

     Such other customary approvals, opinions, documents or materials as the 
Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

5.02     Conditions of Initial Funding Date

     The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension 
hereunder is subject to the condition that the Administrative Agent shall 
have received executed originals of each of the following on or before such 
funding date:

(a)     Notes

          The Notes executed by the Company.


(b)     Bring Down Certificate

A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer dated as of the Initial Funding 
Date, proposing any necessary changes to the Disclosure Schedules to this 
Agreement occurring after the Announcement Date (provided, however, that the 
Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may accept or reject such 
proposed changes, but any rejection of the changes will not mean that this 
condition has not been satisfied).

(c)     Lender Payoff Letter

A fully executed, valid and binding bank payoff letter, or other customary 
evidence of satisfaction reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent 
fully executed and delivered by each lender to the Company and each of its 
Subsidiaries (which must include the lenders under Existing Credit 
Agreement) <321> being repaid on the Initial Funding Date and of the Target
and each of its Subsidiaries being repaid on the Business Day following the 
Initial Funding Date, in each case stating the total amount due under any 
credit and loan documents or agreements with such lenders, as the case may 
be, howsoever due and owing (whether as principal, interest or premium) shall 
be satisfied (and such agreements terminated) upon payment of an amount 
certain, together with such lien releases and other customary payoff 
documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require; provided, 
however, that (x) the aggregate amount of such Debt of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries (including Target and its Subsidiaries) covered by such payoff 
letters shall not exceed <322> $205,000,000, and  (y) any Debt of the Company 
or its Subsidiaries or the Target and its Subsidiaries not being repaid must 
be permitted Debt under Section 8.01.

          (d)     Solvency Certificates

A written solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Company in 
the form of Exhibit K-1, with respect to Bidco in the form of Exhibit K-2, 
and with respect to Target in the form of Exhibit L, each  dated as of the 
Initial Funding Date, with respect to the Solvency of each such Person on a 
consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transaction (except that the 
certification with respect to Target and its Subsidiaries will be as of the 
Unconditional Date).

(e)     Resolutions; Incumbency

          With respect to each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than US Holdco #1 
and US Holdco #2):

(i)     copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of such Person 
authorizing the Transactions and the transactions contemplated thereby, 
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person; and

(ii)     a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such 
Person, dated as of the Initial Funding Date, and certifying the names and 
true signatures of the officers of such Person authorized to execute, deliver 
and perform, as applicable, this Agreement, and all other Loan Documents to 
be delivered by it hereunder. 

(f)     Organization Documents; Good Standing

Each of the following documents with respect to each Subsidiary Guarantor 
(other than US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2):

(i)     the articles or certificate of incorporation, memorandum of 
association, bylaws and board of directors resolutions of such Person as then 
in effect, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Person; 
and

(ii)     a good standing certificate for such Person from the Secretary of 
State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of 
incorporation and each state where such Person is qualified to do business as 
a foreign corporation as of a recent date, together with a bring-down 
certificate by facsimile. 

(g)     Collateral Documents

The Company Guaranty, Subsidiary Guaranty and Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge 
Agreement, in each case executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor <323>, 
together with:

(i)     evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that 
there has been or will be filed, registered or recorded all filings, 
registrations and recordings necessary and advisable to perfect the Liens of 
the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with 
applicable law;


(ii)     written advice relating to such Lien and judgment searches as the 
Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested of the Company, and such 
termination statements or other documents as may be necessary to confirm that 
the Collateral is subject to no other Liens in favor of any Persons (other 
than Permitted Liens);

(iii)     all certificates and instruments representing Pledged Collateral 
under the Pledge Agreements <324> (other than with respect to the Foreigh 
Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 5.02. each a "Specified Foreigh Subsidiary"), 
together with undated stock transfer powers and other evidence <325> of 
transferability executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may 
reasonably specify; and

(iv)     evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the reasonable 
opinion of the Administrative Agent, customary to perfect and protect the 
first priority Lien created by the Collateral Documents has been taken; 
provided, however, that the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that their 
obligations to make <326> any Loan to enable the Company 
to facilitate the purchase of Target Shares and pay off the Existing Credit 
Agreement during the Certain Funds Period will not be dependent upon the 
satisfaction of this clause (iv).


          (h)     Completion of Offer

The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that each of the 
following has occurred on the Initial Funding Date or will occur on the 
Business Day following the Initial Funding Date, certified by a Responsible 
Officer of the Company:


(i)     evidence that the Offer shall have been declared and/or become 
unconditional in all respects and that valid acceptances relating to the 
number of Target Shares to which the Offer relates referred to in Section 
7.12(f) have been received and have not (where permitted) been withdrawn; and


(ii)     a certificate in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative 
Agent from the Company, <327> certifying as to compliance with, and the 
receipt of any consents or waivers required by  the terms and conditions of 
Sections 7.12 (a), (c) and (j) and 8.02.

(i)     Legal Opinion

          An opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, 
dated as of the Initial Funding Date, of Nutter, McClennen & Fish LLP, 
updating their opinion delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d)(i) to bring down 
the opinions therein, expand the coverage of the opinion to include all 
guarantors and each Collateral Document being executed at such time and cover 
such other customary matters as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably 
request, such opinion to be in form and substance satisfactory to the 
Administrative Agent; provided, however, that the Lenders hereby acknowledge 
and agree that their obligation to make <328> any Loan to 
enable the Company to facilitate the purchase of Target Shares and pay off 
the Existing Credit Agreement during the Certain Funds Period will not be 
dependent upon the satisfaction of this clause (i).

(j)     Applicable Margin Certificate

          A certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Initial 
Funding Date, executed by a Responsible Officer, delineating the Applicable 
Margin after giving pro forma effect to the Loans to be incurred on the 
Initial Funding Date and the consummation of the Transaction, the form and 
substance of such certificate to be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; 
provided, however, that the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that their 
obligation to make <329> any Loan to enable the Company to 
facilitate the purchase of Target Shares  and pay off the Existing Credit 
Agreement during the Certain Funds Period will not be dependent upon the 
satisfaction of this clause (j).




(k)     Application of Swap Contract Proceeds

          Prior to the incurrence of any Loan to purchsae Target Shares,
 the Company shall liquidate the Swap Contract referred to in Section 5.01(i) 
and utilize 100% of the proceeds thereof, if any, together with any proceeds 
of any other forward or exhchange contracts (as reasonably determined by the 
Administrative Agent) to effect the Transaction.


(l)     Payment of Fees

          Evidence of payment by each Borrower of all accrued and unpaid 
fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the Initial 
Funding Date, together with Attorney Costs of NationsBank to the extent 
invoiced prior to or on the Initial Funding Date; including any such costs, 
fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Sections 2.10 and 12.04; 
provided, however, that the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that their 
obligation to make <330> any Loan to the Company to 
facilitate the purchase of Target Shares and the payoff of the Existing 
Credit Agreement during the Certain Funds Period will not be dependent upon 
the satisfaction of this clause (l).

(m)     Other Documents

          Such other customary approvals, opinions, documents or materials as 
in the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; provided, however, that 
the Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that their obligation to make 
<331> any Loan to the Company to facilitate the purchase of 
Target Shares and the payoff of the Existing Credit Agreement during the 
Certain Funds Period will not be dependent upon the satisfaction of this 
clause (m).


     5.03     Conditions to All Credit Extensions

The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan to be made by it (including 
its initial Loan) or to continue or convert any Loan under Section 2.04 and 
the obligation of the Issuing Bank to Issue <332> any Letter of 
Credit (including the initial Letters of Credit) is subject to the 
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant Borrowing 
Date or Issuance Date:

(a)     Notice, Application

The Administrative Agent shall have received (with, in the case of the 
initial Loans only, a copy for each Lender) a Notice of Borrowing in the form 
of Exhibit A-1 or, in the case of any Issuance of any Letter of Credit, the 
Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received an L/C 
Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under Section 3.02.












(b)     Continuation of Representations and Warranties

The representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct in 
all material respects on and as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date with 
the same effect as if made on and as of such Borrowing Date, or Issuance Date 
(except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to 
an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such 
earlier date); provided, however, that notwithstanding the provisions of this 
clause (b) (but subject to compliance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02), at any 
time during the Certain Funds Period the obligations of the Lenders to make 
any <333>  Loan to enable the Company to fund the 
purchase by Bidco of Target Shares and the repayment of loans under the 
Existing Credit Agreement are only subject to the condition that, at the time 
of the making of such Loan, the Relevant Representations and Warranties are 
true and correct in all material respects; and


(c)     No Existing Default

No Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result after giving 
effect to such Borrowing (or continuation or conversion) or Issuance (or 
amendment or renewal); provided, however, that notwithstanding the provisions 
of this clause (c) (but subject to compliance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02), 
at any time during the Certain Funds Period, the obligations of the Lenders 
to make any <334> Loans to enable the Company to fund 
the purchase by Bidco of Target Shares and the repayment of loans under the 
Existing Credit Agreement, are only subject to the condition that, at the 
time of the making of such Loan, no Relevant Event of Default has occurred 
and is continuing or would result after giving effect to such Loan.


Each Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Continuation/Conversion, L/C Application 
or L/C Amendment Application submitted by a Borrower hereunder shall 
constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower hereunder, as of 
the date of each such notice or application and as of each Borrowing Date or 
Issuance Date, as applicable, that the conditions in this Section 5.03 are 
satisfied and the statements in clause (b) above are deemed remade as of such 
date.  For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence and Section 10.02, 
each of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and any 
obligation to make delivery of documents hereunder shall be deemed to have 
been made notwithstanding the fact the Lenders may be required to make Loans 
during the Certain Funds Period, and any Default or Event of Default that may 
exist under Section 10.01(b) on the date such Loan is made shall not be 
deemed to have been waived as a result of such Loan.


     5.04     First Borrowing by Each Eligible Borrower

The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan or issue a Letter of Credit on 
the occasion of the first Borrowing request or  first request for issuance of 
a Letter of Credit by each Eligible Borrower is subject to the satisfaction 
of the following further conditions:

(a)     receipt by the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender of 
a duly executed Note in the form of Exhibit F-1 and Exhibit F-4 of such 
Eligible Borrower dated on or before the date of such Borrowing;

(b)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of an Authorization Letter duly 
executed by such Eligible Borrower;


(c)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of an Election to Participate 
duly executed by such Eligible Borrower;

(d)     receipt by the Administrative  Agent of <335> a Subsidiary Guaranty 
duly executed by such Eligible Borrower that is a Domestic Subsidiary;

(e)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of such certificates, together 
with executed and undated stock powers, of such Eligible Borrower or where 
such Eligible Borrower is a Foreign Subsidiary, of the first-tier Foreign 
Subsidiary parent entity of such Eligible Borrower and, in the case of an 
Eligible Borrower that is a Domestic Subsidiary, intercompany notes endorsed 
in blank;

(f)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of counsel for such 
Eligible Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent and covering such 
matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as the 
Administrative Agent may reasonably request; provided, however, that in the 
event that such opinion is not delivered on the date of such first Borrowing, 
then such opinion shall be delivered no later than the 30th day following 
such date and the aggregate Effective Amount of Revolving Loans and L/C 
Obligations of all such Eligible Borrowers for which opinions have not been 
delivered shall not at any time exceed $10,000,000 prior to the date such 
opinion is delivered in compliance with this clause (e);


(g)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documents which it may 
reasonably request relating to the existence of such Eligible Borrower, the 
corporate authority for and the validity of this Agreement, the Authorization 
Letter, the Election to Participate and the Notes of such Eligible Borrower, 
and any other matters relevant thereto, all in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; 

(h)     receipt by the Administrative Agent of a letter from US Corporation 
System in New York, New York<336> (or such other agent to receive service of 
process in New York, New York reasonably acceptable to the Administrative 
Agent), indicating its consent to its appointment by such Eligible Borrower 
as its agent to receive service of process; and

(i)     the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.25 shall be 
true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing as though made on 
and as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred 
and be continuing, or would result from such Loans.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.04(f), the opinion referred to in 
Section 5.04(f) above shall be dated no more than five Business Days before 
the date of the first Borrowing by such Eligible Borrower hereunder.










              ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Company  represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and 
each Lender that:

     6.01     Incorporation, Good Standing and Due Qualification.  Each of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Elnic, Inc. which is a dormant 
corporation (a) is duly incorporated, validly existing 
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, 
has the corporate power and authority to own its assets and to transact the 
business in which it is now engaged, and (b) is duly qualified as a foreign 
corporation and in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in 
which such qualification is required except where failure to be so qualified 
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business as a whole 
or its properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or operation.


     6.02     Corporate Power and Authority; No Conflicts.  The execution, 
delivery and performance by <337> the Company and each <338> Subsidiary 
<339> of the Offer Documents and the Loan Documents to which it is a 
party are within its corporate power, have been duly authorized by all 
necessary corporate action and do not and will not: (a) require any consent 
or approval of its stockholders; (b) contravene its charter or by-laws; (c) 
violate any provision of, or require any filing (except for the filing of 
this Agreement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York 
Stock Exchange), registration, consent or approval under, any law, rule, 
regulation (including Regulation U <340> of the FRB), order, writ, judgment, 
injunction, decree, determination or award presently in effect having 
applicability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates; (d) 
result in a breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent (except 
for those consents which have been obtained) under, any indenture or loan or 
credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument to which <341> 
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or its 
properties may be bound; (e) result in, or require, the creation or 
imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now 
owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (f) 
cause the Company (or any Subsidiary or affiliate, as the case may be) to be 
in default under any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, 
injunction, decree, determination or award or any such indenture, agreement, 
lease or instrument.

     6.03     Legally Enforceable Agreements.  Each Loan Document to which 
the Company or any <342> of its Subsidiaries is a party is, or when delivered 
under this Agreement will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the 
Company or such <343> Subsidiary, as applicable, enforceable against the 
Company or such <344> Subsidiary, as applicable, in accordance with its 
terms, except to the extent that such enforcement may be limited by 
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement 
of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to 
enforceability and the time barring of claims under any applicable 
limitations act.








     6.04     Litigation.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.04, there are no 
actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, 
threatened <345> against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, which, in any one case 
or in the aggregate, would have a reasonable likelihood of having a material 
adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, properties or business 
of the Company and its Subsidiaries as taken as a whole or the ability of the 
Company or any <346> of its Subsidiaries to perform its obligation under the 
Loan Documents to which it is a party.

     6.05     Financial Statements; SEC Filings.

          (a)      Attached hereto as Schedule 6.05(a)  is a true and correct 
copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at March 31, 1998, and the related consolidated 
statements of income and statements of cash flows and changes in 
stockholders' equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the 
fiscal year then ended, and the accompanying footnotes, together with the 
opinion thereon, of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public 
accountants, a copy of which is contained in Schedule 6.05(a), and such 
financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial 
condition of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date 
and the results of the operations of the Company and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries for the periods covered by such statements, all in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles.  Since March 31, 1998, there 
has been no material adverse change in the business, financial position or 
results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The Company has 
timely made all filings required of it with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and is in material compliance with all securities laws applicable 
to it.

          (b)     (i)  Attached hereto as Schedule 6.05 is a true and correct 
copy of the audited financial statements of the Target for the fiscal years 
ended December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, together 
with the opinion thereon<347> of Price Waterhouse, independent certified 
public accountants, a copy of which is contained in Schedule 6.05(b), and to 
the knowledge of the Company, such financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of Target and its Subsidiaries as at such dates 
and of the profit and cash flows of Target and its Subsidiaries for the years 
then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act of 1985.

               (ii)  Since December 31, 1997, there has been no material 
adverse change in the business, financial position or results of operations 
of Target and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that up to and including 
the Initial Funding Date this representation and warranty contained in this 
clause (ii) shall be deemed to have been made only to the best knowledge of 
the Company.


     6.06     Taxes.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all 
United States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns 
required to be filed and has paid all taxes, assessments and governmental 
charges and levies shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, 
except for those which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate 
proceedings diligently conducted.  The federal income tax liability of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries has been audited by the Internal Revenue Service 
and has been finally determined and satisfied for all taxable years up to and 
including the taxable year ended March 31, 1994 (other than with respect to 
any research and development credit attributable to any taxable year prior to 
March 31, 1994). The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to taxes or other governmental 
charges are adequate in the opinion of the Company.

     6.07     ERISA.  Each member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its 
obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with 
respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all material respects with the 
presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each 
Plan.  No member of the ERISA Group has (a) sought a waiver of the minimum 
funding standard under Section 412 of the Code in respect of any Plan, (b) 
failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan 
or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any amendment to any Plan 
or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or could result in the imposition 
of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under ERISA or the Code 
or (c) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability 
to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.




     6.08     Subsidiaries and Ownership of Stock.  Schedule 6.08 is a 
complete and accurate list of Subsidiaries of the Company as of the date 
hereof, showing the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each 
Subsidiary and showing the percentage of the Company's ownership of the 
outstanding capital stock or other ownership interest of each such 
Subsidiary. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.08, all of the outstanding 
capital stock or other ownership interest of each such Subsidiary has been 
validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable and if owned by the Company 
is free and clear of all Liens.

     6.09     Credit Arrangements.  As of <348> September 30, 1998, Schedule 
6.09 (as such Schedule is updated on the Initial Funding Date with the 
consent of the Administrative Agent) is a 
complete and correct list of all Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
outstanding pursuant to which in each case the Company or its Subsidiaries 
are or may be, in any manner, directly or contingently, obligated in an 
amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000 and all Liens existing securing 
Debt outstanding.

     6.10     No Default on Outstanding Judgments or Orders.  Each of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries has satisfied all material judgments, and 
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default with respect to 
any material judgment, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any 
court, arbitrator or federal, state, municipal or other governmental 
authority, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or 
foreign.

     6.11     Governmental Regulation.  Neither the Company nor any of its 
Subsidiaries is a "holding company" or a "public utility" within the meaning 
of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or an "investment company" 
or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of 
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or an "investment advisor" 
within the meaning of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended.




     6.12     Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.12, 
each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable 
Environmental Laws, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has 
any fixed or contingent liability under any Environmental Law applicable to 
the business, operations or properties of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries (for purposes of this Section 6.12, "liabilities" shall include 
liabilities for any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up 
or closure of properties presently or previously owned, any capital or 
operating expenditures required to achieve or maintain compliance with 
environmental protection standards imposed by law or as a condition of any 
license, permit or contract, any related constraints on operating activities, 
including any losses or expenses relating to periodic or permanent shutdown 
of any facility or reduction in the level of or change in the nature of 
operations conducted thereat, any costs or liabilities in connection with 
off-site disposal of wastes or Hazardous Substances, and any actual or 
potential liabilities to third parties, including employees, and any related 
costs and expenses), except in each case where the amount of the liabilities 
associated with such noncompliance and the amount of such fixed or contingent 
liabilities does not exceed in the aggregate $5,000,000.  For purposes of 
determining the liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to 
any remedial obligation imposed pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or other similar laws, 
whether state or federal, the Company and the Lenders shall take account of 
the contribution obligations of other potentially responsible parties 
associated with such remedial obligation.


     6.13     Margin Stock.  As of the Announcement Date, the fair market 
value of all margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the FRB, 12 CFR 
Section 221.2(h)) owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 
$150,000  (not including any shares of the Company's Common Stock held in the 
MacDermid, Incorporated Employee Pension Plan, the MacDermid, Incorporated 
Employees Profit Sharing Plan and the MacDermid, Incorporated Employee Stock 
Ownership Plan and 14,256,410 shares of Common Stock held in the Company's 
treasury as of the Announcement Date).


     6.14     Full Disclosure.  All information heretofore furnished by the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or any Lender 
for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction 
contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the 
Company to the Administrative Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate 
in all material respects on the date as of which such information is stated 
or certified.  The Company has disclosed to the Lenders any and all facts, 
other than general economic conditions, which materially and adversely affect 
or may affect (to the extent the Company can now reasonably foresee) the 
business, operations or financial condition of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries to perform their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

     6.15     Collateral Documents.

          (a)     The provisions of each Pledge Agreement are effective to 
create, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, 
a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in all of the collateral 
described therein; and the Pledged Collateral  was delivered to the 
Administrative Agent or its nominee in accordance with the terms thereof.  
The Lien of each Pledge Agreement constitutes a perfected, first priority 
security interest in all right, title and interest of a Borrower or its 
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the Collateral described therein, prior 
and superior to all other Liens and interests.

          (b)     All representations and warranties of a Borrower and any of 
its Subsidiaries party thereto contained in the Collateral Documents are true 
and correct in all material respects.


6.16     Solvency

The Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent, and, 
on and after the Initial Funding Date, US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2 and Bidco, 
each on a stand alone basis,  and the Target and its Subsidiaries, on a 
consolidated basis are, Solvent.


6.17     Labor Relations

There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes against the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the best of the Company's 
knowledge, threatened against or materially affecting the Company or any of 
its Subsidiaries, and no significant unfair labor practice complaint is 
pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best 
knowledge of the Company, threatened against or materially affecting any of 
them before any Governmental Authority.



6.18     Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc.

Except as set forth on Schedule 6.18 <349> hereto, the Company or a 
Subsidiary owned or <350> is licensed or otherwise <351> has the right to use 
all of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, 
contractual franchises, authorizations and other rights that are material to 
the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict by, or with 
the rights of any other Person.  To the best knowledge of the Company, no 
slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part 
or other material employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
infringes upon any rights held by any other Person.  Except as set forth on 
Schedule 6.18 <352> hereto, no claim or litigation regarding any of the 
foregoing is pending or to the knowledge of the Company threatened, and no 
patent, invention, device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule, 
regulation, standard or code is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, 
proposed, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a 
material adverse change in the business, financial position or results of 
operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries.


6.19     Broker's; Transaction Fees

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to any 
Person in respect of any finder's, broker's or investment banker's fee in 
connection with the Transaction except as disclosed on Schedule 6.19.





6.20     Insurance

The properties of each of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with 
financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the 
Company, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as 
are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning 
similar properties in localities where the Company or such Subsidiary 
operates.

6.21     Swap Obligations

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any outstanding 
obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than Permitted Swap Obligations.  
The Company has undertaken its own independent assessment of its consolidated 
assets, liabilities and commitments and has considered appropriate means of 
mitigating and managing risks associated with such matters and has not relied 
on any swap counterparty or any Affiliate of any swap counterparty in 
determining whether to enter into any Swap Contract.  All of the Swap 
Contracts of the Company and its Subsidiaries in effect as of the date of 
this Agreement are set forth on Schedule 6.21.

6.22     Transaction Agreements

The agreements in connection with the Transaction (including, without 
limitation, the Press Release, the Offer Documents  and the 
agreements relating to the refinancing of certain Debt of the Target and 
certain Target Subsidiaries)  ("Transaction Agreements") are, or when 
executed (or released in the case of the Press Release) will be, in full 
force and effect, and if previously executed, have not been terminated, 
rescinded or withdrawn, and no material portion thereof has been amended or 
waived by any party except as permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions 
contained in Section 7.12.  As of the Initial Funding Date, all requisite 
approvals by governmental authorities and regulatory bodies having 
jurisdiction over the Company and other Persons referenced therein, with 
respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, have 
been obtained, and no such approvals impose any conditions to the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements 
or to the conduct in any material respect by the Company and its Subsidiaries 
of its business thereafter.  To the best of the Company's knowledge, none of 
any Person's representations or warranties in the Transaction Agreements 
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary to 
make the facts necessary to make the statements contained therein  not 
misleading in light of the circumstances in which made.

     6.23     Governmental Authorization

In connection with the Transaction and the Offer, no approval, consent, 
exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing (other 
than pursuant to the Collateral Documents) with, any Governmental Authority 
is materially necessary or required in connection with the execution, 
delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, a Borrower or any of its 
Subsidiaries of the Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other 
Transaction Agreement other than (a) those approvals, consents, exemptions 
and authorizations which have already been obtained, (b) any consent or 
dispensations in connection with Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act 
of 1976, as amended, and appropriate clearances from the Office of Fair 
Trading, each of which will be obtained on or prior to the Initial Funding 
Date and (c) the registration of certain of the Collateral Documents as 
required by Section 395 of the Companies Act.


6.24     Year 2000 Compliance

On the basis of an investigation made by Company and each of its 
Subsidiaries, the Company to the best of its knowledge reasonably believes 
that the "Year 2000 problem" (that is, the risk that computer applications 
used by the Company and its Subsidiaries may be unable to recognize and 
perform properly date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to 
and any date after December 31, 1999) will not result in a material adverse 
change in the business, financial position or results of operations of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries.

6.25     Representations of Eligible Borrowers.

  Each Eligible Borrower shall be deemed by the execution and delivery of its 
Election to Participate to have represented and warranted as of the date 
thereof that:


     (a)     It is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in 
good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and is a 
Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company;


     (b)     The execution and delivery by it of its Authorization Letter, 
its Election to Participate, the Subsidiary Guaranty (in the case of a 
Domestic Subsidiary only), the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement (in the case of a 
Domestic Subsidiary only) and its Notes, and the performance by it of this 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are within its 
corporate powers; have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate 
action; require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any 
governmental body, agency or official; do not contravene, or constitute a 
default under, any provision of any applicable law or regulation or of its 
certificate of incorporation or by-laws or of any agreement, judgment, 
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Company or 
such Eligible Borrower; and will not result in the creation or imposition of 
any Lien on any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than 
Permitted Liens;



     (c)     This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a 
party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Eligible 
Borrower, enforceable against such Eligible Borrower in accordance with its 
terms, except to the extent that such enforcement may be limited by 
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement 
of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to 
enforceability and the time barring of claims under any applicable 
limitations act;


     (d)      Except as disclosed in such Election to Participate, there is 
no income, stamp or other tax of any country, or any taxing authority thereof 
or therein, in the nature of withholding or otherwise, which is imposed on 
any payment to be made by such Eligible Borrower pursuant hereto or on any of 
its Notes, or is imposed on or by virtue of the execution, delivery, 
performance or enforcement of its Election to Participate or any of its 
Notes.

                     ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

On and after the Announcement Date, so long as any Lender shall have any 
Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or 
unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, unless the 
Majority Lenders waive compliance in writing:


7.01     Reporting Requirements.  The Company shall furnish directly to the 
Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly furnish a 
copy to the Lenders):

     (a)     as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the 
end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated and consolidating 
balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end 
of such fiscal year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements 
of income and consolidated statements of cash flows and changes in 
stockholders' equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for 
such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form 
the respective consolidated and consolidating figures for the corresponding 
date and period in the prior fiscal year and (i) in the case of the 
consolidated statements, all reported on in a manner acceptable to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP or other 
independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, and (ii) in 
the case of consolidating statements, all certified as to fairness of 
presentation, compliance with generally accepted accounting principles and 
consistency by a Responsible Officer of the Company;

     (b)     as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the 
end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a 
consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related 
consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated 
statements of cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the Company 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the period 
commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of 
such quarter, all in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the 
respective consolidated figures as of the end of and for the corresponding 
quarter and the corresponding year-to-date period in the previous fiscal 
year, and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company (subject to year 
end adjustments and the omission of notes permitted by the applicable 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission to be excluded from 
quarterly reports filed on Form 10-Q) as to fairness of presentation, 
compliance with generally accepted accounting principles and consistency;

     (c)     simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial 
statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a) and 7.01(b) <353>, a certificate 
of a Responsible Officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit C hereto (a 
"Compliance Certificate") (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the 
calculations required to establish whether the Company was in compliance with 
the requirements of Sections 8.01 through 8.04, inclusive, and Sections 8.06, 
9.01, 9.02 and 9.03 on the date of such financial statements, (ii) certifying 
as to the ratio for the twelve-month period then ending of the Debt of the 
Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to its 
Consolidated EBITDA for such period, and (iii) stating whether any Default or 
Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default 
or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the 
action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

     (d)     within ten days after any officer of the Company obtains 
knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, if such Default or Event of 
Default is then continuing, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the 
Company setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is 
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;



     (e)     promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the 
Company generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy 
statements so mailed;

     (f)     promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all registration 
statements (other than the exhibits thereto and any registration statements 
on Form S-8 or its equivalent) and reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or 
their equivalents) which the Company shall file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission;

     (g)     if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives or is 
required to give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as defined in 
Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute 
grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that 
the Plan administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of 
any such reportable event to the PBGC, a copy of such notice; (ii) receives 
notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA or 
notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, is insolvent or has 
been terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii) receives notice from the PBGC 
under Title IV of ERISA of an intent to terminate, impose liability (other 
than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or appoint a 
trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of such notice; (iv) applies for a 
waiver of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code, a copy 
of such application; (v) gives notice of intent to terminate any Plan under 
Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such notice and other information filed 
with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to 
Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or (vii) fails to make any 
payment or contribution to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of 
any Benefit Arrangement or makes any amendment to any Plan or Benefit 
Arrangement which has resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or 
the posting of a bond or other security, a certificate of a Responsible 
Officer of the Company setting forth details as to such occurrence and 
action, if any, which any member of the ERISA Group is required or proposes 
to take;

     (h)     promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, 
suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, 
commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, 
affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have a reasonable 
likelihood of a material adverse effect on the financial condition, 
properties, or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a 
whole;

     (i)     if, at any time, the Company shall become aware or have 
reasonable cause to believe (i) that Hazardous Substances or solid wastes 
have been released, or have otherwise come to be located, on or in or have 
begun to affect any real property owned or leased by the Company or any 
Subsidiary or that any liability arising out of the violation of any 
Environmental Laws has arisen, including liability for off-site environmental 
conditions, or (ii) that a notice has been received from any governmental 
body or other party seeking any information or alleging any violation of any 
Environmental Laws or alleging any liability with regard to any real property 
owned or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary or off-site environmental 
conditions, in either case which shall have a reasonable likelihood of 
materially impairing the Borrowers' ability to meet their obligations under 
the Loan Documents, <354> notice of that event <355>; 



     (j)     such other information respecting the condition or operations, 
financial or otherwise, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as the 
Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request; 
and

     (k)     if, at any time, the Company shall wish to add any information 
or material to the Schedules to this Agreement, it shall propose such 
additions to the Agent and the Lenders, provided that such Schedules shall 
only be amended with the consent of the Majority Lenders, which they may 
withhold in their sole discretion (which consent will not be unreasonably 
withheld).

7.02     Payment of Obligations.  The Company will pay and discharge, and 
will cause each Subsidiary to pay and discharge, at or before maturity or in 
accordance with the Company's customary trade practices, all their respective 
material obligations and liabilities, including tax liabilities, except where 
the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will 
maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to maintain, in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, appropriate reserves for the 
accrual of any of the same.

7.03     Maintenance of Property; Insurance.

     (a) The Company will maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to 
maintain, all property useful and necessary in its business in good working 
order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     (b)     To the extent that insurance is reasonably available to the 
Company and its Subsidiaries at a price comparable to the price paid by other 
Persons in the same or similar types of business conducted by the Company 
<356> or the relevant Subsidiary, the Company will, and will cause each of 
its Subsidiaries to, maintain (either in the name of the Company or in such 
Subsidiary's own name) with financially sound and responsible insurance 
companies, insurance on all their respective properties in at least such 
amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retention) as are 
(i) insured against under the policies of insurance of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries set forth on the schedule previously provided by the Company to 
the Lenders or (ii) usually insured against in the same general area by 
companies of established repute engaged in the same or a similar business; 
and will furnish to the Lenders, upon request from the Administrative Agent, 
information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.  
To the extent such insurance is not obtained, the Company will adopt, in lieu 
of or supplemental to such insurance, such other plan or method of 
protection, whether by the establishment of an insurance fund or a reserve to 
be held and applied to casualty losses, or otherwise, satisfactory to the 
Lenders and conforming to the practices of similar <357> corporations' self-
insurance.






7.04     Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.  The Company will 
continue, and will cause each Subsidiary to continue, to engage in business 
of the same general type as now conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries 
(i.e., the business of specialty chemicals and related equipment), and will 
preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect as necessary, and will 
cause each Subsidiary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect as 
necessary (a) their respective corporate existence and (b) their respective 
permits, licenses, certifications, approvals, rights, privileges and 
franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of business; provided 
that nothing in this Section 7.04 shall prohibit (i) the merger or 
consolidation of a Subsidiary with or into another Person if the corporation 
surviving such consolidation or merger is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or the 
merger of a Subsidiary into the Company if, in each case, after giving effect 
thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing, or (ii) the termination of the corporate existence of any 
Subsidiary if (A) such termination is not materially disadvantageous to the 
Lenders and the Company in good faith determines that such termination is in 
the best interest of the Company or (B) such termination is in compliance 
with Section 8.05 <358>(ii).


<359>7.05 Compliance with Laws.  

The Company will comply, and will cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all 
material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations 
and requirements of governmental authorities 
(including Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations 
thereunder), whether foreign or domestic, except (a) where the necessity of 
compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings 
and appropriate reserves are maintained in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles and (b) where failure to comply with 
such law, ordinance, <360>rule, regulation or requirement would not have a 
material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and its 
<361> Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

7.06     Inspection of Property, Books and Records.  The Company will keep, 
and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in 
which materially full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings 
and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and will permit, 
and will cause each Subsidiary to permit, representatives of any Lender to 
visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine and make 
abstracts from any of their respective books and records and to discuss their 
respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, 
employees and independent public accountants, provided the Company shall have 
the right to be present at any meeting with its independent public 
accountants, all at such reasonable times, upon reasonable notice and as 
often as may reasonably be desired.

7.07     Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries.  The Company will at all 
times maintain direct or indirect legal and beneficial ownership of the 
percentage of outstanding shares of each class of capital stock substantially 
as set forth on Schedule 6.08 of each of its Subsidiaries, except as modified 
by a consolidation<362> merger or sale permitted pursuant to the proviso to 
Section 8.05.





7.08     Use of Proceeds

     (a)     The <363> Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Revolving 
Loans and Swing Line Loans for working capital and other general corporate 
purposes (other than for the purpose of financing a hostile Acquisition), the 
refinancing of certain Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the 
Existing Credit Agreement <364>, to the payment of fees and expenses relating 
to the Transaction.  In addition, the Company shall use proceeds of Revolving 
Loans and Swing Loans for the acquisition of Target Shares during the Certain 
Funds Period.


     (b)     The Company shall apply the proceeds of the Term Loan to the 
refinancing or prepayment of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries under the Existing Credit Agreement, for the purchase of Target
Shares ( in accordance with the funding procedures clause (c) below), and for 
other general corporate purposes.


     (c)     The Company shall <365> apply the proceeds of all Sterling 
Acquisition Loans first to make equity contributions and/or intercompany 
loans to US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2, each of which shall <366> use 100% of 
such proceeds to make equity contributions and/or intercompany loans to Bidco 
to enable Bidco to facilitate the refinancing of certain Debt of the Target 
and certain Target Subsidiaries as provided in Section 5.02(c), towards 
financing the cash consideration to be paid by Bidco for the Target Shares 
pursuant to acceptances of the Offer, <367> and second towards the payment of 
fees and expenses relating to the Transaction and for other general corporate 
purposes.


     (d)     The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the aggregate 
Dollar Equivalent of Loans incurred during the Certain Funds Period in 
connection with the purchase of Target Shares, any refinancing of Debt of 
Target and its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of Target 
pursuant to the Offer, any refinancing of Debt of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries on the Initial Funding Date and the payment of fees in 
connection with the Transaction shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of 
$320,000,000.



7.09     Solvency

The Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, shall at all times 
be Solvent, and on and after the Initial Funding Date, US Holdco #1, US 
Holdco #2 and Bidco, each on a stand-alone basis, and the Target and its 
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, shall at all times be Solvent.

7.10     Further Assurances.

(a)     Each Borrower shall ensure that all written information, exhibits and 
reports furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders do not and will 
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will not 
omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements 
contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, 
and will promptly disclose to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and 
correct any defect or error that may be discovered therein or in any Loan 
Document or in the execution, acknowledgment or recordation thereof.


(b)     Promptly upon the written request of the Administrative Agent or the 
Majority Lenders, each Borrower shall (and shall cause any of its 
Subsidiaries to) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, 
re-file, register and re-register<368> any and all such further acts, 
security agreements, mortgages,  assignments, financing statements and 
continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, 
transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments the Administrative 
Agent or such Lenders, as the case may be, may reasonably require from time 
to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this 
Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject any of the properties, 
rights or interests covered by any of the Collateral Documents to the Liens 
created by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) to perfect and maintain the 
validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and 
the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, 
grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Administrative 
Agent and the Lenders the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be 
granted to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document 
or under any other document executed in connection therewith.

7.11     Foreign Subsidiaries Security

(a)  The Company will, and will cause its relevant Subsidiaries to, deliver 
to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the 45th day following the Initial 
Funding Date (or such later date as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent 
to accommodate processing or local law requirements) the Pledged Collateral 
relating to each Specified Foreign Subsidiary, together with such instruments 
of transfer as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(b)  If the Administrative Agent reasonably believes that appropriate changes 
have been made to the relevant sections of the Code as in effect on the 
Announcement Date, the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder and any 
rulings issued thereunder the Administrative Agent may (or upon the 
reasonable request of the Majority Lenders, shall) request that counsel for 
the Company acceptable to the Administrative Agent within 30 days after such 
request deliver evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with 
respect to any Foreign Subsidiary which is a first-tier Wholly-Owned 
Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company,  that (i) a pledge of <369> 65% or 
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of 
such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, (ii) the entering into by such 
Foreign Subsidiary of a guaranty in substantially the form of the Subsidiary 
Guaranty or (iii) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a pledge 
agreement in substantially the form of the Subsidiary Guarantor Pledge 
Agreement, in either case would cause the earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary 
to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign Subsidiary's United States 
parent or would otherwise violate a material applicable law or governmental 
or regulatory restriction or rule (including laws, rules, or restrictions of, 
or issued by, a government or regulatory authorities of a foreign 
jurisdiction or would otherwise cause a material adverse monetary tax 
consequence to the Company), and in the case of a failure to deliver the 
evidence described in clause (i) above, (A) that portion of such Foreign 
Subsidiary's outstanding capital stock and intercompany notes not theretofore 
pledged pursuant to a Pledge Agreement shall be pledged to the Administrative 
Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders pursuant 
to a Pledge Agreement (or another pledge agreement in substantially similar 
form, if needed), (B) such Foreign Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a 
guaranty  of the Obligations of the Company under the Loan  Documents and (C) 
such Foreign Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a pledge agreement granting 
the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a security interest 
in all of <370> the capital stock of each Subsidiary of such Foreign 
Subsidiary and intercompany notes payable to such Foreign Subsidiary, in each 
case with all documents delivered pursuant to this Section 7.11 to be in form 
and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 

7.12     The Offer

     (a)     The Company will procure that the Offer is made on the terms and 
conditions set out in the Press Release.


     (b)     The Company will keep the Administrative Agent informed as to 
the status of, and progress with respect to, the Offer and updated financial 
information on Target and each Target Subsidiary (as available) and, in 
particular, will promptly give to the Administrative Agent such information 
(including details as to the current level of acceptances) concerning the 
Offer or otherwise relevant to the Offer as the Administrative Agent may 
reasonably request and shall promptly upon receipt deliver to the 
Administrative Agent a copy of every certificate delivered to Bidco in 
connection with the Offer by the receiving agent  pursuant to the City Code.


     (c)     Without the prior approval of the Administrative Agent (the 
Administrative Agent's response not to be unreasonably delayed), the Company 
will not, and will procure that Bidco will not:


     (i)     waive, in whole or in part, either of the conditions specified 
in 1(B) and (C) of Appendix 1 to the Press Release relating to the UK Fair 
Trading Act 1973 and the US Hart-Scott-Rodino Anti-Trust Improvements Act of 
1976; or

     (ii)     make any increase in the per share offer purchase price or any 
change in the form of consideration of the offer purchase price (each as 
delineated in the Press Release) or take or permit to be taken any step as a 
result of which such an increase or change is or may be required; and

     (iii)     take or permit to be taken any step which would require the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including Bidco) to make a mandatory 
offer for Target within Rule 9 of the City Code.

     (d)     The Company will notify the Administrative Agent immediately 
upon becoming aware of any circumstance or event which is or could reasonably 
be construed as being covered by a condition of the Offer which, if not 
waived, would entitle it, with the consent of the <371> Panel on 
Take-overs and Mergers in the United Kingdom if needed, 
to lapse the Offer and will consult with the Administrative Agent in relation 
to such event or circumstances and its intended actions.

     (e)     The Company will consult with the Administrative Agent before 
declaring the Offer unconditional as to acceptances in circumstances where it 
has not acquired or agreed to acquire pursuant to the Offer at least  90% in 
nominal value of the Target Shares to which the Offer relates (within the 
meaning of Section 428-430F of the Companies Act).

     (f)     The Company will not, and will not permit Bidco to, exercise its 
rights to declare the Offer unconditional as to acceptances unless  it has 
acquired or agreed to acquire pursuant to the Offer not less than 75% of the 
Target Shares on a fully diluted basis.


     (g)     The Company shall, and shall cause US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2 
and Bidco to, comply in all material respects with the provisions of the City 
Code, the Financial Services Act 1985 and the Companies Act and all other 
applicable statutes, laws and regulations relevant in the context of the 
Offer.

     (h)     The Company shall cause Bidco to give notice under Section 429 
of the Companies Act to relevant Target shareholders promptly upon becoming 
entitled to do so under the Companies Act.

     (i)     The Company shall ensure that on the Initial Funding Date the 
Administrative Agent is provided with copies of such constitutional documents 
of the Target and each Target Subsidiary as it deems to be material.

     (j)     The Company will (and will cause Bidco to) consult with the 
Administrative Agent with respect to any condition which is attached to:

     (i)     any indication by the Office of Fair Trading that it is not the 
intention of the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry to refer the 
proposed acquisition of Target by Bidco to the Monopolies and Mergers 
Commission; or 

     (ii)     the expiry, lapsing or termination of any appropriate waiting 
period (including any extension thereof) under the United States Hart-Scott-
Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and the regulations thereunder;

and will not in any event treat or deem the conditions to the Offer specified 
in Sections 1(b) or (c) (as the case may be) of Appendix 1 to the Press 
Release as satisfied or waived if it would, in the reasonable opinion of the 
Administrative Agent, have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, 
financial conditions or prospects of the Company, Bidco or the Target.

     7.13     Bidco Capitalization.  On or prior to the Initial Funding Date, 
the Company shall take any and all actions necessary to ensure that the 
shares of Bidco are fully paid, and shall have delivered evidence 
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such actions have been taken.



















                                     ARTICLE VIII 

                                    NEGATIVE COVENANTS

On and after the Announcement Date, so long as any Lender shall have any 
Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or 
unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, unless the 
Majority Lenders waive compliance in writing the Company shall not, and shall 
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:


     8.01     Debt.  Incur or at any time be liable with respect to any Debt 
except:
          (a)     Debt outstanding under this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents;
          (b)     Debt not evidenced by this Agreement or the other Loan 
Documents and in an amount outstanding as of September 30, 1998 and 
identified on Schedule 6.09 (as such Schedule is updated on the Initial 
Funding Date with the consent of the Administrative Agent) and other Debt in 
an amount outstanding as of the Announcement Date (which shall be identified 
on Schedule 6.09 if in each case it is in excess of $1,000,000) and any 
extensions, renewals and refinancings of any such Debt to the extent that (x) 
the aggregate principal amount of the Debt permitted pursuant to this clause 
(b) is not increased as of such date as a result thereof, and (y) the 
respective issue of refinancing Debt shall have no restrictions which would 
violate any terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or of any 
other Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries which is to remain in effect; 
provided, however, that no Debt under the Existing Credit Agreement (or any 
refinancing thereof other than with the proceeds of the Loans) will be 
permitted on or after the Initial Funding Date.

          (c)     Debt (in addition to the allowances in clauses (a), (b), 
(d), (e),and (f) <372> of this Section 8.01) in an aggregate principal amount 
not to exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding;

          (d)     Debt subordinated to the Debt hereunder, in amounts and on 
terms and conditions satisfactory to the Majority Lenders;

          (e)     Debt constituting a guaranty issued by the Company with 
respect to (x) Debt of any Subsidiary <373> to the extent such 
Subsidiary's Debt is permitted to be incurred pursuant to a clause (other 
than this clause (e)) of this Section 8.01 and (y) Debt of any Person not a 
Subsidiary <374>, provided that the aggregate principal amount of 
such Debt shall not at any time exceed $15,000,000 (without giving effect to 
any write-offs or write-downs of such Debt); and 

          (f)     intercompany loans to the extent permitted pursuant to 
Section 8.06.

     8.02     Restricted Payments.  Declare or make any Restricted Payments 
except Restricted Payments made when no Default or Event of Default has 
occurred and is continuing (or would result after giving effect to such 
Restricted Payment) and where immediately after giving effect thereto, the 
aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the 
Announcement Date does not exceed (a) $22,500,000 plus (b) 50% of 
Consolidated Net Income (less consolidated net loss, if any) of the Company 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period from the Announcement Date 
through the end of the Company's then most recent fiscal quarter (treated for 
this purpose as a single accounting period).

          Nothing in this Section 8.02 shall prohibit the payment of any 
dividend or distribution within 60 days after the declaration thereof if such 
declaration was not prohibited by this Section 8.02.

     8.03     Investments.  Make or acquire any Investment in any Person 
other than:




     (a)     Investments (other than pursuant to Section 8.03(f)) in an 
aggregate amount not to exceed $33,000,000 outstanding as of the Announcement 
Date (such Investments in excess of $1,000,000 are set forth on Schedule 
8.03(a) (as such Schedule is updated on the Initial Funding Date with the 
consent of the Administrative Agent) and any replacements of such Investments 
of equal amount thereto;

     (b)     Investments in joint ventures of the Company or its 
Subsidiaries, if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of all such 
Investments does not exceed $10,000,000 outstanding at any one time, 
excluding any Investments described in Sections 8.03(a) and (f);

     (c)     deposits with, or time deposits with, including certificates of 
deposits issued by, (i) any office located in the United States of any bank 
or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States or 
any state thereof and has capital surplus and undivided profits aggregating 
at least $100,000,000 (ii) any Lender or (iii) any foreign bank for which S & 
P or Moody's issues a rating of "A" or higher and which has capital surplus 
and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000;

     (d)     Investments in investment grade securities;

     (e)     Investments made in another Person pursuant to a merger or asset 
acquisition made in compliance with clause (i) of the proviso in Section 
8.05;

     (f)     Investments relating to the ViaTek program existing or planned 
as of the Announcement Date and listed on Schedule 8.03(b), and additional 
Investments relating to the ViaTek program in an aggregate amount not to 
exceed $12,000,000 at any time; 

     (g)     Investments to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 8.06; 
and

     (h)     other Investments (other than pursuant to Section 8.03 <375> 
(f)) up to (x) at any time prior to the Initial Funding Date, $45,000,000 in 
the aggregate and (y) on and after the Initial Funding Date, $20,000,000 in 
the aggregate.

          The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such 
Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without adjustments for 
increases or decreases in value, write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with 
respect to such Investment.




     8.04     Negative Pledge.

  Create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or 
hereafter acquired by it, except:

     (a)     Liens existing as of the Announcement Date securing Debt 
outstanding on such date and identified on Schedule 8.04 (as such Schedule is 
updated on the Initial Funding Date with the consent of the Administrative 
Agent), provided, that the Lien indentified in Item 5(b) on Schedule 8.04 shall
not be permitted to exist at any time on and after February 28, 1999;

     (b)     Permitted Liens;

     (c)     any Lien existing on any non-current asset securing Debt in an 
aggregate principal amount up to $15,000,000 at any time; <376>


     (d)     any Lien securing factoring programs of Foreign Subsidiaries 
<377> in an aggregate amount of up to $5,000,000 at any time; and

     (e)     any Lien relating to a transaction permitted by Section 
8.05(ii)(v). <378>

     8.05     Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets.    Suffer, permit 
or enter into any agreement to (a) consolidate or merge with or into any 
other Person or (b) make an Asset Disposition; provided that:

     (i) the Company or any Subsidiary may merge with or acquire another 
Person, through a stock, asset or any other similar transaction, which is in 
the business of specialty chemicals and related equipment if (A) the Company 
or <379> such Subsidiary is the surviving entity, (B) such acquisition is 
friendly and is done with the recommendation of the acquiree's board of 
directors or similar governing body and (C) the Company has delivered to the 
Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer (x) 
certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing 
both before and after giving effect to such transaction and (y) demonstrating 
pro forma compliance with Sections 9.01, 9.02 and 9.03 after giving effect to 
such transaction; 

     (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary may make Asset Dispositions the 
aggregate net proceeds of which received by the Company after the 
Announcement Date shall not exceed <380> (x) $25,000,000 (other than an Asset
Disposition subject to the following clause (y)) (and, subject to compliance 
with Section 2.07(f), the Lenders hereby agree not to unreasonably withhold 
their consent for Asset Dispositions in excess of such aggregate amount<381> 
) and (y) $10,000,000 with respect to Asset Dispositions of equipment in 
connection with a sale-leaseback transaction pursuant to which the Company or 
a Subsidiary will be the lessee; 

     (iii) a Subsidiary of <382> a Borrower may merge with <383> a Borrower 
or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of <384> a Borrower if (A) <385> such Borrower 
or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, as the case may be, is the corporation 
surviving such merger and (B) immediately after giving effect to such merger, 
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

     (iv) the Transaction shall be permitted.

     8.06     Transactions with Affiliates.  Directly or indirectly, pay any 
funds to or for the account of, make any Investment in (whether by 
acquisition of stock or Debt, by loan, advance, transfer of property, 
guarantee or other agreement to pay, purchase or service, directly or 
indirectly, any Debt, or otherwise), lease, sell, transfer or otherwise 
dispose of any assets, tangible or intangible, to, or participate in, or 
effect any transaction in connection with any joint enterprise or other joint 
arrangement with, any Affiliate; provided, however, that the foregoing 
provisions of this Section 8.06 shall not prohibit:

     (a)     the Company from declaring or paying any lawful dividend 
permitted pursuant to Section 8.02;

     (b)      the Company or any Subsidiary from making sales to or purchases 
from any Affiliate and, in connection therewith, extending credit or making 
payments, or from making payments for extending credit or making payments, or 
from making payments for services rendered by any Affiliate, if such sales or 
purchases are made or such services are rendered in the ordinary course of 
business and on terms and conditions at least as favorable to the Company or 
such Subsidiary as the terms and conditions which would apply in a similar 
transaction with a Person not an Affiliate;

     (c)     the Company or any Subsidiary from participating in, or 
effecting any transaction in connection with, any joint enterprise or other 
joint arrangement with any Affiliate if the Company or such Subsidiary 
participates in the ordinary course of its business and on a basis no less 
advantageous than the basis on which such Affiliate participates;

      (d)     any transactions between the Company and any Eligible Borrower 
which has executed and delivered an Election to Participate which is still in 
effect or any Subsidiary that has executed a Subsidiary Guaranty 
hereunder<386>;

     (e)     any payment from any Subsidiary to the Company;

     (f)     intercompany loans (i) involving only the Company and a 
Qualified Subsidiary, (ii) between Qualified Subsidiaries, (iii) between Non-
Qualified Subsidiaries and (iv) from a Non-Qualified Subsidiary to the 
Company or a Qualified Subsidiary, in each case so long as the payee with 
respect to such intercompany loan is Solvent both before and after giving 
effect to such intercompany loan; 

     (g)     as a further limitation on clause (f), during the Squeeze-Out 
Period the Company may purchase shares of US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2, and 
US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2 may (x) make intercompany loans to Bidco and 
(y) purchase shares of Bidco, in each case so long as (i) 100% of the 
proceeds of all such Investments shall be utilized by Bidco to purchase 
Target Shares pursuant to the Offer and related fees and costs for the Offer 
and  (ii) the ratio of (x) to (y) above shall be at least 1.0 to 1.0; and 

     (h)     Intercompany Debt which does not exceed $15,000,000 in the 
aggregate.








     8.07     Change in Business

     (a)     Engage in any material line of business substantially different 
from those lines of business carried on by the Company and its Subsidiaries 
on the Announcement Date (or, in the case of Target and each Target 
Subsidiary, on the Unconditional Date) and lines of business reasonably 
ancillary or complementary to such current lines of business.

     (b)     The Company will not permit (x) US Holdco #1 and US Holdco #2 to 
engage in any business activities other than in connection with its ownership 
interest in Bidco and the execution, delivery and performance of the 
Collateral Documents to which it is a party <387> or (y) Bidco to engage in 
any business activities other than those necessary (i) to effect the Offer 
and (ii) with respect to its ownership interest in Target.

8.08     Accounting Changes

Make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, 
except as required by GAAP.


     8.09     Target Operations

          For a period of sixty (60) days (the "Cure Period") after the 
Unconditional Date, the representations and warranties set out in Section 
6.04, 6.06, 6.07, 6.10, 6.17, 6.18, 6.20, 6.21 and (to the extent any 
disclosure covered under Section 6.14 relates to or provides information 
covered solely and specifically to one of the representations previously 
listed) Section 6.14 and the negative covenants set out in Sections 8.01, 
8.03, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall not apply in respect of events or 
circumstances not known to the Company and existing on the Initial Funding 
Date (a "Cure Period Event") with respect to Target and each Target 
Subsidiary and capable of remedy within such sixty (60) day Cure Period; 
provided, that:


    <388>(a) the Company agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly 
upon learning of any such Cure Period Event that would, but for this 
covenant, constitute a Default or Event of Default <389>;

    <390>(b) such Cure Period Event is not reasonably likely to cause a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial position or results of 
operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the Target and its 
Subsidiaries;

    <391>(c) the aggregate amount that will be required to cure such Cure 
Period Event is not in excess of $7,500,000; and


    <392>(d) if at the end of such Cure Period the Cure Period Event still 
exists, it shall be an immediate Event of Default.










                              ARTICLE IX

                          FINANCIAL COVENANTS

So long as any of the Notes shall remain unpaid, any amounts shall be owing 
hereunder by any Borrower, or any Lender shall have any Commitment under this 
Agreement, the Company covenants that:

9.01     EBIT to Interest Expense Ratio.  The <393> ratio of Consolidated 
EBIT for the preceding four fiscal quarters to Consolidated Interest Expense 
for the preceding four fiscal quarters shall not be less than 2.50 to 1.00, 
tested at end of each fiscal quarter.

9.02     Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.  The Company shall maintain at all 
times Consolidated Net Worth (without giving effect to any adjustments made 
in accordance with GAAP with respect to currency translations) at the end of 
each fiscal quarter of not less than $98,279,000, plus an amount equal to the 
sum of (a) 50% of positive Consolidated Net Income for each full fiscal 
quarter since September 30, 1998 to the measurement date plus 
(b) an amount equal to the net proceeds received by the Company from the 
issuance of its capital stock during such period.



9.03     Maximum Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA.  The <394> ratio of 
Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA tested at the end of each 
fiscal quarter for the preceding four fiscal quarters shall not during the 
periods set forth below exceed the following:


        Period                                        Ratio
Announcement Date to March 31, 2000                4.00 to 1.00
April 1, 2000 to March 31, 2001                    3.50 to 1.00
April 1, 2001 to March 31, 2002                    3.25 to 1.00
April 1, 2002 and thereafter                       3.00 to 1.00


                                      ARTICLE X
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.01     Event of Default

     Any of the following shall constitute an "Event of Default":

     (a)     any Borrower shall:  (i) fail to pay the principal of any Note 
as and when due and payable; (ii) fail to pay interest on any Note or any fee 
or other amount due hereunder as and when due and payable and such failure 
shall continue for five (5) Business Days; or


     (b)     any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any 
Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or which is 
contained in any certificate, document, opinion, financial or other written 
statement furnished at any time under or in connection with any Loan Document 
shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the 
date made or deemed made or furnished; or <395>

     (c)     any Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant 
or agreement contained in Section 5.04(e), Article VII, Article VIII or 
Article IX; or

     (d)     any Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant 
or agreement on its part to be performed or observed (other than the 
obligations specifically referred to elsewhere in this Section 10.01 in any 
Loan Document and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) consecutive 
calendar days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by 
the Administrative Agent at the request of the Majority Lenders; or


     (e)     (i)  the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any 
payment in respect of any Material Debt when due or within any applicable 
grace period or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an early 
termination date or similar termination or payment event resulting from (1) 
any breach, violation or event of default under Swap Contract as to which the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the defaulting or breaching party or 
(2) any termination or similar event as to which the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries is an affected party, and, in either event, the Swap Termination 
Value owed and not immediately paid by the Company or such Subsidiary as a 
result thereof is greater than $5,000,000; or


     (f)     any event or condition shall occur which results in the 
acceleration of the maturity of any Material Debt or enables (or, with the 
giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holder of such 
Debt or any Person acting on such holder's behalf to accelerate the maturity 
thereof; or


     (g)     the Company or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a 
voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or 
other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, 
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the 
appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar 
official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to 
any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such 
official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or 
shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail 
generally or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due,
or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing; or

     (h)     an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced 
against the Company or any Material Subsidiary seeking liquidation, 
reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any 
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or 
seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or 
other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and 
such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and 
unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or an order for relief shall be 
entered against the Company or any Material Subsidiary under the federal 
bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;






     (i)     any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an 
amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 which such member shall 
have become liable to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to 
terminate a Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by any 
member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or any combination of the 
foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to 
terminate, to impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of 
ERISA) in respect of, or to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any 
Material Plan; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would 
be entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Material Plan must be 
terminated; or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a 
default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to, 
one or more Multiemployer Plans which could cause one or more members of the 
ERISA Group to incur a current payment obligation in excess of $1,000,000; or

     (j)     a final, non-appealable judgment or order for the payment of 
money in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any 
Subsidiary and such judgment or order shall continue unsatisfied and unstayed 
for a period of (i) in the case of a judgment or order rendered by a court, 
arbitrator or governmental authority located in the United States, ten (10) 
days or (ii) in the case of a judgment or order rendered by a court, 
arbitrator or governmental authority located outside the United States, 
thirty (30) days; or <396>


     (k)     (i)     any provision of any Collateral Document (other than a 
Credit Agreement Guaranty) shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding 
on or enforceable against the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  party 
thereto and, with respect to Pledged Collateral to be perfected in a 
jurisdiction other than the United States,  shall remain so for thirty (30) 
consecutive days, or any such Person shall so state in writing or bring an 
action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; or

          (ii)      any Collateral Document (other than a Credit Agreement 
Guaranty) shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) 
cease to create a valid security interest in the Collateral purported to be 
covered thereby or such security interest shall for any reason cease to be a 
perfected and first priority security interest and, with respect to Pledged 
Collateral to be perfected in a jurisdiction other than the United States, 
shall remain so for thirty (30) consecutive days; or

(l)     there occurs any Change of Control; or 

     (m)     any Person party thereto fails in any material respect to 
perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement in any Credit Agreement 
Guaranty or any Credit Agreement Guaranty is for any reason partially 
(including with respect to future advances) or wholly revoked or invalidated, 
or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, or any Person party 
thereto or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or 
enforceability thereof or denies that it has any further liability or 
obligation thereunder; or any event described at clauses (g) or (h) of this 
Section occurs with respect to such Person party to a Credit Agreement 
Guaranty; or

(n)     a Relevant Event of Default occurs and is continuing at any time; or



(o)     Bidco shall have failed for any reason to have caused Target to 
become a Wholly-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company by acquiring 
100% in nominal value of the Target Shares (and cancelling all options) 
within six (6) months after the Announcement Date; provided, however, that 
the time period set forth in this clause (o) <397> shall be extended by an 
additional one month and two weeks if Bidco has initiated the Squeeze-Out 
during the initial six months after the Announcement Date.

10.02     Relevant Events of Default with respect to Offer

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.01, until the expiration of the 
Certain Funds Period the events set out below shall be the only Events of 
Default upon the occurrence of which Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders 
shall be entitled to exercise their powers under Section 10.03 with respect 
to making aggregate Loans <398> sufficient to permit the 
Company to repay its existing indebtedness under the Existing Credit 
Agreement and contribute or loan funds to Bidco to permit Bidco to purchase 
the Target Shares (a "Relevant Event of Default") whether or not caused by 
any reason outside the control of the Company:



     (a)     the Company fails to comply with Sections 7.04(a), 7.08(d), 
7.09, 7.12(a), (c), (f) or (j) or Section 8.02 and, if such event is, in the 
opinion of the Administrative Agent, capable of remedy, within 15 days after 
the earlier of the Administrative Agent becoming aware of such default or 
written notice from the Administrative Agent to the Company requiring the 
failure to be remedied, the Company shall have failed to cure such default 
provided no funding need occur during such cure period; or

     (b)     any of the representations and warranties with respect to the 
Company, US Holdco #1, US Holdco #2 and Bidco contained in <399> Section 
6.01(a), and in respect of the Company and its Subsidiaries contained in 
Sections 6.02(b), 6.03, 6.15 or 6.16 made or deemed to be repeated during the 
Certain Funds Period is incorrect in any respect when made or deemed to be 
repeated, in each case by reference to the facts and circumstances then 
subsisting; or

     (c)     any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Company, US 
Holdco #1 or US Holdco #2 pursuant to Section 10.01(g) or (h); or

     (d)     an order is made for the winding up of Bidco or Target; or

     (e)     an administration order is made in relation to or an 
administrative or other receiver or manager is appointed of Bidco or the 
Target or any such Person is not Solvent; or

     (f)     a resolution is passed for the winding up of Bidco or the 
Target;

provided, however, that in the event that a Default or Event of Default shall 
have occurred during the Certain Funds Period that would not constitute a 
Relevant Event of Default, the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that 
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be deemed to have waived 
such Default or Event of Default by the making of any Sterling Acquisition 
Loan to the Company during the Certain Funds Period and that such Default or 
Event of Default shall be continuing and otherwise actionable in accordance 
with the terms of this Agreement.


     10.03     Remedies

     (a)      If any Event of Default or Relevant Event of Default occurs, 
the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent 
of, the Majority Lenders: 

     (i)     declare the commitment and obligation of each Lender to make 
Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to Issue Letters of Credit to be 
terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated 
<400>;


     (ii)     declare an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount that is 
or at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any 
outstanding Letters of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have 
presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other 
documents required to draw under such Letters of Credit) to be immediately 
due and payable (including, without limitation, satisfying the obligations 
under paragraph (c) below), and declare the unpaid principal amount of all 
outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other 
amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be 
immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other 
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company; 
and/or

     (iii)     exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and 
remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or 
applicable law <401>.

     (b)     If an Event of Default exists:  (i) the Administrative Agent 
shall have for the benefit of the Lenders, in addition to all other rights of 
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the rights and remedies of a 
secured party under the UCC; and (ii) the Administrative Agent may sell and 
deliver any Collateral at public or private sales, for cash, upon credit or 
otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent 
deems advisable, in its sole discretion, and may, if the Administrative Agent 
deems it reasonable, postpone or adjourn any sale of the Collateral by an 
announcement at the time and place of sale or of such postponed or adjourned 
sale without giving a new notice of sale.  Without in any way requiring 
notice to be given in the following manner, each Borrower agrees that any 
notice by the Administrative Agent of sale, disposition or other intended 
action hereunder or in connection herewith, whether required by the UCC or 
otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to a Borrower if such notice is 
mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage 
prepaid, or is delivered personally against receipt, at least ten (10) 
Business Days prior to such action.  The proceeds of sale shall be applied in 
accordance with this Agreement and the Borrower shall remain liable for any 
deficiency.












     (c)     If any Letter of Credit is outstanding upon the termination of 
this Agreement or the Commitments or if an Event of Default has occurred and 
is continuing, then upon such termination or during the continuation of such 
Event of Default the relevant Borrower shall with respect to each Letter of 
Credit then outstanding, as the Majority Lenders, in their sole discretion 
shall specify, either (A) deposit with Administrative Agent a standby letter 
of credit (a "Supporting Letter of Credit") in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, issued by an issuer satisfactory to 
the Administrative Agent and in an amount equal to the greatest amount for 
which such Letter of Credit may be drawn, under which Supporting Letter of 
Credit the Administrative Agent is entitled to draw amounts necessary to 
reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders for payments 
made by the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders under such Letter 
of Credit or under any credit support or enhancement provided through the 
Administrative Agent with respect thereto, or (B) deposit with NationsBank 
cash in amounts necessary to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the 
Revolving Lenders for payments made or to be made (including, without 
limitation, the amount that the Administrative Agent estimates will be 
necessary to cover its expenses and legal fees in connection therewith) by 
the Administrative Agent or the Revolving Lenders under such Letter of Credit 
or under any credit support or enhancement provided through the 
Administrative Agent with respect thereto, and grant the Administrative Agent 
(on behalf of the Lenders) a security interest in such deposited funds.  Such 
Supporting Letter of Credit shall be held by Administrative Agent and any 
deposit of cash shall be held by NationsBank, pursuant to Section 2.07(c), 
for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders 
as security for, and to provide for the payment of, the aggregate undrawn 
amount of such Letters of Credit remaining outstanding.


     (d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any event 
specified in  Sections 10.01(g) or (h) (in the case of clause (h), upon the 
expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein), the commitment and 
obligation of each Revolving Lender and the Swing Line Lender to make Loans 
and any obligation of the Issuing Bank to Issue Letters of Credit shall 
automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding 
Loans and all interest and other amounts and obligations as aforesaid 
(including, without limitation, under clause (c) above) shall automatically 
become due and payable without further act of the Administrative Agent, the 
Issuing Bank or any Lender and without presentment, demand, protest or notice 
of any kind in connection therewith.

     10.04     Rights Not Exclusive

The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are 
cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or 
remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, 
document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

     10.05     Permitted Swap Contract Remedies

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, each swap provider 
shall have the right, with prior notice to the Administrative Agent, but 
without the approval or consent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, 
with respect to any Permitted Swap Obligations of such swap provider, (a) to 
declare an event of default, termination event or other similar event 
thereunder, (b) to determine net termination amounts in accordance with the 
terms of such Permitted Swap Obligation, and (c) to prosecute any legal 
action against any Borrower to enforce net amounts owing to such swap 
provider.



                 ARTICLE XI THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

11.01     Appointment and Authorization; "Administrative Agent"

(a)     Each Lender hereby irrevocably (subject to Section 11.09) appoints, 
designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its 
behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document 
and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly 
delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, 
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this 
Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not 
have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, 
nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary 
relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, 
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this 


Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the 
Administrative Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing 
sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference to the 
Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other 
implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any 
applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market 
custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative 
relationship between independent contracting parties.


(b)     The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to 
any Letters of Credit Issued by it and the documents associated therewith 
until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree 
at the request of the Majority Lenders to act for such Issuing Bank with 
respect thereto; provided, however, that the Issuing Bank shall have all of 
the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this 
Article XI with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the 
Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit Issued by it or proposed to 
be Issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit 
pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Administrative 
Agent", as used in this Article XI, included the Issuing Bank with respect to 
such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement 
with respect to the Issuing Bank.

11.02     Delegation of Duties

The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement 
or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-
fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters 
pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible 
for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it 
selects with reasonable care.


11.03     Liability of Administrative Agent

None of the Administrative Agent-Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any 
action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection 
with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions 
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful 
misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for 
any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Borrower or 
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of  any Borrower, or any officer thereof, 
contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any 
certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for 
in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this 
Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, 
genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other 
Loan Document, or for any failure of any Borrower or any other party to any 
Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No 
Administrative Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any 
Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any 
of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other 
Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Borrower 
or any of  Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Borrower.





11.04     Reliance by Administrative Agent

(a)     The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be 
fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, 
certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone 
message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be 
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper 
Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including 
counsel to the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected 
by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully 
justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or 
any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or 
concurrence of the Majority Lenders (or, to the extent required by Section 
12.01, all of the Lenders) as it deems appropriate and, if it so 
requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders 
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by 
reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative 
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from 
acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a 
request or consent of the Majority Lenders  (or, to the extent required by 
Section 12.01, all of the Lenders) and such request and any action 
taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the 
Lenders.

(b)     For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified 
in Sections 5.01, 5.02 or 5.03, each Lender that has executed this Agreement 
shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied 
with, each document or other matter <402> sent by the Administrative Agent 
to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction <403>.






11.05     Notice of Default

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of 
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to 
defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid 
to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the 
Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or 
<404> a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or 
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  The 
Administrative Agent will  promptly notify the Lenders of its receipt of any 
such notice.  <405> Subject to Section 12.01, the Administrative Agent shall 
take such action with respect to such 
Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority Lenders in 
accordance with Article X; provided, however, that unless and until the 
Administrative Agent has received any such request, the Administrative Agent 
may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking 
such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall 
deem advisable <406> and in the best interest of the Lenders.



11.06     Credit Decision

Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Administrative Agent-Related 
Persons nor any Prior Loan Document Lender has made any representation or 
warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent <407> hereafter 
taken, including any review of the affairs of each Borrower and each of its 
Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by 
any Administrative Agent-Related Person or any Prior Loan Document Lender to 
any Lender.  Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and each 
Prior Loan Document Lender that it has, independently and without reliance 
upon any Administrative Agent- Related Person or any Prior Loan Document 
Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed 
appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, 
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and 
creditworthiness of each Borrower and each of  its Subsidiaries, and all 
applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated 
hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend 
credit to each Borrower and each of  its Subsidiaries hereunder.  Each Lender 
also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any 
Administrative Agent-Related Person or any Prior Loan Document Lender and 
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the 
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in 
taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform 
itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and 
other condition and creditworthiness of each Borrower.  Except for notices, 
reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the 
Lenders by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall not have 
any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other 
information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, 
financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Borrower which may 
come into the possession of any of the Administrative Agent-Related Persons.






11.07     Indemnification of Administrative Agent

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the 
Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent-Related Persons 
(to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf  of a Borrower and without 
limiting the obligation of such Borrower to do so), pro rata, from and 
against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however, that no 
Lender shall be liable for the payment to the Administrative Agent-Related 
Persons of any portion of such <408> indemnified liabilities resulting solely 
from any such Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without 
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative 
Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket 
expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in 
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, 
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal 
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or 
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any 
document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the 
Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of  
a Borrower.  The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all 
Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the 
Administrative Agent.



11.08     Administrative Agent in Individual Capacity

NationsBank and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for 
the account of, accept deposits from, enter into Swap Contracts with, acquire 
equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, 
financial advisory, underwriting or other business with a Borrower and its 
Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though NationsBank were not the Administrative 
Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder and without notice to or consent of the 
Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, 
NationsBank or its Affiliates may receive information regarding a Borrower or 
its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality 
obligations in favor of  such Borrower or such Affiliate) and acknowledge 
that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such 
information to them.  With respect to its Loans<409> and L/C 
Obligations <410>, NationsBank shall have the same rights 
and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same 
as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank.

11.09     Successor Administrative Agent

The Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Majority Lenders 
shall, resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders.  
If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Majority 
Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the 
Lenders which successor agent shall be approved by the Company.  If no 
successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation 
of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after 
consulting with the Lenders and the Company, a successor agent from among the 
Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent 
hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and 
duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term "Administrative 
Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the retiring Administrative 
Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be 
terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder 
as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article XI and Sections 12.04 
and 12.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be 
taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.  If no 
successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date 
which is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of 
resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent's resignation shall 
nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of 
the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as 
the Majority Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, NationsBank may not be removed as the 
Administrative Agent at the request of the Majority Lenders unless 
NationsBank shall also simultaneously be replaced as "Issuing Bank" and 
"Swing Line Lender" hereunder pursuant to documentation in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to NationsBank.


11.10     Withholding Tax

(a)     If any Lender is a "foreign corporation, partnership or trust" within 
the meaning of the Code and such Lender claims exemption from, or a reduction 
of, U.S. withholding tax under <411>Section 1441 or 1442 of the Code, such 
Lender agrees with and in favor of the Administrative Agent <412> to deliver 
to the Administrative Agent: 

(i)     if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of, 
withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, two properly completed and 
executed copies of IRS Form 1001 before the payment of any interest in the 
first calendar year and before the payment of any interest in each third 
succeeding calendar year during which interest may be paid under this 
Agreement; 

(ii)     if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is 
exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected 
with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two properly completed 
and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any interest is 
due in the first taxable year of such Lender and in each succeeding taxable 
year of such Lender during which interest may be paid under this Agreement; 
and

(iii)     such other form or forms as may be required under the Code or other 
laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, 
United States withholding tax.  

Such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change 
in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption 
or reduction.  

(b)     If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax 
under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Lender 
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part 
of the Obligations of a Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify 
the Administrative Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer 
the beneficial owner of Obligations of  a Borrower to such Lender.  To the 
extent of such percentage amount, the Administrative Agent will treat such 
Lender's IRS Form 1001 as no longer valid.  

(c)     If any Lender claiming exemption from United States withholding tax 
by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Administrative Agent sells, assigns, grants 
a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of 
a Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole 
responsibility for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by 
Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

(d)     If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable 
withholding tax, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest 
payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax 
after taking into account such reduction.  However, if the forms or other 
documentation required by clause (a) of this Section are not delivered to the 
Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any 
interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other 
documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax imposed 
by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code, without reduction.


(e)     If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States 
or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not 
properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender 
(because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, 
or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change 
in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, 
withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall 
indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or 
indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including 
penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction 
on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, 
together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs).  The 
obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the payment of all 
Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

11.11     Collateral Matters

(a)     The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, 
without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, 
from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the 
Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected 
the security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to 
the Collateral Documents.

(b)     The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its 
option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the 
Administrative Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the 
Commitments and payment in full of all Loans and all other Obligations known 
to the Administrative Agent and payable under this Agreement or any other 
Loan Document; (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of 
as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) 
constituting property in which the Company or any Subsidiary owned no 
interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; (iv) 
constituting property leased to the Company or any Subsidiary under a lease 
which has expired or been terminated in a transaction not prohibited under 
this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and is not 
intended by the Company or such Subsidiary to be, renewed or extended; (v) 
consisting of an instrument evidencing Debt or other debt instrument, if the 
Debt evidenced thereby has been paid in full; or (vi) if approved, authorized 
or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the 
case may be, as provided in Section 12.01(f).  Upon request by the 
Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the 
Administrative Agent's authority to release particular types or items of 
Collateral pursuant to this Section 11.11(b), provided that the absence of 
any such confirmation for whatever reason shall not affect the Administrative 
Agent's rights under this Section 11.11.

<413>

11.12     Administrative Agent as English Trustee

(a)     The Administrative Agent in its capacity as trustee or otherwise 
under the Loan Documents governed by English law:



(i)     is not liable for any failure, omission, or defect in perfecting or 
registering the security constituted or created by any Loan Document;

(ii)     may accept without inquiry such title as any Borrower or any of its 
Subsidiaries may have to any asset secured by any Loan Document; and

(iii)     is not under any obligation to hold any Loan Document or any other 
document in connection with the Loan Documents or the assets secured by any 
Loan Document (including title deeds) in its own possession or take any steps 
to protect or preserve the same.  The Administrative Agent may permit any 
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to retain any Loan Document or other 
document in its possession.

(b)     Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents governed by 
English law, all moneys which under the trusts contained in the Loan 
Documents are received by the Administrative Agent in its capacity as trustee 
or otherwise may be invested in the name of or under the control of the 
Administrative Agent in any investment authorized by English law for the 
investment by a trustee of trust money or in any other investments which may 
be selected by the Administrative Agent.  Additionally, the same may be 
placed on deposit in the name or under the control of the Administrative 
Agent with such Lender or institution (including the Administrative Agent 
itself) and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may think fit.


                         ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

12.01     Amendments and Waivers

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan 
Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by the applicable 
Borrower or any applicable Subsidiary therefrom, shall be effective unless 
the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders (or by the 
Administrative Agent at the written request of the Majority Lenders) and the 
applicable Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and then 
any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance 
and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such 
waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the 
Lenders and the Company and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, do any 
of the following:

     (a)     increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate 
any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or Section 10.03);



     (b)     postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other 
Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts 
due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan 
Document ;

     (c)     reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified 
herein on any Loan, or (subject to clause (iv) below) any fees or other 
amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

     (d)     change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate 
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Lenders or any 
of them to take any action hereunder;

     (e)     amend this Section, Section 2.14, the definition of "Majority 
Lenders" or any provision herein providing for consent or other action by all 
Lenders; or

     (f)     release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all of the 
Credit Agreement Guaranties, except in connection with a repayment in full of 
all Obligations and Loans and a termination of the Commitments or as 
otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless 
in writing and signed by the affected Issuing Bank in addition to the 
Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may 
be, affect the rights or duties of such 
Issuing Bank under this Agreement or any L/C-Related Document relating to any 
Letter of Credit Issued or to be Issued by it, (ii) no amendment, waiver or 
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in 
addition to the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, 
affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement 
or any other Loan Document, (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, 
unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the 
Majority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be, affect the rights or 
duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement, (iv) the Fee Letter may 
be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed 
by the parties thereto and (v) any references in this Agreement to a Business 
Day, day-count, fraction or other convention (whether for the calculation of 
interest, determination of payment dates or otherwise) will, with the effect 
from and after the Commencement Date, to the extent that the Administrative 
Agent specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally 
accepted conventions and market practice applicable to euro-denominated 
obligations in the London interbank market.

12.02     Notices

(a)     All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other 
communications shall be in writing (including, unless the context expressly 
otherwise provides, by facsimile transmission, provided that any matter 
transmitted by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone 
call to the recipient at the number specified on Schedule 12.02, and (ii) 
shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and 
mailed, faxed or delivered, to the address or facsimile number specified for 
notices on Schedule 12.02; or, as directed to a Borrower or the 
Administrative Agent and/or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, to 
such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice 
to the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other 
address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the 
Company and the Administrative Agent.

(b)     All such notices, requests and communications shall, when transmitted 
by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight 
(next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, 
respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date 
deposited into the U.S. mail, or if delivered, upon delivery; except that 
notices pursuant to Article II, III or XI to the Administrative Agent and/or 
the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, shall not be effective until 
actually received by the Administrative Agent and/or the Swing Line Lender, 
as the case may be, and notices pursuant to Article III to the Issuing Bank 
shall not be effective until actually received by the Issuing Bank at the 
address specified for the "Issuing Bank" on the applicable signature page 
hereof. 



(c)     Any agreement of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein to 
receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the 
convenience and at the request of a Borrower.  The Administrative Agent and 
the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person 
purporting to be a Person authorized by the relevant Borrower to give such 
notice and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not have any 
liability to such Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or 
not taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in reliance upon such 
telephonic or facsimile notice.  The obligation of each Borrower to repay the 
Loans and L/C Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any extent 
by any failure by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to receive written 
confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the 
Administrative Agent and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at variance 
with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to be 
contained in the telephonic or facsimile notice.

12.03     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the 
Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege 
hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof;  nor shall any single or 
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude 
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, 
remedy, power or privilege.

12.04     Costs and Expenses

Each Borrower shall:

     (a)     whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are 
consummated, pay or reimburse NationsBank (including in its capacity as 
Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank) within five Business Days after demand 
(subject to Section 5.01(e)) for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and 
expenses incurred by NationsBank (including in its capacity as Administrative 
Agent and Issuing Bank) in connection with the development, preparation, 
delivery, administration and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, 
waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this 
Agreement, any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in 
connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, reasonable 
Attorney Costs incurred by NationsBank (including in its capacity as 
Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank) with respect thereto and all fees and 
expenses for title and lien searches, appraisals, surveys, title commitment 
and insurance costs and corporate search fees; and


     (b)     pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 
15 Business Days after demand (subject to Section 5.01(e)) for all reasonable 
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by them 
in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of 
any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during 
the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or after acceleration of 
the Loans (including in connection with any "workout" or restructuring 
regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate 
proceeding).


The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations 
hereunder.

12.05     Company Indemnification

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the 
Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative 
Agent-Related Persons and each Lender and each of their affiliates and their 
respective directors, officers, employees, advisors and agents (each, an 
"Indemnified Party") from and against (and will reimburse each Indemnified 
Party as the same are incurred) any and all losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities, and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees 
and expenses of counsel (including, without duplication, the allocated cost 
of internal counsel)) that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against 
any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or 
by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any 
investigation, litigation or proceeding or preparation of a defense in 
connection therewith) (a) the Transaction or any similar transaction and any 
of the other transactions contemplated thereby, or (b) this Agreement, the 
other Loan Documents, any Loan or any Letter of Credit, or any use made or 
proposed to be made with the proceeds thereof (including any arising out of 
the negligence of such Indemnified Party)(collectively, "Indemnified 
Liabilities"), unless and except to the extent 
that, as to such Indemnified Party, it shall be determined in a final, 
nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses, 
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted from the gross negligence 
or willful  misconduct of such Indemnified Party or the intentional breach by 
such Indemnified Party of its agreement to make Loans or issue Letters of 
Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents.  In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding to 
which the indemnity in this Section 12.05 applies, such indemnity shall be 
effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is 
brought by the Company, the Company's shareholders or creditors or such 
Indemnified Party and whether or not the Transaction is consummated, unless 
and except to the extent that, as to such 
Indemnified Party, it shall be determined in a final, nonappealable judgment 
by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses, claims, damages, 
liabilities or expenses resulted from the gross negligence or wilful 
misconduct of such Indemnified Party or the intentional breach by such 
Indemnified Party or its agreement to make Loans or 
issue Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and 
the other Loan Documents.  The Company hereby agrees that no Indemnified 
Party shall have any liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or 
Affiliates or to the Company's or their respective security holders or 
creditors for any indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, 
related to or in connection with the Transaction or the Loan Documents.   The 
agreements in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.


12.06     Payments Set Aside

To the extent that a Borrower makes a payment to the Administrative Agent or 
the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent or the Lenders exercise their right 
of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part 
thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or 
preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement 
entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to 
be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any 
Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery 
the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be 
revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not 
been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally 
agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its pro rata share of 
any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent.



12.07     Successors and Assigns

The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the 
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, 
except that no Borrower may  assign or transfer any of its rights or 
obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the 
Administrative Agent and each Lender.


12.08     Assignments, Participations, etc. 

(a)     Any Lender may, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, 
the Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and, so long as no Default or Event of 
Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company, which consents shall not 
be unreasonably withheld, at any time assign and delegate to one or more 
Eligible Assignees (provided that no written consent of the Administrative 
Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or the Company shall be 
required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to an 
Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate of such Lender) (each an "Assignee") 
all of, or any part of, the Loans, the Commitments, the L/C Obligations and 
the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder, in a minimum 
aggregate Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire amount of 
such Lender's Loans and Commitments, and such Loans and Commitments may 
consist of the Revolving Loan Commitments, the Term Loan Commitments and the 
Sterling Acquisition Loan Commitments as determined by the assigning Lender) 
calculated by aggregating the Commitments, Loans and L/C Obligations held by 
an Eligible Assignee which are Affiliates; provided, however, that each 
Borrower and the Administrative Agent may continue to deal solely and 
directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an 
Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment 
instructions, addresses and related information with respect to the Assignee, 
shall have been given to each Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such 
Lender and the Assignee; (ii) such Lender and its Assignee shall have 
delivered to each Borrower and the Administrative Agent an Assignment and 
Acceptance in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto ("Assignment and 
Acceptance") together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and 
(iii) the assignor Lender or Assignee has paid to the Administrative Agent a 
processing fee in the amount of $3,500.

(b)     From and after the date that the Administrative Agent notifies the 
assignor Lender that it has received (and provided its consent with respect 
to) an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced 
processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to 
the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it 
pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and 
obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor 
Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under 
the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment 
and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations 
under the Loan Documents (other than with respect to any indemnification 
pursuant to Article IV or Section 12.05).


(c)     Within five Business Days after its receipt of notice by the 
Administrative Agent that it has received an executed Assignment and 
Acceptance and payment of the processing fee (and provided that it consents 
to such assignment in accordance with Section 12.08(a)), the relevant 
Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, new Notes 
evidencing such Assignee's assigned Loans and Commitments and, if the 
assignor Lender has retained a portion of its Loans and its Commitments, 
replacement Notes in the principal amount of the Loans retained by the 
assignor Lender (such Notes to be in exchange for, but not in payment of, the 
Notes held by such Lender).  Immediately upon receipt by the Administrative 
Agent of the processing fee payment under the Assignment and Acceptance, this 
Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the 
extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting 
adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitments allocated to 
each Assignee shall reduce such Commitments of the assigning Lender pro 
tanto.

(d)     Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or 
other Persons not Affiliates of a Borrower (a "Participant") participating 
interests in any Loans, the Commitments of that Lender and the other 
interests of that Lender (the "originating Lender") hereunder and under the 
other Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) the originating Lender's 
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the originating 
Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such 
obligations, (iii) each Borrower, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and 
the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with the 
originating Lender in connection with the originating Lender's rights and 
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) no 
Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the 
Participant has rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver 
with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the 
extent such amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of 
the Lenders as required pursuant to the first proviso to Section 12.01.  In 
the case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights 
under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents, and all amounts 
payable by a Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not 
sold such participation; except that, if amounts outstanding under this 
Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have 
become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each 
Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its 
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same 
extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to 
it as a Lender under this Agreement.

(e)     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Lender may 
at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of 
its rights under and interest in this Agreement and the Notes held by it in 
favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB 
or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR S203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may 
enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under 
applicable law.


(f)     No assignee, participant or other transferee of any Lender's rights 
shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Article IV than such 
Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the rights 
transferred or by reason of the provisions of Article IV requiring such 
Lender to designate a different Applicable Lending office under certain 
circumstances or at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such greater 
payment did not exist.

(g)     In connection with any assignment by NationsBank including in 
connection with the execution of this Agreement, NationsBank may, 
with the consent of the Administrative Agent, designate any such assignee 
with the title "documentation agent,""syndication agent,""co-manager, "co-
agent", "co-arranger" or other similar title 
in addition to such assignee being a "Lender" under this Agreement; provided, 
that any such assignee shall not receive any fee from the  Company or have 
any additional duties or responsibilities by virtue of such title.

12.09     Confidentiality

Each Lender agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates to take normal and 
reasonable precautions and exercise due care to maintain the confidentiality 
of all information identified as "confidential" or "secret" by a Borrower and 
provided to it by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower, or by the 
Administrative Agent on such Person's  behalf, under this Agreement or any 
other Loan Document, and neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall use any 
such information other than in connection with or in enforcement of this 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with other business 
now or hereafter existing or contemplated with any Borrower or any of its 
Subsidiaries; except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes 
generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by 
such Lender, or (ii) was or becomes available on a  non-confidential basis 
from a source other than a Borrower, provided that such source is 
not bound by a confidentiality agreement with a Borrower known 
to such Lender; provided, however, that any Lender may disclose 
such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement 
of any Governmental Authority to which such Lender 
is subject or in connection with an examination of such Lender by any such 
authority; (B) pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (C) when required 
to do so in accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of 
Law; (D) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation 
or proceeding to which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or their 
respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in 
connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan 
Document; (F) to such Lender's independent auditors and other professional 
advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee, actual or potential, provided 
that such Person agrees in writing to keep such information confidential to 
the same extent required of the Lenders hereunder; (H) as to any Lender or 
its Affiliate, as expressly permitted under the terms of any other document 
or agreement regarding confidentiality to which a Borrower or any Subsidiary 
of a Borrower is party or is deemed party with such Lender or such Affiliate; 
and (I) to its Affiliates.



12.10     Set-off

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, if an 
Event of Default exists or the Loans have been accelerated, each Lender is 
authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to a 
Borrower, any such notice being waived by each Borrower to the fullest extent 
permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or 
special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other 
Debt at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of 
the relevant Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor against any and all 
Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of 
whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand 
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations 
may be contingent or unmatured.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the 
relevant Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the Administrative Agent 
after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, 
however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity 
of such set-off and application.

12.11     Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, etc.

Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any changes 
in the address to which notices to the Lender should be directed, of 
addresses of any Lending Office, of payment instructions in respect of all 
payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative 
information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

12.12     Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each 
of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of said 
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the 
same instrument. 

12.13     Severability

The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any 
instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or 
impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this 
Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

12.14     No Third Parties Benefited

This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and legal 
benefit of each Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the 
Administrative Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and 
assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary 
of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection 
with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.





12.15     Governing Law and Jurisdiction 

(a)     THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE 
PARTIES SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW. 

(b)     ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY 
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR 
OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION 
AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE 
AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE LENDERS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT 
OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS.  EACH 
BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY 
OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE 
GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE 
BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS 
AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO.  EACH Borrower, THE ADMINISTRATIVE 
AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT 
OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK 
LAW.

(c)     THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES, APPOINTS AND EMPOWERS US 
CORPORATION SYSTEMS WITH OFFICES ON THE DATE HEREOF IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (OR 
SUCH OTHER AGENT TO RECEIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AS IS 
REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT) AS ITS DESIGNEE, APPOINTEE 
AND AGENT TO RECEIVE, ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE FOR AND ON ITS BEHALF, AND IN 
RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL LEGAL PROCESS, SUMMONS, 
NOTICES AND DOCUMENTS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  
IF FOR ANY REASON SUCH DESIGNEE, APPOINTEE AND AGENT SHALL CEASE TO BE 
AVAILABLE TO ACT AS SUCH, THE COMPANY AGREES TO DESIGNATE A NEW DESIGNEE, 
APPOINTEE AND AGENT IN NEW YORK ON THE TERMS AND FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS 
PROVISION SATISFACTORY TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.  THE 
COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF 
THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF 
COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE 
COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 12.02, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME 
EFFECTIVE 10 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT 
OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LENDER OR THE HOLDER OF 
ANY NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANY BORROWER IN ANY OTHER 
JURISDICTION.

12.16     Waiver of Jury Trial
THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH WAIVE THEIR 
RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED 
UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN 
DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, 
PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES 
AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT-RELATED PERSON, 
PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT 
CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT 
TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER 
AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION 
OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH 
SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF 
THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR 
THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, 
SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.



12.17     Entire Agreement

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire 
agreement and understanding among each Borrower, the Lenders and the 
Administrative Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements 
and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the 
subject matter hereof and thereof including, without limitation, the 
commitment letter among NationsBank, NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, LLC 
and the Company, dated October 16, 1998 (except the provisions of such 
commitment letter which expressly survive the execution of this Agreement, 
and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that during the Certain Funds 
Period none of such provisions include additional conditions to any Borrowing 
pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement).

12.18     Judgment Currency

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to 
convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Loan Document in one currency 
into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in 
accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could 
purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day 
preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of any 
Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent 
or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, 
notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the "Judgment Currency") other 
than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable 
provisions of this Agreement (the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only 
to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the 
Administrative Agent or such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in the 
Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may in accordance 
with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the 
Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is 
less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender 
in the Agreement Currency, the Company agrees, as a separate obligation and 
notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or 
such Lender or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such 
loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than 
the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in such 
currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender agrees to return the amount 
of any excess to the Company (or to any other Person who may be entitled 
thereto under applicable law).

12.19 Amendment and Restatement

(a) On and after the Initial Funding Date, this Agreement will automatically 
and without further action of any kind amend and restate in its 
entirety the Prior Loan Document and, upon the Initial Funding 
Date the terms and provisions of the Prior Loan Document shall,
 subject to this Section 12.19, be superseded hereby and thereby;
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the amendment and 
restatement of the Prior Loan Document by this agreement, the
 Company shall continue to be liable to NationsBank, the 
Administrative Agent-related Persons (as defined in the Prior 
Loan Document) and the Lenders under, and as defined in, 
the Prior Loan Document (the "Prior Loan Document Lenders") with respect to 
agreements on the part of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the 
Prior Loan Document to indemnify and hold NationsBank (individually and as 
Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent-Related Persons and the Prior 
Loan Document Lenders harmless from and against all claims, demands, 
liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which 
NationsBank (individually and as Administrative Agent), the administrative 
agent-Related Persons and the Prior Loan document may be subject arising in 
connection with any action taken, failure to take action or transaction 
contemplated in or under the Prior Loan Document during the period that such 
agreement was in effect.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 
the obligations of the Company pursuant to Sections 4.01, 4.03, 4.04, 4.09 
and 12.05 of the Prior Loan Document and the Fee Letter, as such term is 
defined in the Prior Loan Document, shall not be superseded, modified or 
otherwise affected by this Agreement.


(b) Simultaneously with the occurrence of the Initial Funding Date, each 
Prior Loan Document Lender shall be deemed to have assigned (subject to 
Section 11.06 of this Agreement) a portion of its Commitments under, and as 
defined in, the Prior Loan Document to the Lenders under this Agreement in 
such amount so that the allocation of the Commitments as of the Initial 
Funding Date shall be in the amounts specified on Schedule 2.01 hereto, and 
each Lender hereby accepts such assignment and assume its portion of the 
Commitments in accordance with the terms and conditions thereunder (and the 
Prior Loan Lenders shall have no further obligations with respect to such 
Commitments).

(c) In furtherance of and without limiting the foregoing, all amounts owing 
with respect to accrued fees with respect to the Commitments under, and as 
defined in, the Prior Loan Documents shall have been paid to the Prior Loan 
Documents Lenders currently on and as of the Initial Funding Date in their 
entirety.








[Signature pages to follow]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly 
executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the 
day and year first above written.

MacDERMID, INCORPORATED


By: ______________________________________________

Name: ____________________________________________

Title: _____________________________________________

NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent


By: ______________________________________________

Name: ____________________________________________


Title: _____________________________________________

NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
Individually as a Lender, Swing Line Lender and as the Issuing Bank

By: ______________________________________________

Title: _____________________________________________

SCHEDULE 1(a)

CALCULATION OF THE MANDATORY COST


(a)     The Mandatory Cost for a Lender I relation to a Loan for each of its 
Interest Periods is the rate determined by that Lender to be equal to the 
following formulae:

in relation to a Loan denominated in Sterling:

BY + S(Y-Z) + F x 0.01 % per annum = Mandatory Cost
100-(B + S)

in relation to any other Loan:

F x 0.01 % per annum = Mandatory Cost
   300

where on the day of application of the formula:

B     is the percentage of the relevant Lender's eligible liabilities 
(in excess of any stated minimum) which the Bank of England requires that 
Lender to hold on a non-interest-bearing deposit account in 
accordance with its cash ratio requirements;


Y     is the rate at which Sterling deposits are offered by the 
relevant Lender to leading banks in the London interbank market at or 
about 11.00 a.m. on that day for the relevant period;

S     is the percentage of the relevant Lender's eligible liabilities 
which the Bank of England requires the relevant Lender to place as a 
special deposit; 

Z     is the interest rate per annum allowed by the Bank of England on 
special deposits; and

F     is the charge payable by the relevant Lender to the Financial 
Services Authority under paragraph 2.02 or 2.03 (as appropriate) of the Fees 
Regulations but where for this purpose, the figure in paragraph 2.02b and 
2.03b will be deemed to be zero expressed in pounds per 1 million of the fee 
base of the relevant Lender.


(b)     For the purposes of this Schedule 3:

(i)     "eligible liabilities" and "special deposits" have the meanings given 
to them at the time of application of the formula by the Bank of England; and


(ii)     "fee base" has the meaning given to it in the Fees Regulations;


(iii)     "Fees Regulations" means:

(1)     prior to 31st March, 1999, the Banking Supervision (Fees) Regulations 
1998; and

(2)     on and after 31st March, 1999, any regulations governing the payment 
of fees for banking supervision.

(ii)     "relevant period" in relation to each Interest Period, means:

(A)     if it is three months or less, that Interest Period; or

(B)     if it is more than three months, each successive period of three 
months and any necessary shorter period comprised in that Interest Period.

(c)     In the application of the formula, B, Y, S and Z are included in the 
formula as figures and not as percentages, e.g. if B = 0.5% and Y = 15%, BY 
is calculated as 0.5 x 15.

(d)     If the relevant Lender can not determine a rate, the applicable 
Mandatory Cost will be determined on the basis of the rate(s) supplied by 
reference banks selected by the relevant Lender.

(e)     (i)     The formula is applied on the first day of each relevant 
period comprised in the relevant Interest Period.

(ii)     Each rate calculated in accordance with the formula is, if 
necessary, rounded upward to four decimal places.




(f)     If the relevant Lender determines that a change in circumstances 
has rendered, or will render, the formula inappropriate, the relevant 
Lender(after consultation with other Lenders) shall notify the Company of the 
manner in which the Mandatory Cost will subsequently be calculated. The 
manner of calculation so notified by the relevant Lender shall, in the 
absence of manifest error, be binding on all the Parties.
 
                                SCHEDULE 2.01


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                COMMITMENTS
                             AND PRO RATA SHARES 


Lender        Revolving   Pro     Term          Pro    Acquisition     Pro
              Loan        Rata    Loan          Rata   Loan            Rata
              Commitment  Share   Commitment    Share  Commitmetn      Share
<S>           <C>         <C>     <C>           <C>    <C>             <C>
NationsBank,
 N.A.
Bank Boston 
Fleet Natinal 
Bank          $               %   $                %   $                  % 
Total         $75,000,000  100%   $105,000,000  100%   $170,000,000    100% 
              -----------  ----   ------------  ----   ------------    ----
</TABLE>


Logo
MacDermid Incorporated Newsline
Waterbury, CT 06720-9984 
Tel (203) 575-5700
Offices located worldwide.

                           WATERBURY, CT. OCTOBER 26, 1998
                              For Immediate Release
                         MacDermid Announces Cash Tender Offer For
                                 W. Canning Plc.

MacDermid, Incorporated ("MacDermid"), a world-wide manufacturer of specialty 
chemical products and equipment for electronics, metal finishing, and graphic 
arts, announced today that the Boards of MacDermid (UK) Limited ("MacDermid 
UK"), a wholly owned subsidiary of MacDermid and W. Canning, Plc. ("Canning") 
have reached an agreement on the terms of a recommended cash offer to acquire 
the whole of the ordinary share capital of Canning not already owned by 
MacDermid.  The offer values Canning at 300 United Kingdom pence per share.  
If fully subscribed, the value of the offer is just over 89 million UK pounds 
(approximately $150 million at current exchange rates).  The offer has been 
unanimously recommended by the Directors of the Board of Canning.  The 
transaction is expected to modestly add to MacDermid's earnings per share in 
the first full fiscal year beginning April 1, 1999, and increase in 
subsequent years.

Canning is a leading international specialty chemicals group with world-wide 
operations in Birmingham England.  Founded in 1785, and trading on the London 
stock exchange, Canning's principal business is plating additives similar to 
MacDermid's Industrial Products business.  Other niche businesses in offshore 
synthetic lubricants and fluids, and in adhesives and sealants, represent a 
small diversification opportunity for MacDermid.  Canning has previously 
announced a strategic review of its businesses which MacDermid will re-
examine with particular focus on Canning's fuel additives business.

MacDermid's Chairman, Dan Leever, today said, "We are delighted that we are 
joining two companies with such proud history.  Over many years of personal 
contact and professional cooperation in the area of technology licensing, we 
have developed a deep respect for the people of Canning.  We look forward to 
welcoming the Canning team to the Clan MacDermid.  We expect the combination 
to be additive to earnings per share in the first year and to be increasingly 
accretive as we realize operating efficiencies.  The addition of niche 
businesses should enhance our earnings diversity.  The combination of Canning 
and our Industrial Products group will create a leading world-wide position 
and a platform for growth.  Upon successful completion of the offer, 
MacDermid's Industrial Products business will be similar in revenues to our 
electronics business, thereby greatly accelerating our long-standing strategy 
of balancing our portfolio.  We are truly excited about the prospects for 
this long-standing, profitable, growing business area upon which MacDermid 
was founded."

In the year ended December 31, 1997, Canning reported revenue from continuing 
operations of UK PDS 74.0 million and operating profits from continuing 
operations of UK PDS 8.8 million (approximately $125 million and $15 million 
at current exchange rates).  Canning acquired a US-based industrial products 
business during the current fiscal year which helped increase revenues to UK 
PDS 41.3 million (approximately $70 million) in the six months ended June 30, 
1998.

The offer has committed financing provided by NationsBank N.A., a subsidiary 
of BankAmerica Corporation.  MacDermid hopes to close the transaction before 
the end of 1998.  MacDermid is being advised by Lazard Brothers & Co. Canning 
is being advised by SG Hambros.


This report and other Corporation reports and statements describe many of the 
positive factors affecting the Corporations' future business prospects.  
Investors should also be aware of factors which could have a negative impact 
on those prospects.  These include political, economic or other conditions 
such as currency exchange rates, inflation rates, recessionary or expansive 
trends, taxes, and regulations and laws affecting the business;  competitive 
products, advertising, promotional and pricing activity; the degree of 
acceptance of new product introductions in the marketplace; technical 
difficulties which may arise with new product introductions; the difficulty 
of forecasting sales; failure to integrate management; difficulties n 
integrating businesses; and competitive actions.




Logo
MacDermid Incorporated Newsline
Waterbury, CT 06720-9984 
Tel (203) 575-5700
Offices located worldwide.

                           WATERBURY, CT. DECEMBER 2, 1998
                              FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
                         MACDERMID ANNOUNCES CLOSING ON CASH TENDER 
                                OFFER FOR W. CANNING PLC.

MacDermid, Incorporated ("MacDermid"), a world-wide manufacturer of specialty 
chemical products and equipment for electronics, metal finishing, and graphic 
arts, announced today that it has closed on its recommended cash tender offer 
for W. Canning Plc. ("Canning") by declaring its offer unconditional in all 
respects as of December 2, 1998 thereby acquiring approximately 92 percent of 
the outstanding share capital of Canning.  MacDermid will shortly acquire all 
remaining shares of Canning through a statutory compulsory procedure.  
Canning is a leading international specialty chemicals group with world-wide 
operations based in Birmingham, England.

MacDermid's Chairman, Dan Leever, today said, "we are particularly pleased 
that Canning's shareholders accepted our offer in such an enthusiastic and 
rapid fashion resulting in our ability to close that transaction earlier than 
expected.  We look forward to welcoming the Canning team to the Clan 
MacDermid."


                             NYSE - MRD
                             CUSIP 554273 10 2


This report and other Corporation reports and statements describe many of the 
positive factors affecting the Corporations' future business prospects.  
Investors should also be aware of factors which could have a negative impact 
on those prospects.  These include political, economic or other conditions 
such as currency exchange rates, inflation rates, recessionary or expansive 
trends, taxes, and regulations and laws affecting the business;  competitive 
products, advertising, promotional and pricing activity; the degree of 
acceptance of new product introductions in the marketplace; technical 
difficulties which may arise with new product introductions; the difficulty 
of forecasting sales; failure to integrate management; difficulties n 
integrating businesses; and competitive actions.






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission